2012 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual M

Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

In Brief ...... 1-1 Storage ...... 4-1 Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-3 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-4 Air Vents ...... 8-9 Vehicle Features ...... 1-16 Performance and Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Maintenance ...... 1-20 Controls ...... 5-2 Driving Information ...... 9-2 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Starting and Operating ...... 9-14 Keys, Doors, and Indicators ...... 5-8 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-21 Windows ...... 2-1 Information Displays ...... 5-22 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-22 Keys and Locks ...... 2-2 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-25 Brakes ...... 9-25 Doors ...... 2-9 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-29 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-27 Vehicle Security...... 2-11 Cruise Control ...... 9-31 Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-13 Lighting ...... 6-1 Fuel ...... 9-33 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-14 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-1 Towing...... 9-39 Windows ...... 2-15 Interior Lighting ...... 6-5 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-45 Roof ...... 2-18 Lighting Features ...... 6-6 Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 General Information ...... 10-2 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Introduction ...... 7-1 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-4 Front Seats ...... 3-3 Radio ...... 7-6 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-25 Rear Seats ...... 3-7 Audio Players ...... 7-13 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-25 Safety Belts ...... 3-8 Phone ...... 7-23 Electrical System ...... 10-30 Airbag System ...... 3-17 Wheels and Tires ...... 10-38 Child Restraints ...... 3-30 Jump Starting ...... 10-76 Towing...... 10-79 Appearance Care ...... 10-82 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

2012 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual M

Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Technical Data ...... 12-1 OnStar ...... 14-1 General Information ...... 11-1 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 OnStar Overview...... 14-1 Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-3 Vehicle Data ...... 12-2 OnStar Services ...... 14-2 Special Application OnStar Additional Services ...... 11-8 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Information ...... 14-5 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Additional Maintenance Index ...... i-1 and Care ...... 11-8 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-17 Recommended Fluids, Vehicle Data Recording and Lubricants, and Parts ...... 11-11 Privacy...... 13-19 Maintenance Records ...... 11-13 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Introduction iii

This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners may or may not be on your specific vehicle either because they are Propriétaires Canadiens options that you did not purchase or A French language copy of this due to changes subsequent to the manual can be obtained from your printing of this owner manual. dealer or from: Please refer to the purchase The names, logos, emblems, documentation relating to your On peut obtenir un exemplaire de slogans, vehicle model names, and specific vehicle to confirm each of ce guide en français auprès du vehicle body designs appearing in the features found on your vehicle. concessionnaire ou à l'adresse this manual including, but not limited For vehicles first sold in Canada, suivante: to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, substitute the name “General the CHEVROLET Emblem, Helm, Incorporated Motors of Canada Limited” for MALIBU, and the MALIBU Emblem P.O. Box 07130 Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it Detroit, MI 48207 are trademarks and/or service appears in this manual. marks of General Motors LLC, its 1-800-551-4123 subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. Keep this manual in the vehicle for Numéro de poste 6438 quick reference. de langue française www.helminc.com

iv Introduction

Using this Manual Symbols { WARNING To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and the vehicle, use the Index in the These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of back of the manual. It is an that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with alphabetical list of what is in the people. the text describing the operation or manual and the page number information relating to a specific where it can be found. component, control, message, Notice: This means there is gauge, or indicator. something that could result in Danger, Warnings, and property or vehicle damage. This M : This symbol is shown when Cautions would not be covered by the you need to see your owner manual vehicle's warranty. for additional instructions or Warning messages found on vehicle information. labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when reduce them. you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or Danger indicates a hazard with a information. high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death. Warning or Caution indicates a A circle with a slash through it is a hazard that could result in injury or safety symbol which means “Do death. Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let this happen.” Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Introduction v

Vehicle Symbol Chart I : Cruise Control : : Oil Pressure Here are some additional symbols B : Engine Coolant Temperature } : Power that may be found on the vehicle / and what they mean. For more O : Exterior Lamps : Remote Vehicle Start information on the symbol, refer to # : Fog Lamps > : Safety Belt Reminders the Index. . : Fuel Gauge 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor : Airbag Readiness Light 9 + : Fuses d : Traction Control/Electronic : Air Conditioning # 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam Stability Control (ESC) ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) Changer M : Windshield Washer Fluid % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls j : LATCH System Child or OnStar® Restraints $ : Brake System Warning Light * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp " : Charging System Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

vi Introduction

2 NOTES Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

In Brief 1-1

Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-11 Performance and Maintenance In Brief Steering Wheel Traction Control Adjustment ...... 1-11 System (TCS) ...... 1-20 Instrument Panel Interior Lighting ...... 1-12 Electronic Stability Exterior Lighting ...... 1-12 Control (ESC) ...... 1-20 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-13 Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-20 Initial Drive Information Climate Controls ...... 1-14 Tire Sealant and Initial Drive Information ...... 1-3 Transmission ...... 1-15 Compressor Kit ...... 1-21 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-21 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Vehicle Features System ...... 1-3 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-21 Radio(s) ...... 1-16 Driving for Better Fuel Remote Vehicle Start ...... 1-4 Satellite Radio ...... 1-17 Door Locks ...... 1-5 Economy ...... 1-21 Portable Audio Devices Roadside Assistance Trunk Release ...... 1-5 (Auxiliary Input or Windows ...... 1-6 Program ...... 1-22 USB Port) ...... 1-17 OnStar® ...... 1-22 Seat Adjustment ...... 1-6 Bluetooth® ...... 1-17 Second Row Seats ...... 1-9 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-18 Heated Seats ...... 1-9 Cruise Control ...... 1-18 Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-9 Driver Information Safety Belts ...... 1-10 Center (DIC) ...... 1-19 Passenger Sensing Power Outlets ...... 1-19 System ...... 1-10 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

In Brief 1-3

A. Air Vents on page 8‑9. L. Steering Wheel Adjustment on Initial Drive page 5 2 (Out of View). B. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever. ‑ Information See Turn and Lane-Change M. Horn on page 5‑3. Signals on page 6‑4. N. Steering Wheel Controls on This section provides a brief overview about some of the C. Instrument Cluster on page 5‑9. page 5‑2 (If Equipped). important features that may or may D. Windshield Wiper/Washer on O. Ignition Positions on page 9‑15. not be on your specific vehicle. page 5‑3. P. Climate Control Systems on For more detailed information, refer E. Instrument Panel Storage on page 8‑1 (If Equipped). to each of the features which can be page 4‑1. Automatic Climate Control found later in this owner manual. F. Infotainment on page 7‑1. System on page 8‑5 (If Remote Keyless Entry G. Instrument Panel Illumination Equipped) . Control on page 6‑5. Q. Hazard Warning Flashers on (RKE) System H. Driver Compartment Storage. page 6‑4. The RKE transmitter is used to See Front Storage on page 4‑2. R. Shift Lever. See Automatic remotely lock and unlock the doors Transmission on page 9‑22. from up to 60 m (195 ft) away from I. Hood Release. See Hood on the vehicle. page 10‑4. S. Front Storage on page 4‑2. J. Cruise Control on page 9‑31. Power Outlets on page 5‑7. Driver Information Center (DIC) T. Passenger Sensing System on Buttons. See Driver Information page 3‑24. Center (DIC) on page 5‑22. U. Traction Control System (TCS) K. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out on page 9‑27. of View). See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 5‑14. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

1-4 In Brief

Press L and hold for more than When the vehicle starts, the parking two seconds to sound the panic lamps will turn on and remain on as alarm. long as the engine is running. The doors will be locked and the climate Press L again to cancel the panic control system may come on. alarm. The engine will continue to run for See Keys on page 2‑2 and Remote 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a Keyless Entry (RKE) System 10-minute time extension. Remote Operation on page 2‑3. start can be extended only once. Remote Vehicle Start Canceling a Remote Start To cancel a remote start: With this feature the engine can be Press K to unlock the driver door. started from outside of the vehicle. . Aim the RKE transmitter at the Press again within five seconds to vehicle and press and hold / Starting the Vehicle unlock all remaining doors. until the parking lamps turn off. 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the Press Q to lock all doors. . Turn on the hazard warning vehicle. Lock and unlock feedback can be flashers. personalized. See Vehicle 2. Press and release Q. . Turn the ignition on and then Personalization on page 5‑29 for 3. Immediately after completing back off. additional information. Step 2, press and hold / until See Remote Vehicle Start on Press and hold V for the turn signal lamps flash. page 2‑5. approximately one second to open the trunk. Press L and release to locate the vehicle. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

In Brief 1-5

Door Locks Trunk Release Emergency Trunk Release Handle Manual Locks To open the trunk from the outside, press the trunk release button on From inside the vehicle move the the RKE transmitter. manual lock control to unlock or lock a door. Remote Trunk Release Power Door Locks

There is a glow-in-the-dark emergency trunk release handle located inside the trunk on the trunk latch. This handle glows following Press the button located on the exposure to light. Pull the release On vehicles with power door locks. driver door near the map pocket to handle up to open the trunk from the K : Press to unlock the doors. open the trunk. inside. Q : Press to lock the doors. Close the trunk by pulling on the See Trunk on page 2‑9 for more handle. information. For more information, see: . Door Locks on page 2‑7. . Power Door Locks on page 2‑7. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

1-6 In Brief

Windows Express-Down Window Seat Adjustment The driver window has an Manual Seats express-down feature. This switch is labeled AUTO. Press the front all Seat Position the way down and release, to automatically lower. To stop the window while it is lowering, pull the front of the switch momentarily. To raise the window, pull and hold the front of the switch. Express-Up Window On windows with this feature, pull the switch up to the second position The power window switches are and release the switch to activate located on the armrest on the the express-up feature. To stop the driver's door. In addition, there is a window as it is going up, pull up or switch on each passenger door. press down briefly on the switch To adjust the seat position: again. Press the front of the switch to open 1. Lift the bar under the front of the the window. Pull the switch up to See Power Windows on page 2‑16. seat cushion to unlock the seat. close it. 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar. 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to make sure it is locked in place. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

In Brief 1-7

Height Adjustment Seatback Adjustment To return the seatback to the upright position: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. See “Manual Reclining Seatbacks” under Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑4.

If available, press and hold the top To recline the seatback: or bottom of the switch to raise or 1. Lift the lever. lower the seat. Release the switch when the desired height is reached. 2. Move the seatback to the desired position, and then See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3. release the lever to lock the seatback in place. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

1-8 In Brief

Power Seats See Power Seat Adjustment on Lumbar Adjustment page 3‑4. Seat Position Seatback Adjustment

A. Increase Lumbar Support Control To adjust a power seat, if available: To adjust a power seatback, B. Decrease Lumbar Support . Move the seat forward or if equipped: Control rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward. . Tilt the top of the control If available, press the front (A) or rearward to recline. rear (B) of the control to increase or . Raise or lower the front or rear decrease lumbar support. Release part of the seat cushion by . Tilt the top of the control forward the control when the desired level of moving the front or rear of the to raise. support is reached. horizontal control up or down. See “Power Reclining Seatbacks” See Lumbar Adjustment on . Raise or lower the entire seat by under Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑4. moving the entire control up page 3‑4. or down. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

In Brief 1-9

Second Row Seats Push and pull on the seatback to be Press the top of the switch again to sure it is locked in position. Make go to the low heat setting. The With this feature, either side of the sure that the safety belts are indicator light “1” will be lit. seatback can be folded down for properly stowed over the seatback Press the bottom of the switch to more cargo space. Before folding a in all three positions. seatback, make sure the front seat turn the feature off. is not reclined. If it is, the rear See Rear Seats on page 3‑7 for The heated seats are canceled seatback will not fold down all more information. when the ignition is turned off. the way. Heated Seats For more information, see Heated Front Seats on page 3‑6. Head Restraint Adjustment Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. To achieve a comfortable seating position, change the seatback recline angle as little as necessary while keeping the seat and the head restraint height in the proper To lower the rear seatback, pull up position. on the seatback strap while folding If available, press the top of the the seatback down. This allows switch to turn the heat feature on to See Head Restraints on page 3‑2 access to the trunk. To raise the the high heat setting. The indicator and Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3. rear seatback pull the seatback up light “2” will be lit. and make sure it latches. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

1-10 In Brief

Safety Belts Passenger Sensing System The passenger sensing system turns off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag and seat‐ mounted side impact airbag under United States certain conditions. No other airbag is affected by this. The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible on the instrument panel when the vehicle is started. Canada and Mexico Refer to the following sections for important information on how to use See Passenger Sensing System on safety belts properly: page 3‑24 for important information. . Safety Belts on page 3‑8. . How to Wear Safety Belts Properly on page 3‑10. . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑11. . Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑38. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

In Brief 1-11

Mirror Adjustment 2. Press one of the four arrows To turn the automatic dimming located on the control pad to feature off or on, press and Exterior Mirrors move the mirror to the desired hold O for approximately direction. six seconds or until the indicator Keep the selector switch in the light turns off or on. center position when not adjusting either outside mirror. Steering Wheel See Power Mirrors on page 2‑14. Adjustment Interior Mirror Hold the inside rearview mirror in the center to move it for a clearer view of behind your vehicle. Adjust the mirror to avoid glare from the headlamps behind. Push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it Controls for the outside power for nighttime use. mirrors are located on the driver door. See Manual Rearview Mirror on page 2‑14. 1. Move the selector switch located below the four-way control pad Vehicles with an automatic dimming to the left or right to choose rearview mirror will automatically reduce the glare from the The lever is located on the left side either the driver side or of the steering wheel column. passenger side mirror. headlamps of the vehicle behind. This feature comes on each time the vehicle is started. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

1-12 In Brief

To adjust the steering wheel: Reading Lamps Exterior Lighting 1. Pull the lever down. The front reading lamps are located 2. Move the steering wheel up in the front overhead console. The or down. rear reading lamps are near the dome lamp overhead near the rear 3. Pull or push the steering wheel passenger seats. closer or away from you. For vehicles with front and/or rear 4. Pull the lever up to lock the reading lamps, press the lens to steering wheel in place. turn the lamp on and off, while the P : Briefly turn to this position to Do not adjust the steering wheel doors are closed. These lamps manually turn the automatic lamp while driving. come on automatically when any door is opened. control off or on. Interior Lighting For more information on interior In Canada, this position only works lighting, see: when a vehicle is in the P (Park) Dome Lamps position. When the vehicle is put . Instrument Panel Illumination The dome lamps come on when any into D (Drive) the lights come on. Control on page 6‑5. door is opened. They turn off after AUTO: Automatically turns on the . all the doors are closed. Entry/Exit Lighting on page 6‑6. Daytime Running Lamps during To turn the dome lamps on . Parade Dimming on page 6‑6. daytime, and the headlamps, manually, turn the instrument panel parking lamps, and taillamps at brightness knob, located on the night. instrument panel to the left of the ; : Manual operation of the steering column, clockwise to the parking lamps and taillamps. farthest position. The dome lamps 2 will remain on whether a door is : Manual operation of the opened or closed. headlamps, parking lamps, and taillamps. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

In Brief 1-13

For more information, see: Windshield Wiper/Washer The amount of delay time varies between wiping cycles due to the . Exterior Lamp Controls on delay setting selected or the speed page 6‑1. of the vehicle. As vehicle speed is . Delayed Headlamps on increased or decreased, the wiper page 6‑4. interval also increases or . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) decreases. on page 6‑2. 6 : Slow wipes. . Automatic Headlamp System on The windshield wiper lever is 1 : Fast wipes. page 6‑3. located on the right side of the 8 : Use for a single wiping cycle. . Fog Lamps on page 6‑5. steering column. Windshield Washer: Press the 9 : Turns the wipers off. button at the end of the lever until 3 : For intermittent or speed the washers begin. sensitive operation. While in this See Windshield Wiper/Washer on position, turn the x band up or page 5‑3. down to vary frequency. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

1-14 In Brief

Climate Controls

A. Fan Control E. Air Delivery Mode Control B. Air Recirculation F. Air Conditioning C. Temperature Control G. Rear Window Defogger D. Outside Air See Climate Control Systems on page 8‑1 (If Equipped). Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

In Brief 1-15

Automatic Climate Control System (If Equipped) Transmission Driver Shift Control (DSC) This position allows you to change gears similar to a manual transmission. To use this feature: 1. Move the shift lever from D (Drive) rearward to M (Manual).

A. Fan Control E. Rear Window Defogger B. Air Conditioning F. Air Delivery Mode Control C. Air Recirculation G. Display D. Outside Air H. Temperature Control See Automatic Climate Control System on page 8‑5 (If Equipped). 2. Press the + (plus) end of the button on the side of the shifter to upshift, or push the − (minus) end of the button to downshift. See Manual Mode on page 9‑23. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

1-16 In Brief

Vehicle Features © ¨ : Seek or scan stations. 4 : For vehicles with XM, MP3, Radio(s) WMA, or RDS features, press to display additional text information related to the current FM-RDS or XM station; or CD, MP3, WMA song. Song title information will be displayed on the top line of the display while the artist information will be displayed on the bottom line, if the information is available during XM, CD, MP3, or WMA playback. When information is not available, "No Info" displays. For more information about these and other radio features, see Infotainment on page 7‑1 and Operation on page 7‑2. Storing a Favorite Station

Radio with CD (MP3) and USB Port shown Depending on which radio the vehicle has, radio stations are stored as either favorites or presets. O : Press to turn the system on BAND: Press to choose between and off. Turn to increase or FM, AM, or XM™, if equipped. For radios with a FAV button, a maximum of 36 stations can be decrease the volume. f : Select radio stations. stored as favorites using the six softkeys located below the radio Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

In Brief 1-17

station frequency tabs and by using 4. Press the softkey located below Portable Audio Devices the radio FAV button. Press FAV to any one of the tabs that you go through up to six pages of want to change. (Auxiliary Input or USB Port) favorites, each having six favorite 5. Increase or decrease the time or stations available per page. Each f This vehicle may have a 3.5 mm page of favorites can contain any date by turning clockwise or counterclockwise. (1/8 in) auxiliary input jack and a combination of AM, FM, or XM™ USB port, located on the audio For detailed instructions on setting stations. faceplate. Some portable audio the clock for your specific audio For radios without a FAV button, up devices such as iPods®, MP3 system, see Clock on page 5‑5. to 18 stations (six FM1, six FM2, and players, and USB storage devices six AM), can be programmed on the can be connected to the vehicle six numbered buttons. Satellite Radio using a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable or a USB cable. See Operation on page 7‑2. XM is a satellite radio service based in the 48 contiguous United States For more information, see Auxiliary Setting the Clock and 10 Canadian provinces. Devices on page 7‑18. To set the time and date for the XM satellite radio has a wide ® Radio with CD (MP3) and USB port variety of programming and Bluetooth or Radio with a Single CD (MP3) commercial-free music, coast to For vehicles with a Bluetooth player: coast, and in digital-quality sound. system, it allows users with a A fee is required to receive the 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ Bluetooth enabled cell phone to XM service. ‐ ACCESSORY or ON/RUN. make and receive hands-free calls For more information, refer to: using the vehicle’s audio system 2. Press O to turn the radio on. . www.xmradio.com or call and controls. 3. Press H and the HR, MIN, MM, 1-800-929-2100 (U.S.) DD, YYYY (hour, minute, month, . www.xmradio.ca or call day, and year) displays. 1-877-438-9677 (Canada) See Satellite Radio on page 7‑8. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

1-18 In Brief

The Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone e + / e −: Increases or decreases Cruise Control must be paired with the Bluetooth volume. system before it can be used in the vehicle. Not all phones will support w or x / c : Press to change all functions. For more information, radio stations, select tracks on a visit www.gm.com/bluetooth. CD, or to select tracks and navigate folders on an iPod® or USB device. For more information, see Bluetooth on page 7‑23. b / g : Press to silence the vehicle speakers only. Press again to turn Steering Wheel Controls the sound on. Press and hold longer than two seconds to interact with the OnStar® or Bluetooth systems. x / c : Press to reject an incoming call, or to end a call. The cruise control buttons are For more information, see Steering located on the left side of the Wheel Controls on page 5‑2. steering wheel. J : Press to turn the cruise control system on and off. RES+: Press briefly to make the vehicle resume a previously set speed or press and hold to accelerate. If equipped, some audio controls SET−: Press to set the speed and can be adjusted using the controls activate cruise control or make the on the right side of the steering vehicle decelerate. wheel. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

In Brief 1-19

For more information, see Cruise INFO: Press to scroll through the Power Outlets Control on page 9‑31. vehicle information displays. Accessory power outlets can be r : Press to reset some vehicle Driver Information used to plug in electrical equipment, information displays, select a such as a cell phone or MP3 player. Center (DIC) personalization setting, or acknowledge a warning There are two accessory power The DIC display is located at the message. outlets. One accessory power outlet bottom of the instrument panel is located inside the storage bin cluster. It shows the status of many For more information, see Driver below the climate controls and the vehicle systems and enables Information Center (DIC) on other outlet is on the rear of the access to the personalization menu. page 5‑22. center storage console. Vehicle Personalization Remove the cover to access and Some vehicle features can be replace when not in use. programmed by using the DIC See Power Outlets on page 5‑7. buttons on the left side of the steering wheel. These features include: . Oil Life Reset . Units . RKE Lock and Unlock Feedback . Door Lock and Unlock Settings The DIC buttons are located on the . Language left side of the steering wheel. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑29. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

1-20 In Brief

Performance and Electronic Stability Tire Pressure Monitor Maintenance Control (ESC) This vehicle may have a Tire The Electronic Stability Control Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). Traction Control system assists with directional System (TCS) control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions. The system turns The traction control system limits on automatically every time the wheel spin. The system turns on vehicle is started. automatically every time the vehicle . To turn off both traction control is started. and Electronic Stability Control, The TPMS warning light alerts you . To turn off traction control, press press and hold t until 4 and g to a significant loss in pressure of and release t on the center illuminate and the appropriate one of the vehicle's tires. If the console. 4 illuminates and the DIC messages are displayed. warning light comes on, stop as soon as possible and inflate the appropriate DIC message is See Ride Control System tires to the recommended pressure displayed. See Ride Control Messages on page 5‑26. shown on the Tire and Loading System Messages on page 5 26. . ‑ Press and release the button Information label. See Vehicle Load . Press and release the button again to turn on both systems. Limits on page 9‑10. The warning again to turn on traction control. For more information, see Electronic light will remain on until the tire For more information, see Traction Stability Control (ESC) on pressure is corrected. Control System (TCS) on page 9‑29. During cooler conditions, the low tire page 9‑27. pressure warning light may appear when the vehicle is first started and then turn off. This may be an early indicator that the tire pressures are getting low and the tires need to be inflated to the proper pressure. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

In Brief 1-21

The TPMS does not replace normal Engine Oil Life System Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) monthly tire maintenance. It is the driver’s responsibility to maintain The engine oil life system calculates Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge correct tire pressures. engine oil life based on vehicle use and a yellow fuel cap can use either and displays the CHANGE OIL unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel See Tire Pressure Monitor System SOON DIC message when it is containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). on page 10‑47. necessary to change the engine oil See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on and filter. The oil life system should page 9‑36. For all other vehicles, Tire Sealant and be reset to 100% only following an use only the unleaded gasoline Compressor Kit oil change. described under Recommended Fuel on page 9‑34. This vehicle may come with a spare Resetting the Oil Life System tire and tire changing equipment or 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN, Driving for Better Fuel a tire sealant and compressor kit. with the engine off. The kit can be used to temporarily Economy 2. Press and hold the DIC INFO seal small punctures in the tread Driving habits can affect fuel area of the tire. and reset buttons, on the left side of the steering wheel, mileage. Here are some driving tips See Tire Sealant and Compressor at the same time to enter the to get the best fuel economy Kit on page 10‑60 for complete personalization menu. The OIL possible. operating information. LIFE RESET message displays. . Avoid fast starts and accelerate If the vehicle came with a spare tire 3. Press and hold the reset button smoothly. and tire changing equipment, see If until the DIC display shows . Brake gradually and avoid a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑58. ACKNOWLEDGED. abrupt stops. 4. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. . Avoid idling the engine for long See Engine Oil Life System on periods of time. page 10‑11. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

1-22 In Brief

. When road and weather Roadside Assistance Online Owner Center conditions are appropriate, use (U.S. and Canada) cruise control. Program The Online Owner Center is a . Always follow posted speed U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 complimentary service that includes limits or drive more slowly TTY Users (U.S.): 1-888-889-2438 online service reminders, vehicle when conditions require. maintenance tips, online owner Canada: 1-800-268-6800 . Keep vehicle tires properly manual, special privileges, inflated. Mexico: 01-800-466-0800 and more. . Combine several trips into a As the owner of a new Chevrolet, Sign up today at: you are automatically enrolled in the single trip. U.S.: chevrolet.com (click on Roadside Assistance program. . Replace the vehicle's tires with “Owners,” then “Manage My the same TPC Spec number See Roadside Assistance Program Chevrolet/Owners Login”) (U.S. and Canada) on page 13 7 or molded into the tire's sidewall ‑ Canada: chevroletowner.ca near the size. Roadside Assistance Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. ® . Follow recommended scheduled OnStar maintenance. Roadside Assistance and OnStar (U.S. and Canada) If equipped, this vehicle has a comprehensive, in-vehicle system If you have an active OnStar that can connect to a live Advisor subscription, press the Q button for Emergency, Security, Navigation, and the current GPS location will be Connection, and Diagnostic sent to an OnStar advisor who will Services. See OnStar Overview on assess your problem, contact page 14‑1 for more information. Roadside Assistance, and relay your exact location to get the help you need. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Doors Interior Mirrors Keys, Doors, and Trunk ...... 2-9 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 2-14 Windows Automatic Dimming Rearview Vehicle Security Mirror ...... 2-14 Vehicle Security ...... 2-11 Windows Keys and Locks Anti-theft Alarm System ...... 2-11 Immobilizer ...... 2-12 Windows ...... 2-15 Keys ...... 2-2 Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-12 Power Windows ...... 2-16 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Sun Visors ...... 2-17 System ...... 2-2 Exterior Mirrors Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Convex Mirrors ...... 2-13 Roof System Operation ...... 2-3 Power Mirrors ...... 2-14 Sunroof ...... 2-18 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-5 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-14 Door Locks ...... 2-7 Power Door Locks ...... 2-7 Door Ajar Reminder ...... 2-8 Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Automatic Door Locks ...... 2-8 Lockout Protection ...... 2-8 Safety Locks ...... 2-8 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys and Locks Notice: If the keys get locked in the vehicle, it may have to be damaged to get them out. Always Keys carry a spare key. If locked out of your vehicle, contact { WARNING Roadside Assistance. See Roadside Leaving children in a vehicle with Assistance Program (U.S. and the ignition key is dangerous for Canada) on page 13‑7 or Roadside Assistance Program (Mexico) on many reasons. Children or others page 13 9. could be badly injured or even ‑ killed. They could operate the With an active OnStar subscription, power windows or other controls an OnStar Advisor may remotely The key can be used for the ignition or even make the vehicle move. unlock the vehicle. See OnStar and all locks. The windows will function with the Overview on page 14‑1. keys in the ignition and children The key has a bar-coded key tag could be seriously injured or killed that the dealer or qualified locksmith Remote Keyless Entry if caught in the path of a closing can use to make new keys. Store (RKE) System this information in a safe place, not window. Do not leave the keys in See Radio Frequency Statement on a vehicle with children. in your vehicle. page 13‑20 for information regarding Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules and Industry Canada Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

If there is a decrease in the RKE Keep in mind that other conditions, If enabled through the Driver operating range: such as those previously stated, can Information Center (DIC), the impact the performance of the remote lock feedback can be . Check the distance. The transmitter may be too far from transmitter. programmed to have the horn chirp the vehicle. and/or the turn signals flash to confirm locking. See “LOCK HORN” . Check the location. Other and “LIGHT FLASH” under Vehicle vehicles or objects may be Personalization on page 5‑29 for blocking the signal. more information. . Check the transmitter's battery. Pressing Q may also arm the See “Battery Replacement” later anti-theft alarm system. See in this section. Anti-theft Alarm System on . If the transmitter is still not page 2‑11. working correctly, see your K (Unlock): Press once to unlock dealer or a qualified technician K for service. the driver door. Press again With Remote Start Shown, Without within five seconds to unlock all Remote Keyless Entry Remote Start Similar remaining doors. The interior lamps turn on and stay on for 20 seconds (RKE) System Operation / (Remote Vehicle Start): For or until the ignition is turned on. The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) vehicles with this feature, press to If enabled through the DIC, the transmitter functions work up to operate the remote start feature. remote unlock feedback can be 60 m (195 feet) away from the See Remote Vehicle Start on programmed to have the horn chirp vehicle. page 2‑5 for additional information. and/or the turn signals flash to Q (Lock): Press to lock all the confirm unlocking. See “UNLOCK doors. The interior lamps turn off HORN” and “LIGHT FLASH” under after all of the doors are closed. Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑29 for more information. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The high‐beam headlamps, parking headlamps and turn signals flash for Notice: When replacing the lamps, and back‐up lamps may 30 seconds. Press L again to battery, do not touch any of the come on each time K is pressed. cancel the panic alarm. circuitry on the transmitter. Static See “EXT (Exterior) LIGHTS” under from your body could damage the Vehicle Personalization on Programming Transmitters to transmitter. page 5‑29 for additional information. the Vehicle Only RKE transmitters programmed Pressing K on the RKE transmitter to the vehicle will work. If a disarms the anti-theft alarm system. transmitter is lost or stolen, a See Anti-theft Alarm System on replacement can be purchased and page 2 11. ‑ programmed through your dealer. V (Remote Trunk Release): When the replacement transmitter is Press and hold for about programmed to the vehicle, all one second to unlock the trunk. remaining transmitters must also be The trunk can be opened with the programmed. Any lost or stolen transmitter when the vehicle speed transmitters no longer work once the is less than 3 km/h (2 mph) or when new transmitter is programmed. the ignition is off. Each vehicle can have up to four L (Vehicle Locator/Panic transmitters programmed to it. To replace the battery: Alarm): Press and release to Battery Replacement 1. Separate the transmitter with a locate the vehicle. The horn sounds flat, thin object inserted into the Replace the battery if the KEY FOB three times and the headlamps and notch on the side. turn signals flash three times. BATT (Battery) LOW message displays in the DIC. See “KEY FOB 2. Remove the old battery. Do not Press and hold L for more than BATT (Battery) LOW” under Key use a metal object. two seconds to initiate the panic and Lock Messages on page 5‑26 alarm. The horn sounds and the for additional information. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

3. Insert the new battery, positive doing so. Check local regulations for To start the vehicle using the remote side facing up. Replace with a any requirements on remote starting start feature: CR2032 or equivalent battery. of vehicles. 1. Aim the transmitter at the 4. Snap the transmitter back Do not use the remote start feature vehicle. together. if your vehicle is low on fuel. Your 2. Press and release the vehicle may run out of fuel. transmitter's lock button, then Remote Vehicle Start If your vehicle has the remote start immediately press and hold the Your vehicle may have a remote feature, the RKE transmitter transmitter's remote start button starting feature that allows you to functions will have an increased for about four seconds or until start the engine from outside the range of operation. However, the the vehicle's turn signal lamps vehicle. It may also start the range may be less while the vehicle flash. The doors will lock. vehicle's heating or air conditioning is running. When the vehicle starts, the systems and rear window defogger. There are other conditions which parking lamps turn on and When the remote start system is can affect the performance of the remain on while the engine is active and the vehicle has an transmitter, see Remote Keyless running. automatic climate control system, it Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2 for will automatically regulate the inside The remote start feature provides additional information. two separate starts per ignition temperature. Normal operation of / these systems will return after the (Remote Start): This button will cycle, each with 10 minutes of ignition key is turned to ON/RUN. be on the RKE transmitter if the engine running time, or one start vehicle has remote start. with a time extension. The first start Laws in some communities may must expire or be canceled to get restrict the use of remote starters. two separate 10 minute starts. For example, some laws may require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view when Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

If it is the first remote start since the . Turn on the hazard warning . The hazard warning flashers vehicle has been driven, repeat the flashers. are on. previous steps, while the engine is . Turn the ignition switch out of . The check engine light is on. still running, to extend the engine LOCK/OFF position and then See Malfunction Indicator Lamp running time by 10 minutes from the back to LOCK/OFF. on page 5‑14. time you repeat the steps for remote . starting. The remote start running The parking lamps turn off to The engine coolant temperature time can be extended one time and indicate the engine is off. is too high. only after the first remote start. After the engine has been started . The oil pressure is low. two times, or one time with a time After entering the vehicle during a . Two remote vehicle starts, remote start, insert and turn the key extension, the vehicle's ignition or one start with a time to ON/RUN to drive the vehicle. must be turned to ON/RUN using extension, have already been the key before the remote start provided for that ignition cycle. The engine will shut off procedure can be used again. See automatically after 10 minutes, Ignition Positions on page 9‑15 for Remote Start Ready unless a time extension has been information regarding the ignition If your vehicle does not have the done or the vehicle's key is inserted positions on your vehicle. into the ignition switch and turned to remote vehicle start feature, it may ON/RUN. The remote vehicle start feature will have the remote start ready feature. not operate if any of the follow This feature allows your dealer to To manually shut off a remote start, occur: add the manufacturer's remote do any of the following. . The vehicle's key is in the vehicle start feature. . Aim the RKE transmitter at the ignition. See your dealer if you would like to vehicle and press and release . The vehicle's hood is open. add the manufacturer's remote the remote start button. vehicle start feature to your vehicle. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

Door Locks Power Door Locks WARNING (Continued) { WARNING injuries or even death from heat stroke. Always lock the Unlocked doors can be vehicle whenever leaving it. dangerous. . Outsiders can easily enter . Passengers, especially through an unlocked door children, can easily open the when you slow down or stop doors and fall out of a moving the vehicle. Locking the doors vehicle. When a door is can help prevent this from locked, the handle will not happening. open it. The chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash is increased if the There are several ways to lock and doors are not locked. So, all unlock your vehicle. passengers should wear From the outside, turn the key in the K (Unlock): Press to unlock the safety belts properly and the driver door lock counterclockwise to doors. doors should be locked lock the door and clockwise to Q (Lock): Remove the key from whenever the vehicle is unlock it, or use the Remote the ignition and press to lock the driven. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. doors. . Young children who get into From the inside, move the manual unlocked vehicles may be lock control on the door or use the unable to get out. A child can power door lock switch. be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Door Ajar Reminder press the lock button on the remote Lockout Protection keyless entry transmitter or the A chime will sound and the power door lock switch a second If you press the power door lock appropriate door message will time. The theft deterrent system will switch when the key is in the display if one of the doors is not arm after 30 seconds. ignition and any door is open, all the fully closed. This happens when the doors will lock and then the driver's ignition is on and the shift lever is Automatic Door Locks door will unlock. Be sure to remove moved out of P (Park) or N (Neutral). the key from the ignition when See Door Ajar Messages on The vehicle is programmed to lock locking your vehicle. all doors automatically when the page 5‑25. If the remote keyless entry following are met: transmitter is used to lock the doors Delayed Locking . All doors are closed. while the key is in the ignition, a This feature will delay the actual . The ignition is on. chime will sound three times. All locking of the doors and arming of doors will then lock. . The vehicle is shifted out of the theft-deterrent system for five seconds when the power door P (Park). Safety Locks lock switch or remote keyless entry This feature cannot be disabled. The vehicle has rear door security transmitter is used to lock the All doors will unlock when the locks to prevent passengers from vehicle. vehicle is shifted into P (Park). opening the rear doors from the If any door is open when locking the The power door unlock function can inside. vehicle, three chimes will sound be programmed through prompts signaling that the delayed locking displayed on the Driver Information feature is active. Five seconds after Center (DIC). See Vehicle the last door is closed, all of the Personalization on page 5‑29. doors will lock. To cancel the delay and lock the doors immediately, Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

Doors WARNING (Continued) Trunk . Adjust the Climate Control System to a setting that { WARNING brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See “Climate vehicle if it is driven with the Control Systems” in the liftgate, trunk/hatch open, or with Index. any objects that pass through the . If the vehicle is equipped with seal between the body and the a power liftgate, disable the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine power liftgate function. Open the rear doors to access the exhaust contains carbon security locks on the inside edge of For more information about each door. monoxide (CO) which cannot be carbon monoxide, see Engine seen or smelled. It can cause Exhaust on page 9‑21. To set the locks, insert a key into unconsciousness and even death. the slot and turn it to the horizontal position. The door can only be If the vehicle must be driven with Trunk Release opened from the outside with the the liftgate, or trunk/hatch open: To open the trunk from the outside, door unlocked. To return the door to . Close all of the windows. normal operation, turn the slot to the press the trunk release button on vertical position. . Fully open the air outlets on the RKE transmitter. or under the instrument panel. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Remote Trunk Release Emergency Trunk Release The emergency trunk release Handle handle is only intended to aid a person trapped in a latched trunk, enabling them to open the trunk from the inside. There is a glow-in-the-dark emergency trunk release handle located inside the trunk on the trunk latch. This handle glows following exposure to light. Pull the release handle up to open the trunk from the inside.

Press the button located on the driver door near the map pocket to Notice: Do not use the open the trunk. emergency trunk release handle as a tie-down or anchor point The trunk can only be opened while when securing items in the trunk the vehicle is in P (Park) or when as it could damage the handle. the ignition is off. Close the trunk by pulling on the handle. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

Vehicle Security Disarming the System This vehicle has theft-deterrent To disarm the system: features; however, they do not make . Press the RKE transmitter it impossible to steal. unlock button. . Turn the ignition to ON/RUN. Anti-theft Alarm System The security light, located on the Once the system is disarmed, the instrument panel cluster, comes on Your vehicle may have an anti-theft security light will stop flashing. alarm system. to indicate that arming has been initiated. Once the system is armed, How the System Alarm is Arming the System the security light flashes once every Activated three seconds. With the ignition off, press the To activate the system if it is armed: Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If the security light is flashing twice transmitter lock button to arm the per second, this means that a door . Open the driver's door or trunk. system. is open. A ten second pre-alarm chirp will sound followed by a thirty The system will arm 30 seconds If the system is armed and the key second full alarm of horn and after all the doors are closed, is used to unlock the vehicle, the lights. or 60 seconds with any door open. alarm will be activated. . Open any other door. A full If you press the lock button on the If you do not want to arm the alarm of horn and lights will transmitter a second time while all system, lock the vehicle with the immediately sound for thirty the doors are closed, the system will manual lock knob on the doors or seconds. arm immediately. The system will with the inside power door lock still arm in 60 seconds if a door is switches. . Open the hood. If the vehicle open. When the open door is has the remote start feature, it The alarm will sound and the closed, the system will arm. will activate the full alarm. exterior lights will flash if any door is opened while armed. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

When an alarm event has finished, Immobilizer the system. Only the correct key the system will re-arm itself starts the vehicle. The vehicle may automatically. See Radio Frequency Statement on not start if the key is damaged. page 13‑20 for information How to Turn Off the System regarding Part 15 of the Federal Alarm Communications Commission (FCC) rules and Industry Canada To turn off the system alarm: Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. . Press the lock button on the RKE transmitter. The system will Immobilizer Operation then re-arm itself. This vehicle has a passive The security light, located in the . Press the unlock button on the theft-deterrent system. instrument panel cluster, comes on RKE transmitter. This will also if there is a problem with arming or disarm the system. The system does not have to be manually armed or disarmed. disarming the theft-deterrent . Insert the key in the ignition and system. The vehicle is automatically turn it on. This will also disarm When trying to start the vehicle, the the system. immobilized when the key is removed from the ignition. security light comes on briefly when How to Detect a Tamper the ignition is turned on. The system is automatically Condition disarmed when the vehicle is If the engine does not start and the security light stays on there is a If three chirps are heard when the started with the correct key. The key problem with the system. Turn the unlock or lock button is pressed on uses a transponder that matches an ignition off and try again. the RKE transmitter, it means that immobilizer control unit in the the system alarm was previously vehicle and automatically disarms triggered. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

If the engine still does not start, and 3. After the engine has started, turn Exterior Mirrors the key appears to be undamaged the key to LOCK/OFF, and or the light continues to stay on, try remove the key. Convex Mirrors another ignition key. If the engine 4. Insert the key to be programmed does not start with the other key, the and turn it to ON/RUN within vehicle needs service. If the vehicle five seconds of the original key { WARNING does start, the first key may be being turned to LOCK/OFF in A convex mirror can make things, damaged. See your dealer who can Step 3. service the theft-deterrent system like other vehicles, look farther and have a new key made. The security light will turn off away than they really are. If you once the key has been cut too sharply into the right lane, It is possible for the theft-deterrent programmed. It may not be you could hit a vehicle on the system decoder to learn the apparent that the security light transponder value of a new or right. Check the inside mirror or went on due to how quickly the glance over your shoulder before replacement key. Up to 10 keys can key is programmed. be programmed for the vehicle. The changing lanes. following procedure is for 5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 if programming additional keys only. additional keys are to be The passenger side mirror is convex programmed. To program the new key: shaped. A convex mirror's surface is Do not leave the key or device that curved so more can be seen from 1. Verify that the new key has disarms or deactivates the theft the driver seat. a 1 stamped on it. deterrent system in the vehicle. 2. Insert the already programmed key in the ignition and start the engine. If the engine will not start, see your dealer for service. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Mirrors 2. Press one of the four arrows Interior Mirrors located on the control pad to move the mirror in the desired direction. Manual Rearview Mirror 3. Adjust each outside mirror so Hold the inside rearview mirror in that a little of the vehicle and the the center to move it for a clearer area behind it can be seen. view of behind your vehicle. Adjust the mirror to avoid glare from the Keep the selector switch in the headlamps behind. Push the tab center position when not adjusting forward for daytime use and pull it either outside mirror. for nighttime use. Manually fold the mirrors inward to Vehicles with OnStar® have three prevent damage when going control buttons located at the through an automatic car wash. To bottom of the mirror. See your fold, push the mirror toward the Controls for the outside power dealer for more information on the vehicle. Push the mirror outward to system and how to subscribe to mirrors are located on the return it to its original position. driver door. OnStar. See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1. To adjust the mirrors: Heated Mirrors 1. Move the selector switch located For vehicles with heated mirrors: Automatic Dimming below the four-way control pad 1 Rearview Mirror to the left or right to choose (Rear Defogger): Press to heat either the driver side or the mirrors. The vehicle may have an automatic passenger side mirror. See Rear Window Defogger under dimming inside rearview mirror with “ ” ® Automatic Climate Control System a compass display and OnStar on page 8‑5 for more information. controls. See your dealer for more Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

information on the system and how Windows to subscribe to OnStar®. See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1. { WARNING Press O to turn the compass display on or off. Leaving children, helpless adults, or pets in a vehicle with the See Compass on page 5‑4 for more information. windows closed is dangerous. They can be overcome by the Automatic Dimming Mirror extreme heat and suffer Operation permanent injuries or even death Vehicles with an automatic dimming from heat stroke. Never leave a rearview mirror will automatically child, a helpless adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, especially with The vehicle aerodynamics are reduce the glare from the designed to improve fuel economy the windows closed in warm or headlamps of the vehicle behind. performance. This may result in a hot weather. This feature comes on each time pulsing sound when a window is the vehicle is started. partially open. To reduce the sound, To turn the automatic dimming open another window or the sunroof feature off or on, press and hold O (if equipped). for approximately six seconds or until the indicator light turns off or on. Cleaning the Mirror Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with water. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Windows To stop the window while it is To program the driver window: lowering, pull the front of the switch 1. With the ignition in ACC/ momentarily. To raise the window, ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, pull and hold the front of the switch. or when Retained Accessory Express-Up Window Power (RAP) is active, close all doors. On windows with this feature, pull the switch up to the second position 2. Press and hold the power and release the switch to activate window switch until the window the express-up feature. To stop the is fully open. window as it is going up, pull up or 3. Pull the power window switch up press down briefly on the switch until the window is fully closed. again. 4. Continue holding the switch up Programming the Power for approximately two seconds Press the front of the switch to open Windows after the window is completely closed. the window. Pull the switch up to If the battery on the vehicle has close it. been recharged or disconnected, The window is now reprogrammed. Express-Down Window or is not working, the driver Express Window Anti-Pinch power window will need to be The driver window has an re-programmed for the express-up Feature express-down feature. This switch is feature to work. Replace or If any object is in the path of the labeled AUTO. Press the front all recharge the vehicle battery before window when the express‐up is the way down and release, to reprogramming. active, the window stops at the automatically lower. obstruction and auto‐reverses to a preset factory position. Weather Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

conditions such as severe icing In this mode, the window can still Press o on the left side to may also cause the window to close on an object in its path. Use deactivate the lockout switch. The auto‐reverse. The window returns care when using the override mode. red line on the switch is visible to normal operation once the when deactivated. obstruction or condition is removed. Window Lockout Express Window Anti‐Pinch Sun Visors Override

{ WARNING

If express override is activated, the window will not reverse automatically. You or others could be injured and the window could be damaged. Before you use express override, make sure that all people and obstructions are Pull the sun visor down to block glare. Detach the sun visor from the clear of the window path. The rear window lockout switch is center mount to pivot to the side on the driver door. This feature window, or to extend along the rod, prevents the rear passenger In an emergency, the anti‐pinch if available. feature can be overridden in a windows from operating, except supervised mode. Hold the window from the driver position. switch all the way up to the second Press o on the right side to position. The window rises for as activate the lockout switch. The red long as the switch is held. Once the line on the switch is not visible when switch is released, the express activated. mode is re‐activated. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Roof of the switch to express-open the sunroof. To stop the sunroof from express-opening, press the switch Sunroof again. If the sunshade is closed, it will open automatically when the sunroof opens past the vented position. A deflector will automatically raise when the sunroof is opened. The deflector will retract when the Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof is closed. sunroof seal or in the track. This could cause an issue with sunroof To close the sunroof, press the front operation or noise. It could also plug of the switch and hold it until the the water drainage system. sunroof is closed. The sunroof will Periodically open the sunroof and stop if the switch is released. Close remove any obstacles or loose the sunshade by hand. debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and The sunroof only operates when the The sunroof glass panel cannot be roof sealing area using a clean ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ opened or closed if the vehicle has cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not ACCESSORY, or if Retained an electrical failure. remove grease from the sunroof. Accessory Power (RAP) is active. Notice: Forcing the sunshade See Retained Accessory Power forward of the sliding glass panel (RAP) on page 9‑18. may cause damage and the Press and release the back of the sunroof may not operate properly. switch to open the sunroof to Always close the glass panel the vent position. From the vent before closing the sunshade. position, press and release the back Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Safety System Check ...... 3-16 Child Restraints Seats and Safety Belt Care ...... 3-16 Older Children ...... 3-30 Restraints Replacing Safety Belt System Infants and Young Parts after a Crash ...... 3-16 Children ...... 3-32 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-34 Airbag System Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-36 Head Restraints Airbag System ...... 3-17 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Lower Anchors and Tethers Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-19 for Children (LATCH Front Seats When Should an Airbag System) ...... 3-38 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 Inflate? ...... 3-21 Replacing LATCH System Power Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 What Makes an Airbag Parts After a Crash ...... 3-45 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-4 Inflate? ...... 3-22 Securing Child Restraints Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-4 How Does an Airbag (Rear Seat) ...... 3-45 Heated Front Seats ...... 3-6 Restrain? ...... 3-22 Securing Child Restraints What Will You See after an (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-47 Rear Seats Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-22 Rear Seats ...... 3-7 Passenger Sensing System ...... 3-24 Safety Belts Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Safety Belts ...... 3-8 Vehicle ...... 3-28 How to Wear Safety Belts Adding Equipment to the Properly ...... 3-10 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-28 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-11 Airbag System Check ...... 3-29 Safety Belt Use During Replacing Airbag System Pregnancy ...... 3-15 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-29 Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-16 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints The vehicle's front and rear seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions.

{ WARNING

With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/ spinal injury in a crash. Do not Adjust the head restraint so that the To lower the head restraint, press drive until the head restraints for top of the restraint is at the same the button located on top of the all occupants are installed and height as the top of the occupant's seatback, and push the head adjusted properly. head. This position reduces the restraint down. Try to move the chance of a neck injury in a crash. head restraint after the button is The height of the head restraint can released to make sure that it is be adjusted. Pull the head restraint locked in place. up to raise it. Try to move the head The vehicle's front and rear seat restraint to make sure that it is outboard head restraints are not locked in place. designed to be removed. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-3

Front Seats To adjust the seat position: Height Adjustment Seat Adjustment Seat Position

{ WARNING

You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver seat while the vehicle is moving. The sudden movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push a pedal when you do not want to. 1. Lift the bar under the front of the If available, press and hold the top Adjust the driver seat only when seat cushion to unlock the seat. or bottom of the switch to raise or the vehicle is not moving. 2. Slide the seat to the desired lower the seat. Release the switch position and release the bar. when the desired height is reached. 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to make sure it is locked in place. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

3-4 Seats and Restraints

Power Seat Adjustment . Raise or lower the front or rear If available, press the front (A) or part of the seat cushion by rear (B) of the control to increase or moving the front or rear of the decrease lumbar support. Release { WARNING control up or down. the control when the desired level of You can lose control of the . Raise or lower the entire seat by support is reached. vehicle if you try to adjust the moving the entire control up seat while the vehicle is moving. or down. Reclining Seatbacks Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving. Lumbar Adjustment { WARNING Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the safety belts cannot do their job when reclined like this. The safety belt cannot properly restrain you, and you could be injured or killed. For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit well A. Increase Lumbar Support back in the seat and wear the Control safety belt properly. To adjust a power seat, if available: B. Decrease Lumbar Support . Move the seat forward or Control rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-5

Manual Reclining Seatbacks

{ WARNING

You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver seat while the vehicle is moving. The sudden movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push a pedal when you do not want to. Adjust the driver seat only when Do not have a seatback reclined if the vehicle is not moving. To recline the seatback: the vehicle is moving. 1. Lift the lever. 2. Move the seatback to the { WARNING desired position, and then release the lever to lock the If either seatback is not locked, it seatback in place. could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

3-6 Seats and Restraints

To return the seatback to the upright Power Reclining Seatbacks Heated Front Seats position: 1. Lift the lever fully without { WARNING applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will If you cannot feel temperature return to the upright position. change or pain to the skin, the 2. Push and pull on the seatback to seat heater may cause burns make sure it is locked. even at low temperatures. To reduce the risk of burns, people with such a condition should use care when using the seat heater, especially for long periods of time. Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against To adjust a power seatback, heat, such as a blanket, cushion, if equipped: cover, or similar item. This may . Tilt the top of the control cause the seat heater to rearward to recline. overheat. An overheated seat heater may cause a burn or may . Tilt the top of the control forward to raise. damage the seat. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-7

Rear Seats Folding the Seatback Either side of the seatback can be folded down for more cargo space. Adjust the seatback only when the vehicle is not moving. Notice: Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts. Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to If available, press the top of the their normal stowed position To fold the seatback down: switch to turn the heat feature on to before folding a rear seat. 1. Make sure the front seatback is the high heat setting. The indicator not reclined. If it is, the rear light “2” will be lit. seatback will not fold down all Press the top of the switch again to the way. If necessary, return the go to the low heat setting. The front seatback to the upright indicator light “1” will be lit. position. See Reclining Press the bottom of the switch to Seatbacks on page 3‑4. turn the feature off. 2. Pull up on the seatback strap The heated seats are canceled while folding the seatback down. when the ignition is turned off. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

3-8 Seats and Restraints

Raising the Seatback { WARNING Safety Belts { WARNING This section of the manual If either seatback is not locked, it describes how to use safety belts could move forward in a sudden A safety belt that is improperly properly. It also describes some stop or crash. That could cause routed, not properly attached, things not to do with safety belts. injury to the person sitting there. or twisted will not provide the Always push and pull on the protection needed in a crash. The { WARNING seatbacks to be sure they are person wearing the belt could be locked. seriously injured. After raising the Do not let anyone ride where a rear seatback, always check to be safety belt cannot be worn sure that the safety belts are To raise the seatback: properly. In a crash, if you or your properly routed and attached, and passenger(s) are not wearing 1. Push the seatback up and back safety belts, injuries can be much are not twisted. to lock it into place. worse than if you are wearing 2. Push and pull the top of the safety belts. You can be seriously seatback to be sure it is locked injured or killed by hitting things into position. inside the vehicle harder or by 3. Make sure that the safety belts being ejected from the vehicle. In are properly stowed over the addition, anyone who is not seatback in all three seating buckled up can strike other positions. passengers in the vehicle. When the seat is not in use, it (Continued) should be kept in the upright, locked position. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-9

Why Safety Belts Work safety belts. That is why wearing WARNING (Continued) safety belts makes such good sense. It is extremely dangerous to ride Questions and Answers About in a cargo area, inside or outside Safety Belts of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers riding in these areas Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle are more likely to be seriously after a crash if I am wearing a injured or killed. Do not allow safety belt? passengers to ride in any area of A: You could be— whether you are the vehicle that is not equipped wearing a safety belt or not. with seats and safety belts. Your chance of being conscious during and after a crash, so you Always wear a safety belt, and can unbuckle and get out, is check that all passenger(s) are When riding in a vehicle, you travel much greater if you are belted. restrained properly too. as fast as the vehicle does. If the Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why vehicle stops suddenly, you keep should I have to wear safety This vehicle has indicators as a going until something stops you. belts? reminder to buckle the safety belts. It could be the windshield, the See Safety Belt Reminders on instrument panel, or the safety belts! A: Airbags are supplemental page 5‑12 for additional information. systems only; so they work with When you wear a safety belt, you safety belts— not instead of and the vehicle slow down together. them. Whether or not an airbag There is more time to stop because is provided, all occupants still you stop over a longer distance and, have to buckle up to get the when worn properly, your strongest most protection. bones take the forces from the Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

3-10 Seats and Restraints

Also, in nearly all states and in . Wear the shoulder belt over the all Canadian provinces, the law shoulder and across the chest. requires wearing safety belts. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining How to Wear Safety Belts forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash. Properly This section is only for people of { WARNING adult size. You can be seriously injured, There are special things to know or even killed, by not wearing about safety belts and children. And there are different rules for smaller your safety belt properly. children and infants. If a child will be . Sit up straight and always keep . Never allow the lap or riding in the vehicle, see Older your feet on the floor in front shoulder belt to become Children on page 3‑30 or Infants of you. loose or twisted. and Young Children on page 3 32. ‑ . Always use the correct buckle . Never wear the shoulder belt Follow those rules for everyone's for your seating position. under both arms or behind protection. . Wear the lap part of the belt low your back. It is very important for all occupants and snug on the hips, just . Never route the lap or to buckle up. Statistics show that touching the thighs. In a crash, shoulder belt over an unbelted people are hurt more often this applies force to the strong armrest. in crashes than those who are pelvic bones and you would be wearing safety belts. less likely to slide under the lap There are important things to know belt. If you slid under it, the belt about wearing a safety belt properly. would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-11

Lap-Shoulder Belt If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out all All seating positions in the vehicle the way, the child restraint have a lap-shoulder belt. locking feature may be engaged. The following instructions explain If this happens, just let the belt how to wear a lap-shoulder belt go back all the way and start properly. again. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is Engaging the child restraint adjustable, so you can sit up locking feature in the right front straight. To see how, see “Seats” seating position may affect the in the Index. passenger sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System on 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull page 3‑24 for more information. the belt across you. Do not let it 3. Push the latch plate into the get twisted. buckle until it clicks. The lap-shoulder belt may lock if Pull up on the latch plate to you pull the belt across you very make sure it is secure. If the belt quickly. If this happens, let the is not long enough, see Safety belt go back slightly to unlock it. Belt Extender on page 3‑16. Then pull the belt across you Position the release button on more slowly. the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

3-12 Seats and Restraints

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt It may be necessary to pull Before a door is closed, be sure the height adjuster, move it to the stitching on the safety belt safety belt is out of the way. If a height that is right for you. through the latch plate to fully door is slammed against a safety Improper shoulder belt height tighten the lap belt on smaller belt, damage can occur to both the adjustment could reduce the occupants. safety belt and the vehicle. effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash. See “Shoulder Belt Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster Height Adjuster” later in this Your vehicle has a shoulder belt section for instruction on use height adjuster for the driver and and important safety information. right front passenger position. Adjust the height so the shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder and not falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck. Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash. See How To unlatch the belt, push the button to Wear Safety Belts Properly on on the buckle. The belt should page 3‑10. return to its stowed position. Slide the latch plate up the safety belt webbing when the safety belt is not 5. To make the lap part tight, pull in use. The latch plate should rest up on the shoulder belt. on the stitching on the safety belt, near the guide loop on the side wall. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-13

Safety Belt Pretensioners Rear Safety Belt Comfort This vehicle has safety belt Guides pretensioners for the front outboard This vehicle may have rear shoulder occupants. Although the safety belt belt comfort guides. If not, they are pretensioners cannot be seen, they available through your dealer. The are part of the safety belt assembly. guides may provide added safety They can help tighten the safety belt comfort for older children who belts during the early stages of a have outgrown booster seats and moderate to severe frontal and for some adults. When installed and near frontal crash if the threshold properly adjusted, the comfort guide conditions for pretensioner positions the belt away from the activation are met. And, if the neck and head. Squeeze the buttons (A) on the vehicle has side impact airbags, sides of the height adjuster and safety belt pretensioners can help move the height adjuster to the tighten the safety belts in a side desired position. crash. After the adjuster is set to the Pretensioners work only once. desired position, try to move it down If they activate in a crash, they will without squeezing the buttons to need to be replaced, and probably make sure it has locked into other new parts for the vehicle's position. safety belt system. See Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash on page 3‑16. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

3-14 Seats and Restraints

Here is how to install a comfort guide to the safety belt:

2. Place the guide over the belt 3. Be sure that the belt is not and insert the two edges of the twisted and it lies flat. The belt into the slots of the guide. elastic cord must be under the 1. Pull the elastic cord out from belt and the guide on top. between the edge of the seatback and the interior body to remove the guide from its storage clip. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-15

4. Buckle, position, and release { WARNING the safety belt as described previously in this section. Make A safety belt that is not properly sure the shoulder portion of the worn may not provide the belt is on the shoulder and not protection needed in a crash. The falling off of it. The belt should person wearing the belt could be be close to, but not contacting, seriously injured. The shoulder the neck. belt should go over the shoulder To remove and store the comfort and across the chest. These parts guide, squeeze the belt edges of the body are best able to take together so that the safety belt can belt restraining forces. be removed from the guide. Pull the guide upward to expose its storage A pregnant woman should wear a clip, and then slide the guide onto lap-shoulder belt, and the lap the clip. Turn the guide and clip portion should be worn as low as inward and slide them in between possible, below the rounding, the seatback and the interior body, throughout the pregnancy. leaving only the loop of the elastic cord exposed. The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it is more likely Safety Belt Use During that the fetus will not be hurt in a Pregnancy crash. For pregnant women, as for Safety belts work for everyone, anyone, the key to making safety including pregnant women. Like all belts effective is wearing them occupants, they are more likely to properly. be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

3-16 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt Extender from doing its job. See your dealer Replacing Safety Belt to have it repaired. Torn or frayed If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten safety belts may not protect you in a System Parts after a around you, you should use it. crash. They can rip apart under Crash But if a safety belt is not long impact forces. If a belt is torn or enough, your dealer will order you frayed, get a new one right away. { WARNING an extender. When you go in to Make sure the safety belt reminder order it, take the heaviest coat you light is working. See Safety Belt A crash can damage the safety will wear, so the extender will be Reminders on page 5‑12 for more belt system in the vehicle. long enough for you. To help avoid information. A damaged safety belt system personal injury, do not let someone may not properly protect the else use it, and use it only for the Keep safety belts clean and dry. person using it, resulting in seat it is made to fit. The extender See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑16. serious injury or even death in a has been designed for adults. Never crash. To help make sure the use it for securing child seats. To Safety Belt Care safety belt systems are working wear it, attach it to the regular safety Keep belts clean and dry. properly after a crash, have them belt. For more information, see the inspected and any necessary instruction sheet that comes with { WARNING replacements made as soon as the extender. possible. Do not bleach or dye safety belts. Safety System Check It may severely weaken them. In After a minor crash, replacement of Now and then, check that the safety a crash, they might not be able to safety belts may not be necessary. belt reminder light, safety belts, provide adequate protection. But the safety belt assemblies that buckles, latch plates, retractors, and Clean safety belts only with mild were used during any crash may anchorages are all working properly. soap and lukewarm water. have been stressed or damaged. Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts that might keep a safety belt system Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-17

See your dealer to have the safety Airbag System All vehicle airbags have the word belt assemblies inspected or AIRBAG in the trim or on a label replaced. The vehicle has the following near the deployment opening. airbags: New parts and repairs may be For frontal airbags, the word necessary even if the safety belt . A frontal airbag for the driver. AIRBAG is on the center of the system was not being used at the . A frontal airbag for the front steering wheel for the driver and on time of the crash. outboard passenger. the instrument panel for the front outboard passenger. Have the safety belt pretensioners . A seat-mounted side impact checked if the vehicle has been in a airbag for the driver. For seat-mounted side impact crash, or if the airbag readiness light airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the stays on after you start the vehicle . A seat-mounted side impact side of the seatback closest to or while you are driving. See Airbag airbag for the front outboard the door. passenger. Readiness Light on page 5‑12. For roof-rail airbags, the word . A roof-rail airbag for the driver AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. and the passenger seated directly behind the driver. Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety . A roof-rail airbag for the front belts. Even though today's airbags outboard passenger and the are also designed to help reduce passenger seated directly the risk of injury from the force of an behind the front outboard inflating bag, all airbags must inflate passenger. very quickly to do their job. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

3-18 Seats and Restraints

Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system: { WARNING { WARNING Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against, { WARNING force and faster than the blink of or very close to, any airbag You can be severely injured or an eye, anyone who is up when it inflates can be seriously killed in a crash if you are not against, or very close to any injured or killed. Airbags plus wearing your safety belt, even airbag when it inflates can be lap-shoulder belts offer protection with airbags. Airbags are seriously injured or killed. Do not for adults and older children, but designed to work with safety sit unnecessarily close to any not for young children and infants. belts, not replace them. Also, airbag, as you would be if sitting Neither the vehicle's safety belt airbags are not designed to inflate on the edge of the seat or leaning system nor its airbag system is in every crash. In some crashes forward. Safety belts help keep designed for them. Young safety belts are the only restraint. you in position before and during children and infants need the See When Should an Airbag a crash. Always wear a safety protection that a child restraint belt, even with airbags. The driver system can provide. Always Inflate? on page 3‑21. should sit as far back as possible secure children properly in the Wearing your safety belt during a while still maintaining control of vehicle. To read how, see Older crash helps reduce the chance of the vehicle. Children on page 3‑30 or Infants hitting things inside the vehicle or and Young Children on being ejected from it. Airbags are Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side page 3‑32. “supplemental restraints” to the safety belts. Everyone in the windows in seating positions with vehicle should wear a safety belt seat-mounted side impact airbags properly, whether or not there is and/or roof-rail airbags. an airbag for that person. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-19

Where Are the Airbags?

There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel cluster, which shows the airbag symbol. The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag The front outboard passenger Readiness Light on page 5‑12 for frontal airbag is in the passenger more information. The driver frontal airbag is in the side instrument panel. center of the steering wheel. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

3-20 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING

If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death. The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear. Do not put anything between an occupant and an Driver Side shown, Passenger Driver Side shown, Passenger airbag, and do not attach or put Side similar Side similar anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other The driver and front outboard The roof-rail airbags for the driver, airbag covering. passenger seat-mounted side front outboard passenger, and impact airbags are in the side of the second row outboard passengers Do not use seat accessories seatbacks closest to the door. are in the ceiling above the side that block the inflation path of a windows. seat-mounted side impact airbag. Never secure anything to the roof of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a rope or tie‐down through any door or window opening. If you do, the path of an inflating roof-rail airbag will be blocked. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-21

When Should an Airbag whether the object is fixed or crashes depending on the location moving, rigid or deformable, narrow of the impact. Seat-mounted side Inflate? or wide. impact and roof-rail airbags will Frontal airbags are designed to Thresholds can also vary with inflate if the crash severity is above inflate in moderate to severe frontal specific vehicle design. the system's designed threshold or near frontal crashes to help level. The threshold level can vary reduce the potential for severe Frontal airbags are not intended to with specific vehicle design. injuries, mainly to the driver's or inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear impacts, or in many side impacts. Seat-mounted side impact and right front passenger's head and roof-rail airbags are not intended to chest. However, they are only In addition, the vehicle has inflate in frontal impacts, near-frontal designed to inflate if the impact dual-stage frontal airbags. impacts, rollovers, or rear impacts. exceeds a predetermined Dual-stage airbags adjust the A seat-mounted side impact airbag deployment threshold. Deployment restraint according to crash severity. is intended to inflate on the side of thresholds are used to predict how The vehicle has electronic frontal the vehicle that is struck. A roof-rail severe a crash is likely to be in time sensors, which help the sensing airbag is intended to inflate on the for the airbags to inflate and help system distinguish between a side of the vehicle that is struck. restrain the occupants. moderate frontal impact and a more severe frontal impact. For moderate In any particular crash, no one Whether the frontal airbags will or can say whether an airbag should should inflate is not based primarily frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags inflate at a level less than full have inflated simply because of the on how fast the vehicle is traveling. vehicle or repair costs. For frontal It depends on what is hit, the deployment. For more severe frontal impacts, full deployment occurs. airbags, inflation is determined by direction of the impact, and how what the vehicle hits, the angle of quickly the vehicle slows down. The vehicle has seat-mounted side the impact, and how quickly Frontal airbags may inflate at impact and roof-rail airbags. See the vehicle slows down. For different crash speeds depending on Airbag System on page 3‑17. seat-mounted side impact and whether the vehicle hits an object Seat-mounted side impact and roof-rail airbags, deployment is straight on or at an angle, and roof-rail airbags are intended to determined by the location and inflate in moderate to severe side severity of the side impact. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

3-22 Seats and Restraints

What Makes an Airbag Airbags supplement the protection Roof-rail airbags may still be at least provided by safety belts by partially inflated for some time after Inflate? distributing the force of the they inflate. Some components of In a deployment event, the sensing impact more evenly over the the airbag module may be hot for system sends an electrical signal occupant's body. several minutes. For location of the triggering a release of gas from the But airbags would not help in airbags, see Where Are the inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the many types of collisions, primarily Airbags? on page 3‑19. airbag causing the bag to break out because the occupant's motion is The parts of the airbag that come of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, not toward those airbags. See When into contact with you may be warm, and related hardware are all part of Should an Airbag Inflate? on but not too hot to touch. There may the airbag module. page 3‑21 for more information. be some smoke and dust coming For airbag location, see Where Are Airbags should never be regarded from the vents in the deflated the Airbags? on page 3‑19. as anything more than a supplement airbags. Airbag inflation does not to safety belts. prevent the driver from seeing out of How Does an Airbag the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle, nor does it prevent Restrain? What Will You See after people from leaving the vehicle. In moderate to severe frontal or an Airbag Inflates? near frontal collisions, even belted After the frontal airbags and occupants can contact the steering seat-mounted side impact airbags wheel or the instrument panel. In inflate, they quickly deflate, so moderate to severe side collisions, quickly that some people may not even belted occupants can contact even realize an airbag inflated. the inside of the vehicle. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-23

You can lock the doors, and turn off Additional windshield breakage may { WARNING the interior lamps and hazard also occur from the front outboard warning flashers by using the passenger airbag. When an airbag inflates, there controls for those features. may be dust in the air. This dust . Airbags are designed to inflate could cause breathing problems only once. After an airbag { WARNING for people with a history of inflates, you will need some new parts for the airbag system. asthma or other breathing trouble. A crash severe enough to inflate To avoid this, everyone in the If you do not get them, the the airbags may have also airbag system will not be there vehicle should get out as soon as damaged important functions in to help protect you in another it is safe to do so. If you have the vehicle, such as the fuel crash. A new system will include breathing problems but cannot system, brake and steering airbag modules and possibly get out of the vehicle after an systems, etc. Even if the vehicle other parts. The service manual airbag inflates, then get fresh air appears to be drivable after a for the vehicle covers the need by opening a window or a door. moderate crash, there may be to replace other parts. If you experience breathing concealed damage that could . The vehicle has a crash sensing problems following an airbag make it difficult to safely operate deployment, you should seek and diagnostic module which the vehicle. records information after a medical attention. Use caution if you should attempt crash. See Vehicle Data to restart the engine after a crash Recording and Privacy on The vehicle has a feature that may has occurred. page 13‑19 and Vehicle Data automatically unlock the doors, turn Recording on page 13‑19. on the interior lamps and hazard warning flashers, and shut off the In many crashes severe enough to fuel system after the airbags inflate. inflate the airbag, windshields are broken by vehicle deformation. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

3-24 Seats and Restraints

. Let only qualified technicians The passenger sensing system work on the airbag systems. works with sensors that are part of Improper service can mean that the front outboard passenger seat. an airbag system will not work The sensors are designed to detect properly. See your dealer for the presence of a properly-seated service. occupant and determine if the front Canada and Mexico outboard passenger frontal airbag Passenger Sensing and seat‐mounted side impact System The words ON and OFF, or the airbag should be allowed to inflate symbol for on and off, are visible or not. The vehicle has a passenger during the system check. If you use sensing system for the front remote start, if equipped, to start the According to accident statistics, outboard passenger position. The vehicle, you may not see the system children are safer when properly passenger airbag status indicator check. When the system check is secured in a rear seat in the correct will light on the instrument panel complete, either the word ON or child restraint for their weight when the vehicle is started. OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will and size. be visible. See Passenger Airbag We recommend that children be Status Indicator on page 5‑13. secured in a rear seat, including: an The passenger sensing system infant or a child riding in a turns off the front outboard rear-facing child restraint; a child passenger frontal airbag and riding in a forward-facing child seat; seat-mounted side impact airbag an older child riding in a booster seat; and children, who are large United States under certain conditions. No other airbag is affected by the passenger enough, using safety belts. sensing system. Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front. This is because the risk to the rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag inflates. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-25

. The system determines that a { WARNING WARNING (Continued) small child is present in a booster seat. A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints . A front outboard passenger restraint can be seriously injured in a rear seat, even if the takes his/her weight off of the or killed if the passenger frontal airbag(s) are off. If you secure a seat for a period of time. airbag inflates. This is because forward-facing child restraint in the back of the rear-facing child the front outboard passenger . The front outboard passenger restraint would be very close to seat, always move the seat as far seat is occupied by a smaller the inflating airbag. A child in a back as it will go. It is better to person, such as a child who has forward-facing child restraint can secure the child restraint in a outgrown child restraints. be seriously injured or killed if the rear seat. . There is a critical problem with passenger frontal airbag inflates the airbag system or the passenger sensing system. and the passenger seat is in a The passenger sensing system is forward position. designed to turn off the front When the passenger sensing Even if the passenger sensing outboard passenger airbag and system has turned off the front system has turned off the front seat‐mounted side impact airbag if: outboard passenger frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact outboard passenger airbag(s), no . The front outboard passenger ‐ airbag, the off indicator will light and system is fail-safe. No one can seat is unoccupied. guarantee that an airbag will not stay lit as a reminder that the . The system determines that an inflate under some unusual airbags are off. See Passenger infant is present in a rear-facing Airbag Status Indicator on circumstance, even though the infant seat. page 5 13. airbag(s) are off. ‑ . The system determines that a (Continued) small child is present in a child restraint. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

3-26 Seats and Restraints

The passenger sensing system 4. Reinstall the child restraint is designed to turn on the front { WARNING following the directions outboard passenger frontal airbag provided by the child restraint If the airbag readiness light ever and seat‐mounted side impact manufacturer and refer to airbag anytime the system senses comes on and stays on, it means Securing Child Restraints (Front that a person of adult size is sitting that something may be wrong Passenger Seat) on page 3‑47 properly in the front outboard with the airbag system. To help or Securing Child Restraints passenger seat. avoid injury to yourself or others, (Rear Seat) on page 3‑45. have the vehicle serviced right When the passenger sensing 5. If, after reinstalling the child away. See Airbag Readiness system has allowed the airbags to restraint and restarting the Light on page 5 12 for more be enabled, the on indicator will light ‑ vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, and stay lit as a reminder that the information, including important turn the vehicle off. Then slightly airbags are active. safety information. recline the vehicle seatback For some children who have and adjust the seat cushion, outgrown child restraints and for If the On Indicator Is Lit for a if adjustable, to make sure that very small adults, the passenger Child Restraint the vehicle seatback is not sensing system may or may not turn pushing the child restraint into If a child restraint has been installed the seat cushion. off the front outboard passenger and the on indicator is lit: frontal airbag and seat-mounted Also make sure the child side impact airbag, depending upon 1. Turn the vehicle off. restraint is not trapped under the the person’s seating posture and 2. Remove the child restraint from vehicle head restraint. If this body build. Everyone in the vehicle the vehicle. happens, adjust the head who has outgrown child restraints restraint. See Head Restraints 3. Remove any additional items should wear a safety belt on page 3‑2. from the seat such as blankets, properly — whether or not there is 6. Restart the vehicle. an airbag for that person. cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-27

If the on indicator is still lit, properly in the seat. Use the Additional Factors Affecting secure the child restraint in a following steps to allow the system System Operation rear seat position in the vehicle to detect that person and enable the and see your dealer. front outboard passenger frontal Safety belts help keep the airbag and seat-mounted side passenger in position on the seat If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an impact airbag: during vehicle maneuvers and Adult-Size Occupant braking, which helps the passenger 1. Turn the vehicle off. sensing system maintain the 2. Remove any additional material passenger airbag status. See from the seat, such as blankets, “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” cushions, seat covers, seat in the Index for additional heaters, or seat massagers. information about the importance of proper restraint use. 3. Place the seatback in the fully upright position. A thick layer of additional material, such as a blanket or cushion, 4. Have the person sit upright in or aftermarket equipment such as the seat, centered on the seat seat covers, seat heaters, and seat cushion, with legs comfortably massagers can affect how well extended. the passenger sensing system 5. Restart the vehicle and have the operates. We recommend that you If a person of adult-size is sitting in person remain in this position for not use seat covers or other the front outboard passenger seat, two to three minutes after the on aftermarket equipment except when but the off indicator is lit, it could be indicator is lit. approved by GM for your specific because that person is not sitting vehicle. See Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑28 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

3-28 Seats and Restraints

The operation of the airbag system { WARNING { WARNING can also be affected by changing or moving any parts of the front seats, Stowing of articles under the For up to 10 seconds after the safety belts, airbag sensing and passenger seat or between the vehicle is turned off and the diagnostic module, steering wheel, passenger seat cushion and battery is disconnected, an airbag instrument panel, roof-rail airbag seatback may interfere with the can still inflate during improper modules, ceiling or pillar garnish proper operation of the passenger service. You can be injured if you trim, front sensors, side impact sensing system. are close to an airbag when it sensors, or airbag wiring. inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. Your dealer and the service manual They are probably part of the Servicing the have information about the location airbag system. Be sure to follow of the airbag sensors, sensing and Airbag-Equipped Vehicle proper service procedures, and diagnostic module, and airbag Airbags affect how the vehicle make sure the person performing wiring. work for you is qualified to do so. should be serviced. There are parts In addition, the vehicle has a of the airbag system in several passenger sensing system that places around the vehicle. Your Adding Equipment to the includes sensors as part of the front dealer and the service manual have Airbag-Equipped Vehicle outboard passenger seat. The information about servicing the passenger sensing system may not vehicle and the airbag system. To Adding accessories that change the operate properly if the original seat purchase a service manual, see vehicle's frame, bumper system, trim is replaced with non-GM Service Publications Ordering height, front end, or side sheet covers, upholstery, or trim; or with Information on page 13‑16. metal may keep the airbag system GM covers, upholstery, or trim from working properly. designed for a different vehicle. Any object, such as an aftermarket seat Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-29

heater or a comfort‐enhancing pad Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System or device, installed under or on top of the seat fabric, could also The airbag system does not need Parts after a Crash interfere with the operation of the regularly scheduled maintenance or passenger sensing system. This replacement. Make sure the airbag { WARNING could either prevent proper readiness light is working. See deployment of the passenger Airbag Readiness Light on A crash can damage the airbag airbag(s) or prevent the passenger page 5‑12 for more information. systems in the vehicle. sensing system from properly Notice: If an airbag covering is A damaged airbag system turning off the passenger airbag(s). damaged, opened, or broken, the may not work properly and See Passenger Sensing System on airbag may not work properly. Do may not protect you and your page 3‑24. not open or break the airbag passenger(s) in a crash, resulting If your vehicle needs to be modified coverings. If there are any in serious injury or even death. To because you have a disability and opened or broken airbag covers, help make sure the airbag you have questions about whether have the airbag covering and/or systems are working properly the modifications will affect the airbag module replaced. For the after a crash, have them vehicle's airbag system, or if you location of the airbags, see inspected and any necessary have questions about whether the Where Are the Airbags? on replacements made as soon as airbag system will be affected if the page 3‑19. See your dealer for possible. vehicle is modified for any other service. reason, call Customer Assistance. If an airbag inflates, you will need to See Customer Assistance Offices replace airbag system parts. See (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑4 or your dealer for service. Customer Assistance Offices (Mexico) on page 13‑5. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

3-30 Seats and Restraints

If the airbag readiness light stays on Child Restraints The manufacturer's instructions that after the vehicle is started or comes come with the booster seat state the on when you are driving, the airbag weight and height limitations for that system may not work properly. Have Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a the vehicle serviced right away. See lap-shoulder belt until the child Airbag Readiness Light on passes the fit test below: page 5 12 for more information. ‑ . Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, try using the rear safety belt comfort guide. See “Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on Older children who have outgrown page 3 11 for more information. booster seats should wear the ‑ If the shoulder belt still does not vehicle safety belts. rest on the shoulder, then return to the booster seat. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (31,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-31

. Does the lap belt fit low and According to accident statistics, snug on the hips, touching the children and infants are safer when thighs? If yes, continue. If no, properly restrained in a child return to the booster seat. restraint system or infant restraint . Can proper safety belt fit be system secured in a rear seating maintained for the length of the position. trip? If yes, continue. If no, In a crash, children who are not return to the booster seat. buckled up can strike other people Q: What is the proper way to who are buckled up, or can be wear safety belts? thrown out of the vehicle. Older children need to use safety belts A: An older child should wear a properly. lap-shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder { WARNING belt can provide. The shoulder { WARNING belt should not cross the face or Never do this. Never do this. neck. The lap belt should fit Never allow a child to wear the snugly below the hips, just Never allow two children to wear safety belt with the shoulder belt touching the top of the thighs. the same safety belt. The safety behind their back. A child can be This applies belt force to the belt cannot properly spread the seriously injured by not wearing child's pelvic bones in a crash. impact forces. In a crash, the two the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a It should never be worn over the children can be crushed together crash, the child would not be abdomen, which could cause and seriously injured. A safety restrained by the shoulder belt. severe or even fatal internal belt must be used by only one injuries in a crash. person at a time. (Continued) Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑11. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (32,1)

3-32 Seats and Restraints

Infants and Young Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts offer WARNING (Continued) protection for adults and older Children children, but not for young children The child could move too far Everyone in a vehicle needs and infants. Neither the vehicle's forward increasing the chance of protection! This includes infants and safety belt system nor its airbag head and neck injury. The child all other children. Neither the system is designed for them. Every might also slide under the lap distance traveled nor the age and time infants and young children ride belt. The belt force would then be size of the traveler changes the in vehicles, they should have the applied right on the abdomen. need, for everyone, to use safety protection provided by appropriate That could cause serious or fatal restraints. In fact, the law in every child restraints. injuries. The shoulder belt should state in the United States and in Children who are not restrained go over the shoulder and across every Canadian province says properly can strike other people, the chest. children up to some age must be or can be thrown out of the vehicle. restrained while in a vehicle. { WARNING { WARNING Never do this. Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is Never hold an infant or a child wrapped around their neck and while riding in a vehicle. Due to the safety belt continues to crash forces, an infant or a child tighten. Never leave children will become so heavy it is not unattended in a vehicle and never possible to hold it during a crash. allow children to play with the (Continued) safety belts. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (33,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-33

WARNING (Continued) { WARNING

For example, in a crash at only Never do this. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) Children who are up against, infant will suddenly become a or very close to, any airbag when 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's it inflates can be seriously injured arms. An infant should be or killed. Never put a rear-facing secured in an appropriate child restraint in the right front restraint. seat. Secure a rear-facing child restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to secure a forward-facing child restraint in a rear seat. If you Q: What are the different types of must secure a forward-facing add-on child restraints? child restraint in the right front A: Add-on child restraints, which seat, always move the front are purchased by the vehicle passenger seat as far back as it owner, are available in four basic will go. types. Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child's weight, height, and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used. For most basic types of child restraints, there are many different models available. When purchasing a child restraint, be Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (34,1)

3-34 Seats and Restraints

sure it is designed to be used in Child Restraint Systems a motor vehicle. If it is, the WARNING (Continued) restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor distributed across the strongest vehicle safety standards. part of an infant's body, the back and shoulders. Infants should The restraint manufacturer's always be secured in rear-facing instructions that come with the child restraints. restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint. In addition, there are many kinds of restraints { WARNING available for children with special needs. A young child's hip bones are still so small that the vehicle's regular (A) Rear Facing Infant Seat { WARNING safety belt may not remain low on ‐ the hip bones, as it should. A rear-facing infant seat (A) To reduce the risk of neck and Instead, it may settle up around provides restraint with the seating head injury during a crash, infants the child's abdomen. In a crash, surface against the back of the need complete support. This is the belt would apply force on a infant. because an infant's neck is not body area that is unprotected by The harness system holds the infant fully developed and its head any bony structure. This alone in place and, in a crash, acts to weighs so much compared with could cause serious or fatal keep the infant positioned in the the rest of its body. In a crash, an injuries. To reduce the risk of restraint. infant in a rear-facing child serious or fatal injuries during a restraint settles into the restraint, crash, young children should so the crash forces can be always be secured in appropriate (Continued) child restraints. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (35,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-35

Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle

{ WARNING

A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle safety belt or LATCH system, following the (B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats instructions that came with that A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions provides restraint for the child's designed to improve the fit of the in this manual. body with the harness. vehicle's safety belt system. A booster seat can also help a child To help reduce the chance of injury, to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle. Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑38 for more information. Children can be Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (36,1)

3-36 Seats and Restraints

endangered in a crash if the child Administration (NHTSA) website to We recommend that children and restraint is not properly secured in locate the nearest child safety seat child restraints be secured in a rear the vehicle. inspection station. For CPST seat, including: an infant or a child When securing an add-on child availability in Canada, check with riding in a rear-facing child restraint; restraint, refer to the instructions Transport Canada or the Provincial a child riding in a forward-facing that come with the restraint which Ministry of Transportation office. child seat; an older child riding in a may be on the restraint itself or in a booster seat; and children, who are Securing the Child Within the large enough, using safety belts. booklet, or both, and to this manual. Child Restraint The child restraint instructions are A label on your sun visor says, important, so if they are not Never put a rear-facing child seat in { WARNING “ available, obtain a replacement the front.” This is because the risk to copy from the manufacturer. A child can be seriously injured or the rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag deploys. Keep in mind that an unsecured killed in a crash if the child is not child restraint can move around in a properly secured in the child collision or sudden stop and injure restraint. Secure the child { WARNING people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly following the instructions A child in a rear-facing child properly secure any child restraint in that came with that child restraint. the vehicle— even when no child is restraint can be seriously injured in it. or killed if the right front Where to Put the passenger airbag inflates. This is In some areas of the United States because the back of the and Canada, Certified Child Restraint rear-facing child restraint would Passenger Safety Technicians According to accident statistics, be very close to the inflating (CPSTs) are available to inspect children and infants are safer when airbag. A child in a forward-facing and demonstrate how to correctly properly restrained in a child use and install child restraints. In child restraint can be seriously restraint system or infant restraint injured or killed if the right front the U.S., refer to the National system secured in a rear seating Highway Traffic Safety position. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (37,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-37

When securing a child restraint in a Keep in mind that an unsecured WARNING (Continued) rear seating position, study the child restraint can move around in a instructions that came with your collision or sudden stop and injure passenger airbag inflates and the child restraint to make sure it is people in the vehicle. Be sure to passenger seat is in a forward compatible with this vehicle. properly secure any child restraint in position. Child restraints and booster seats your vehicle — even when no child Even if the passenger sensing vary considerably in size, and some is in it. system has turned off the right may fit in certain seating positions If you secure a child restraint in the front passenger frontal airbag, no better than others. Always make left or center rear seat using system is fail-safe. No one can sure the child restraint is properly LATCH, review the following guarantee that an airbag will not secured. illustrations. Depending on where deploy under some unusual Depending on where you place the you place the child restraint, you circumstance, even though it is child restraint and the size of the may not be able to access certain turned off. child restraint, you may not be able safety belt assemblies or LATCH to access adjacent safety belt anchors for additional passengers or Secure rear-facing child child restraints. restraints in a rear seat, even if assemblies or LATCH anchors for the airbag is off. If you secure a additional passengers or child Configurations for Use of Child forward-facing child restraint in restraints. Adjacent seating Restraints the right front seat, always move positions should not be used if the the front passenger seat as far child restraint prevents access to or interferes with the routing of the back as it will go. It is better to safety belt. secure the child restraint in a rear seat. Wherever you install a child restraint, be sure to secure the child See Passenger Sensing System restraint properly. A. Child restraint using LATCH on page 3 24 for additional ‑ B. Child restraint or occupant information. using safety belt Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (38,1)

3-38 Seats and Restraints

The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the LATCH system. Make sure that a LATCH-compatible child restraint is properly installed A. Occupant prohibited A. Child restraint or occupant using the anchors, or use the B. Child restraint using LATCH using safety belt vehicle's safety belts to secure the restraint, following the instructions that came with that restraint, and also the instructions in this manual. When installing a child restraint with a top tether, you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint. A child restraint must A. Child restraint using LATCH A. Child restraint or occupant using safety belt never be installed using only the top B. Child restraint or occupant tether and anchor. B. Child restraint using LATCH using safety belt In order to use the LATCH system in C. Child restraint using safety belt Lower Anchors and your vehicle, you need a child or LATCH or occupant using restraint that has LATCH safety belt Tethers for Children attachments. The child restraint (LATCH System) manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child The LATCH system holds a child restraint and its attachments. The restraint during driving or in a crash. following explains how to attach a This system is designed to make child restraint with these installation of a child restraint easier. attachments in your vehicle. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (39,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-39

Not all vehicle seating positions or Top Tether Anchor Your child restraint may have a child restraints have lower anchors single tether (A) or a dual tether (C). and attachments or top tether Either will have a single anchors and attachments. attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Lower Anchors Some child restraints with top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that A top tether (A, C) anchors the top forward-facing child restraints have of the child restraint to the vehicle. a top tether, and that the tether be A top tether anchor is built into the attached. Be sure to read and follow vehicle. The top tether the instructions for your child attachment (B) on the child restraint restraint. Lower anchors (A) are metal bars connects to the top tether anchor in built into the vehicle. There are two the vehicle in order to reduce the lower anchors for each LATCH forward movement and rotation of seating position that will the child restraint during driving or in accommodate a child restraint with a crash. lower attachments (B). Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (40,1)

3-40 Seats and Restraints

Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

To assist in locating the lower anchors, each rear anchor position has a label, near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion.

The top tether anchors are under the covers, behind the rear seat, on Rear Seat the filler panel. Be sure to use an anchor on the same side of the I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating vehicle as the seating position positions with top tether anchors. where the child restraint will be H (Lower Anchor): Seating To assist in locating the top tether placed. positions with two lower anchors. anchors, the top tether anchor Do not secure a child restraint in a symbol is on the cover. position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (41,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-41

According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when { WARNING WARNING (Continued) properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint Do not attach more than one child children cannot reach them. Pull system secured in a rear seating restraint to a single anchor. the shoulder belt all the way out position. See Where to Put the Attaching more than one child of the retractor to set the lock, Restraint on page 3‑36 for restraint to a single anchor could if the vehicle has one, after the additional information. cause the anchor or attachment child restraint has been installed. to come loose or even break Securing a Child Restraint during a crash. A child or others Designed for the LATCH could be injured. To reduce the Notice: Do not let the LATCH System risk of serious or fatal injuries attachments rub against the during a crash, attach only one vehicle’s safety belts. This may damage these parts. If necessary, { child restraint per anchor. WARNING move buckled safety belts to If a LATCH-type child restraint is avoid rubbing the LATCH not attached to anchors, the child attachments. restraint will not be able to protect { WARNING Do not fold the empty rear seat the child correctly. In a crash, the with a safety belt buckled. This Children can be seriously injured child could be seriously injured could damage the safety belt or or strangled if a shoulder belt is or killed. Install a LATCH-type the seat. Unbuckle and return the wrapped around their neck and child restraint properly using the safety belt to its stowed position, the safety belt continues to anchors, or use the vehicle safety before folding the seat. tighten. Buckle any unused safety belts to secure the restraint, belts behind the child restraint so following the instructions that came with the child restraint and (Continued) the instructions in this manual. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (42,1)

3-42 Seats and Restraints

If you need to secure more than one Instead use the vehicle's anchors child restraint in the rear seat, see and child restraint attachments Where to Put the Restraint on to secure the restraints. Some page 3‑36. Depending on where you restraints also use another vehicle place the child restraint, you may anchor to secure a top tether. not be able to access certain safety 1. Attach and tighten the lower belt assemblies or LATCH anchors attachments to the lower for additional passengers or child anchors. If the child restraint restraints. does not have lower You cannot secure three child attachments or the desired restraints using the LATCH anchors seating position does not have in the rear seat at the same time, lower anchors, secure the child but you can install two of them. A. Passenger Side Rear Seat restraint with the top tether and If you want to do this, install one Lower Anchors the safety belts. Refer to your LATCH child restraint in the B. Center Rear Seat Lower child restraint manufacturer passenger-side position, and Anchors instructions and the instructions install the other one either in the in this manual. driver-side position or in the center C. Driver Side Rear Seat Lower Anchors 1.1. Find the lower anchors for position. Refer to the following the desired seating illustration to learn which anchors Make sure to attach the child position. to use. restraint at the proper anchor location. 1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat. This system is designed to make installation of child restraints easier. 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower When using lower anchors, do not attachments on the child use the vehicle's safety belts. restraint to the lower anchors. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (43,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-43

2. If the child restraint manufacturer 2.3. Route, attach, and tighten recommends that the top tether the top tether according to be attached, attach and tighten the child restraint the top tether to the top tether instructions and the anchor, if equipped. Refer to the following instructions: child restraint instructions and the following steps: 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. Open the cover to expose If the position you are using the anchor. does not have a headrest 2.2. If the position you are using or head restraint and you has an adjustable headrest are using a dual tether, or head restraint , raise it. route the tether over the See Head Restraints on seatback. page 3‑2. If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether, route the tether over the seatback. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (44,1)

3-44 Seats and Restraints

3. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move it side‐to‐side and back‐and‐forth. There should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement for proper installation. If the position you are using has an adjustable headrest or head restraint and you are using a single tether, If the position you are using route the tether under has an adjustable headrest the headrest or head or head restraint and you restraint and in between are using a dual tether the headrest or head route the tether under restraint posts. See Head the headrest or head Restraints on page 3‑2. restraint and in between the headrest or head restraint posts. See Head Restraints on page 3‑2. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (45,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-45

Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor Parts After a Crash (Rear Seat) if a national or local law requires When securing a child restraint in a that the top tether be anchored, or if { WARNING rear seating position, study the the instructions that come with the instructions that came with the child child restraint say that the top strap A crash can damage the LATCH restraint to make sure it is must be anchored. system in the vehicle. A damaged compatible with this vehicle. LATCH system may not properly In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have secure the child restraint, If the child restraint has the LATCH a top tether, and that the tether be resulting in serious injury or even system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH attached. death in a crash. To help make System) on page 3 38 for how and sure the LATCH system is ‑ If the child restraint does not have where to install the child restraint working properly after a crash, the LATCH system, you will be using LATCH. If a child restraint is using the safety belt to secure the see your dealer to have the secured in the vehicle using a system inspected and any child restraint in this position. Be safety belt and it uses a top tether, sure to follow the instructions that necessary replacements made as see Lower Anchors and Tethers for soon as possible. came with the child restraint. Secure Children (LATCH System) on the child in the child restraint when page 3‑38 for top tether anchor and as the instructions say. If the vehicle has the LATCH system locations. and it was being used during a crash, new LATCH system parts may be needed. New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the LATCH system was not being used at the time of the crash. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (46,1)

3-46 Seats and Restraints

If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat, be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint on page 3‑36. 1. Put the child restraint on the seat. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. 3. Push the latch plate into the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the Position the release button on lock. When the retractor lock is the buckle so that the safety belt set, the belt can be tightened but could be quickly unbuckled if not pulled out of the retractor. necessary. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (47,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-47

6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions (Front Passenger Seat) regarding the use of the top This vehicle has airbags. A rear tether. See Lower Anchors and seat is a safer place to secure a Tethers for Children (LATCH forward-facing child restraint. See System) on page 3‑38 for more Where to Put the Restraint on information. page 3‑36. 7. Before placing a child in the In addition, the vehicle has a child restraint, make sure it is passenger sensing system which is securely held in place. To check, designed to turn off the right front grasp the child restraint at the passenger frontal airbag and 5. To tighten the belt, push down safety belt path and attempt seat-mounted side impact airbag on the child restraint, pull the to move it side‐to‐side and under certain conditions. See shoulder portion of the belt to back‐and‐forth. When the child Passenger Sensing System on tighten the lap portion of the belt, restraint is properly installed, page 3‑24 and Passenger Airbag and feed the shoulder belt back there should be no more than Status Indicator on page 5‑13 for into the retractor. When installing 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. more information, including a forward-facing child restraint, it To remove the child restraint, important safety information. may be helpful to use your knee unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and A label on the sun visor says, to push down on the child let it return to the stowed position. “Never put a rear-facing child seat restraint as you tighten the belt. If the top tether is attached to a top in the front.” This is because the risk Try to pull the belt out of the tether anchor, disconnect it. to the rear-facing child is so great, retractor to make sure the if the airbag deploys. retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (48,1)

3-48 Seats and Restraints

If the child restraint has the LATCH { WARNING WARNING (Continued) system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH A child in a rear-facing child Even if the passenger sensing System) on page 3‑38 for how and restraint can be seriously injured where to install the child restraint or killed if the right front system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag, no using LATCH. If a child restraint is passenger airbag inflates. This secured using a safety belt and it system is fail-safe. No one can is because the back of the uses a top tether, see Lower guarantee that an airbag will not rear-facing child restraint would Anchors and Tethers for Children deploy under some unusual be very close to the inflating (LATCH System) on page 3‑38 for airbag. A child in a forward-facing circumstance, even though it is top tether anchor locations. turned off. child restraint can be seriously Do not secure a child seat in a injured or killed if the right front Secure rear-facing child position without a top tether anchor passenger airbag inflates and the restraints in a rear seat, even if if a national or local law requires passenger seat is in a forward the airbag is off. If you secure a that the top tether be anchored, or if position. forward-facing child restraint in the instructions that come with the (Continued) the right front seat, always move child restraint say that the top strap the front passenger seat as far must be anchored. back as it will go. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat. See Passenger Sensing System on page 3‑24 for additional information. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (49,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-49

In Canada, the law requires that 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run forward-facing child restraints have the lap and shoulder portions of a top tether, and that the tether be the vehicle's safety belt through attached. or around the restraint. The child You will be using the lap-shoulder restraint instructions will show belt to secure the child restraint in you how. this position. Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. When the passenger sensing 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way system has turned off the right out of the retractor to set the front passenger frontal airbag lock. When the retractor lock is and seat-mounted side impact set, the belt can be tightened but airbag, the off indicator on the not pulled out of the retractor. passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle. See 4. Push the latch plate into the Passenger Airbag Status buckle until it clicks. Indicator on page 5‑13. Position the release button on 2. Put the child restraint on the buckle so that the safety belt the seat. could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (50,1)

3-50 Seats and Restraints

Try to pull the belt out of the If a child restraint has been retractor to make sure the installed and the on indicator is retractor is locked. If the lit, see “If the On Indicator is Lit retractor is not locked, repeat for a Child Restraint” under Steps 5 and 6. Passenger Sensing System on 7. Before placing a child in the page 3‑24 for more information. child restraint, make sure it is To remove the child restraint, securely held in place. To check, unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and grasp the child restraint at the let it return to the stowed position. safety belt path and attempt to move it side‐to‐side and back‐and‐forth. When the child 6. To tighten the belt, push down restraint is properly installed, on the child restraint, pull the there should be no more than shoulder portion of the belt to 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. tighten the lap portion of the belt, If the airbags are off, the off and feed the shoulder belt back indicator in the passenger airbag into the retractor. When installing status indicator will come on and a forward-facing child restraint, stay on when the vehicle is started. it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Storage 4-1

Storage Storage Glove Box Compartments Pull the handle up to open. Storage Compartments Cupholders Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1 Instrument Panel Storage Glove Box ...... 4-1 Cupholders ...... 4-1 Front Storage ...... 4-2 Center Console Storage ...... 4-3 Additional Storage Features Convenience Net ...... 4-4

An instrument panel storage area, Removable cupholders are located with a removable liner, is located in front of the center console. above the radio. Slide the latch toward the rear of the vehicle to open the storage area. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

4-2 Storage

Front Storage

Push down on the cover handle (A) and then forward to access the cupholders. To remove the cupholders: For vehicles with rear seat 1. Press and hold the tab at the cupholders, access them by pulling rear of the cupholders. down on the door at the back of the Storage is available in front of the center console. shift lever. Open it by pushing on 2. Lift up and rearward. It has a storage tray and removable the bottom of the door. To reinstall, place the two forward cupholders. tabs into the slots and push down on the rear of the cupholder. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Storage 4-3

Center Console Storage The armrest on top of the center console can be adjusted to a rearward, middle, and forward position. Pull or push the front of the armrest to adjust to the desired position.

A driver side storage compartment is located near the steering column on the bottom of the instrument The center console storage has a panel. Pull the cover down to open. tray and a main storage area. Pull Pull out to remove for cleaning. up on the latch (A) to access the tray. Pull up on the latch (B) to access the main storage. It is equipped with a removable divider. An additional storage area is in front There may be a storage pocket at of the main storage. the rear of the center console. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

4-4 Storage

Additional Storage Features Convenience Net Use the rear convenience net to store small items. The net should not be used to store heavy loads. Push down on the cover handle (A) and then forward to access the storage area. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-1

Passenger Airbag Status Vehicle Messages Instruments and Indicator ...... 5-13 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-25 Controls Charging System Light ...... 5-14 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-25 Malfunction Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-25 Indicator Lamp ...... 5-14 Door Ajar Messages ...... 5-25 Controls Brake System Warning Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-25 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Light ...... 5-17 Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-26 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Fuel System Messages ...... 5-26 Horn ...... 5-3 Warning Light ...... 5-17 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-26 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-3 Traction Off Light ...... 5-18 Lamp Messages ...... 5-26 Compass ...... 5-4 Electronic Stability Control Ride Control System Clock ...... 5-5 (ESC) Off Light ...... 5-18 Messages ...... 5-26 Power Outlets ...... 5-7 Electronic Stability Control Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-28 (ESC)/Traction Control Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-28 Warning Lights, Gauges, and System (TCS) Indicator/ Tire Messages ...... 5-28 Indicators Warning Light ...... 5-19 Vehicle Reminder Warning Lights, Gauges, and Engine Coolant Temperature Messages ...... 5-29 Indicators ...... 5-8 Warning Light ...... 5-19 Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-29 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-9 Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-20 Speedometer ...... 5-10 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-20 Vehicle Personalization Odometer ...... 5-10 Security Light ...... 5-21 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-29 Trip Odometer ...... 5-10 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-21 Tachometer ...... 5-10 Cruise Control Light ...... 5-21 Fuel Gauge ...... 5-10 Information Displays Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge ...... 5-11 Driver Information Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-12 Center (DIC) ...... 5-22 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-12 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

5-2 Instruments and Controls

Controls 4. Pull the lever up to lock the w or x / c (Next/Previous): steering wheel in place. Press to change radio stations, Steering Wheel Do not adjust the steering wheel select tracks on a CD, or to select while driving. tracks and navigate folders on an Adjustment iPod® or USB device. Steering Wheel Controls To change radio stations: . Press and release w or x / c to go to the next or previous radio station stored as a preset. . Press and hold w or x / c to go to the next or previous radio station in the selected band with a strong signal. To select tracks on a CD: Press and release w or x / c to The lever is located on the left side go to the next or previous track. of the steering wheel column. To select tracks on an iPod or USB Vehicles with audio steering wheel device: To adjust the steering wheel: controls could differ depending on 1. Pull the lever down. the vehicle's options. Some audio 1. Press and hold w or x / c controls can be adjusted at the while listening to a song until the 2. Move the steering wheel up steering wheel. contents of the current folder or down. e + / e − (Volume): Press to display on the radio display. 3. Pull or push the steering wheel increase or to decrease the radio closer or away from you. volume. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-3

2. Press and release w or x / c x / c (End/Mute): Press to Windshield Wiper/Washer to scroll up or down the list, then reject an incoming call, or end a press and hold w to play the current call. Press to silence the highlighted track. vehicle speakers only. Press again to turn the sound on. To navigate folders on an iPod or USB device: b / g (Voice Recognition): For vehicles with Bluetooth® or OnStar® 1. Press and hold w or x / c systems press and hold b / g for while listening to a song until the longer than two seconds to interact The windshield wiper lever is on the contents of the current folder with those systems. See Bluetooth right side of the steering wheel. display on the radio display. on page 7‑23 and OnStar Overview Move the lever to control the on page 14 1 for more information. 2. Press and hold x / c to go ‑ windshield wipers. back to the previous folder list. Horn 9 (Off): Turns the windshield wipers off. 3. Press and release w or x / c a to scroll up or down the list. Press on the steering wheel pad 3 (Intermittent; Speed Sensitive to sound the horn. . To select a folder, press Wipers): For intermittent or speed sensitive operation. While in this and hold w when the folder position, turn the x band up or is highlighted. down to vary frequency. . To go back further in the folder list, press and The amount of delay time varies between wiping cycles due to the hold x / c. delay setting selected or the speed of the vehicle. As vehicle speed is increased or decreased, the wiper interval also increases or decreases. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

5-4 Instruments and Controls

6 (Low Speed): Slow wipes. Windshield Washer Compass 1 (High Speed): Fast wipes. Press the button at the end of the Compass Operation 8 windshield wiper lever until the (Mist): Single wipe, move the washers begin. O lever down, then release it. Several Press on the rearview mirror to wipes, hold the lever down. turn the compass display on or off. { WARNING Clear ice and snow from the wiper When the ignition and the compass blades before using them. In freezing weather, do not use feature are on, the compass the washer until the windshield is displays the current compass If frozen to the windshield, carefully direction after a few seconds. loosen or thaw them. Damaged warmed. Otherwise the washer wiper blades should be replaced. fluid can form ice on the Compass Calibration windshield, blocking your vision. Heavy snow or ice can overload the If after a few seconds the display wiper motor. A circuit breaker stops does not show a compass direction, the motor until it cools. If the motor When the button is released, the (N for North for example), there may gets stuck, turn the wipers off, clear washers stop, but the wipers be a strong magnetic field away the snow or ice, and then turn continue to wipe about three times interfering with the compass. the wipers back on. or resume the previous speed. Interference can be caused by a magnetic antenna mount, note pad As an added safety feature, if the holder, or similar object. If the wipers are on for more than letter C appears in the compass 15 seconds, the vehicle's window, the compass may need to headlamps turn on automatically. be reset or calibrated. They turn off 15 seconds after the wipers are turned off. The mirror can be calibrated by driving the vehicle very slowly, in circles, until the display reads a direction. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-5

Compass Variance Clock The mirror is set in zone eight. It is Without Date Display necessary to adjust the compass to compensate for compass variance if AM/FM Base Radio with a Single the vehicle is driven outside zone CD Player eight. Under certain circumstances, To set the time: such as a long distance, cross-country trip, it is necessary to 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ adjust the compass variance. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN. O To adjust for compass variance: Press the knob to turn the radio on. 1. Find your current location and 2. Press the H button until the hour variance zone number on the 2. Press and hold O until a zone zone map that follows. begins flashing on the display. number displays. Press the H button a second 3. Once the zone number displays, time and the minute begins press O repeatedly until the flashing on the display. correct zone number is reached. 3. While either the hour or the If C appears in the compass minute numbers are flashing, window, the compass may need f calibration. See “Compass turn the knob to increase or Calibration” listed previously. decrease the time. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

5-6 Instruments and Controls

4. Press the H button again until 2. Press the H button and the HR, The date does not automatically the clock display stops flashing MIN, MM, DD, YYYY (hour, display. To see the date press H to set the currently displayed minute, month, day, and year) while the radio is on. The date with time; otherwise, the flashing displays. display times out after a few stops after five seconds and the 3. Press the softkey located below seconds and goes back to the current time displayed is any one of the tabs that you normal radio and time display. automatically set. want to change. To change the time default setting To change the time default setting 4. To increase the time or date do from 12 hour to 24 hour or to from 12 hour to 24 hour, press the one of the following: change the date default setting from H button until 12H or 24H is month/day/year to day/month/year: displayed. Once 12H or 24H is . Press the softkey located 1. Press the H button and then the displayed, turn the f knob to the below the selected tab. softkey located below the desired option to select the setting. . Press the ¨ SEEK, H forward arrow label. Once the Press the button again to apply or \ FWD button. time 12H and 24H, and the date the setting, or let the screen MM/DD/YYYY (month, day, and time out. . Turn the f knob clockwise. year) and DD/MM/YYYY (day, With Date Display 5. To decrease the time or date do month, and year) displays. one of the following: 2. Press the softkey located below Radio with CD (MP3) and USB the desired option. Port, and Radio with Single CD . Press the © SEEK (MP3) Player or s REV button. 3. Press the H button again to To set the time and date: apply the selected default, or let . Turn the f knob the screen time out. 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ counterclockwise. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN. Press the O knob to turn the radio on. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-7

Power Outlets Notice: Leaving electrical Power Outlet 110 Volt equipment plugged in for an Alternating Current Accessory power outlets can be extended period of time while used to plug in electrical equipment, the vehicle is off will drain the The vehicle may have a power such as a cell phone or MP3 player. battery. Always unplug electrical outlet that can be used to plug in electrical equipment that uses a There are two accessory power equipment when not in use and maximum limit of 150 watts. outlets. One accessory power outlet do not plug in equipment that is located inside the storage bin exceeds the maximum 20 ampere below the climate controls and the rating. other outlet is on the rear of the Certain electrical accessories may center storage console. not be compatible with the Remove the cover to access and accessory power outlet and could replace when not in use. The overload vehicle or adapter fuses. accessory power outlet is If a problem is experienced, see operational at all times. your dealer. When adding electrical equipment, { WARNING be sure to follow the proper installation instructions included Power is always supplied to the with the equipment. See Add-On outlets. Do not leave electrical Electrical Equipment on page 9‑45. The power outlet is located on the equipment plugged in when the Notice: Hanging heavy rear of the center console. vehicle is not in use because the equipment from the power outlet An indicator light on the outlet vehicle could catch fire and cause can cause damage not covered injury or death. comes on when in use. The ignition by the vehicle warranty. The must be in ON/RUN and equipment power outlets are designed for requiring less than 150 watts is accessory power plugs only, such plugged into the outlet, and no as cell phone charge cords. system fault is detected. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

5-8 Instruments and Controls

If you try to connect equipment Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there using more than 150 watts or a could be a problem with a vehicle system fault is detected, a Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning protection circuit shuts off the power lights work together to indicate a supply and the indicator light turns Indicators problem with the vehicle. off. To reset the circuit, unplug the Warning lights and gauges can When one of the warning lights item and plug it back in or turn the signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while Remote Accessory Power (RAP) off before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges and then back on. See Retained to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem, Accessory Power (RAP) on replacement. Paying attention to the check the section that explains what page 9‑18. The power restarts when warning lights and gauges could to do. Follow this manual's advice. equipment that operates within the prevent injury. Waiting to do repairs can be costly limit is plugged into the outlet and a Warning lights come on when there and even dangerous. system fault is not detected. could be a problem with a vehicle The power outlet is not designed for function. Some warning lights come and may not work properly if the on briefly when the engine is started following are plugged in: to indicate they are working. . Equipment with high initial peak wattage such as: compressor-driven refrigerators and electric power tools. . Other equipment requiring an extremely stable power supply such as: microcomputer-controlled electric blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-9

Instrument Cluster

English shown, Metric similar Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

5-10 Instruments and Controls

Speedometer Trip Odometer Fuel Gauge The speedometer shows the The trip odometer can show how far vehicle's speed in either kilometers the vehicle has been driven since per hour (km/h) or miles per the trip odometer was last reset. hour (mph). The trip odometer is accessed and reset through the Driver Information Odometer Center (DIC). See Driver The odometer shows how far the Information Center (DIC) on vehicle has been driven, in either page 5‑22 for more information. kilometers or miles. Tachometer This vehicle has a tamper‐resistant odometer. The digital odometer will The tachometer displays the engine read 999,999 if it is turned back. speed in revolutions per Metric If the vehicle needs a new odometer minute (rpm). installed, it must be set to the Notice: If the engine is operated mileage total of the old odometer. with the tachometer in the shaded If that is not possible, then it must warning area, the vehicle could be set at zero and a label must be be damaged, and the damages put on the driver door to show the would not be covered by the old mileage reading when the new vehicle warranty. Do not operate odometer was installed. the engine with the tachometer in the shaded warning area.

English Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-11

When the ignition is on, the fuel . The indicator moves a little while gauge shows how much fuel is left turning a corner or speeding up. in the fuel tank. When the indicator . The gauge goes back to empty nears empty, a message in the when the ignition is turned off. Driver Information Center (DIC) displays. See Fuel System Engine Coolant Messages on page 5‑26 for more information. The vehicle still has a Temperature Gauge little fuel left, but the vehicle should be fueled soon. An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates the side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. Here are four things that some English owners ask about. These are This gauge shows the engine normal and do not indicate a coolant temperature. If the pointer problem with the fuel gauge: moves towards the H (United . At the service station, the gas States) or to the shaded thermostat pump shuts off before the gauge symbol area (Canada), the engine is reads full. too hot. . It takes a little more or less fuel Metric A temperature indicator light turns to fill up than the gauge on and a chime sounds. indicated. For example, the The vehicle is operated under gauge may have indicated the normal driving conditions and the fuel tank was half full, but it temperature indicator light comes actually took a little more or less on, pull off the road, stop the than half the fuel tank's capacity vehicle, and turn off the engine as to fill it. soon as possible. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

5-12 Instruments and Controls

Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt The passenger safety belt reminder Reminder Light light and chime may turn on if an Driver Safety Belt Reminder object is put on the seat such as a Light briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic device. To turn off the reminder light and/or chime, remove the object from the seat or buckle the safety belt.

For vehicles equipped with the Airbag Readiness Light passenger safety belt reminder light, The system checks the airbag's When the engine is started, a chime several seconds after the engine is electrical system for possible sounds for several seconds to started, a chime sounds for several malfunctions. If the light stays on it remind a driver to fasten the safety seconds to remind the front indicates there is an electrical belt. Unless the driver safety belt is passenger to buckle their safety problem. The system check includes already buckled. belt. The passenger safety belt light the airbag sensor(s), passenger The safety belt light comes on and flashes and then stays on solid until sensing system, the pretensioners, stays on for several seconds, then the belt is buckled. This cycle the airbag modules, the wiring, and flashes for several more. continues several times if the the crash sensing and diagnostic passenger remains or becomes module. For more information on the This chime and light are repeated if unbuckled while the vehicle is airbag system, see Airbag System the driver remains unbuckled and moving. on page 3‑17. the vehicle is in motion. If the passenger safety belt is If the driver safety belt is buckled, buckled, neither the chime nor the neither the light nor the chime light comes on. comes on. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-13

If there is a problem with the airbag system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message can also come on. See Airbag System Messages on page 5‑28 for more information.

The airbag readiness light comes on Passenger Airbag Status Canada and Mexico solid for a few seconds when the Indicator When the vehicle is started, the engine is started. If the light does passenger airbag status indicator not come on then, have it fixed The vehicle has a passenger will light ON and OFF, or the symbol immediately. sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System on page 3‑24 for for on and off, for several seconds important safety information. The as a system check. If you are using { WARNING instrument panel has a passenger remote start to start the vehicle from airbag status indicator. a distance, if equipped, you may not If the airbag readiness light stays see the system check. Then, after on after the vehicle is started or several more seconds, the status comes on while driving, it means indicator will light either ON or OFF, the airbag system might not be or either the on or off symbol to let working properly. The airbags in you know the status of the right front the vehicle might not inflate in a passenger frontal and seat-mounted crash, or they could even inflate side impact airbags. without a crash. To help avoid United States If the word ON or the on symbol is injury, have the vehicle serviced lit on the passenger airbag status right away. indicator, it means that the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat-mounted side impact airbag are enabled (may inflate). Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

5-14 Instruments and Controls

If the word OFF or the off symbol is Charging System Light Malfunction lit on the passenger airbag status indicator, it means that the Indicator Lamp passenger sensing system has A computer system called OBD II turned off the right front passenger (On-Board Diagnostics-Second frontal and seat-mounted side Generation) monitors the operation impact airbag. of the vehicle to ensure emissions If, after several seconds, both status are at acceptable levels, to produce indicator lights remain on, or if there a cleaner environment. This light This light comes on briefly when the comes on when the vehicle is are no lights at all, there may be a ignition key is turned to START, but problem with the lights or the placed in ON/RUN, as a check to the engine is not running, as a show it is working. If it does not, passenger sensing system. See check to show it is working. your dealer for service. have the vehicle serviced by your If it does not, have the vehicle dealer. See Ignition Positions on serviced by your dealer. page 9‑15 for more information. { WARNING The light should go out once the If the airbag readiness light ever engine starts. If it stays on, comes on and stays on, it means or comes on while driving, there that something may be wrong could be a problem with the with the airbag system. To help charging system. This light could avoid injury to yourself or others, indicate that there are problems with have the vehicle serviced right a generator drive belt, or that there away. See Airbag Readiness is an electrical problem. Have it If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on and stays on while the Light on page 5 12 for more checked right away. If the vehicle ‑ engine is running, this indicates that information, including important must be driven a short distance with the light on, turn off accessories, there is an OBD II problem and safety information. such as the radio and air service is required. conditioner. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-15

Malfunctions often are indicated by these systems could lead to If the light continues to flash, stop the system before any problem is costly repairs not covered by the and park the vehicle. Turn the apparent. Being aware of the light vehicle warranty. This could also vehicle off, wait at least 10 seconds, can prevent more serious damage result in a failure to pass a and restart the engine. If the light is to the vehicle. This system assists required Emission Inspection/ still flashing, follow the previous the service technician in correctly Maintenance test. See steps and see your dealer for diagnosing any malfunction. Accessories and Modifications on service as soon as possible. Notice: If the vehicle is page 10‑3. Light On Steady: An emission continually driven with this light This light comes on during a control system malfunction has on, the emission controls might malfunction in one of two ways: been detected on the vehicle. not work as well, the vehicle fuel Light Flashing: A misfire condition Diagnosis and service might be economy might not be as good, has been detected. A misfire required. and the engine might not run as increases vehicle emissions and The following may correct an smoothly. This could lead to could damage the emission control emission system malfunction: costly repairs that might not be system on the vehicle. Diagnosis covered by the vehicle warranty. . Check that the fuel cap is fully and service might be required. installed. See Filling the Tank on Notice: Modifications made to the To prevent more serious damage to page 9‑37. The diagnostic engine, transmission, exhaust, the vehicle: system can determine if the fuel intake, or fuel system of the cap has been left off or . Reduce vehicle speed. vehicle or the replacement of the improperly installed. A loose or original tires with other than . Avoid hard accelerations. missing fuel cap allows fuel to those of the same Tire . Avoid steep uphill grades. evaporate into the atmosphere. Performance Criteria (TPC) can A few driving trips with the cap affect the vehicle's emission . If towing a trailer, reduce the properly installed should turn the controls and can cause this light amount of cargo being hauled as light off. to come on. Modifications to soon as it is possible. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

5-16 Instruments and Controls

. Check that good quality fuel is Emissions Inspection and while the engine is off. See your used. Poor fuel quality causes Maintenance Programs dealer for assistance in verifying the engine not to run as proper operation of the efficiently as designed and may Some local governments may have malfunction indicator lamp. cause stalling after start-up, programs to inspect the on-vehicle stalling when the vehicle is emission control equipment. For the . The OBD II (On-Board changed into gear, misfiring, inspection, the emission system test Diagnostics) system determines hesitation on acceleration, equipment is connected to the that critical emission control or stumbling on acceleration. vehicle’s Data Link systems have not been These conditions might go away Connector (DLC). completely diagnosed. The once the engine is warmed up. vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection. This can If one or more of these conditions happen if the 12-volt battery has occurs, change the fuel brand used. recently been replaced or run It will require at least one full tank of down. The diagnostic system is the proper fuel to turn the light off. designed to evaluate critical See Recommended Fuel on emission control systems during page 9‑34. normal driving. This can take The DLC is under the instrument several days of routine driving. If none of the above have made the panel to the left of the steering If this has been done and the light turn off, your dealer can check wheel. See your dealer if assistance vehicle still does not pass the the vehicle. The dealer has the is needed. inspection for lack of OBD II proper test equipment and system readiness, your dealer diagnostic tools to fix any The vehicle may not pass inspection if: can prepare the vehicle for mechanical or electrical problems inspection. that might have developed. . The malfunction indicator lamp is on with the engine running, or if the light does not come on when the ignition is turned to ON/RUN Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-17

Brake System Warning When the ignition is on, the brake system warning light also comes on { WARNING Light when the parking brake is set. The The vehicle brake system consists light stays on if the parking brake The brake system might not be of two hydraulic circuits. If one does not fully release . If it stays on working properly if the brake circuit is not working, the remaining after the parking brake is fully system warning light is on. circuit can still work to stop the released, it means there is a brake Driving with the brake system vehicle. For normal braking problem. warning light on can lead to a crash. If the light is still on after performance, both circuits need to The Driver Information Center (DIC) the vehicle has been pulled off be working. may display a BRAKE FLUID the road and carefully stopped, If the warning light comes on, there message. See Brake System have the vehicle towed for is a brake problem. Have the brake Messages on page 5‑25 for more system inspected right away. information. service. If the light comes on while driving, pull off the road and carefully stop. Antilock Brake System The brake pedal may be harder to (ABS) Warning Light push or the pedal may go closer to the floor. It may take longer to stop. Try turning off and restarting the Metric English vehicle one or two times, if the light is still on, have the vehicle towed for This light comes on briefly when the service. See Towing the Vehicle on ignition key is turned to ON/RUN. page 10 79 If it does not come on then, have it ‑ fixed so it will be ready to warn if For vehicles with the Antilock Brake there is a problem. System (ABS), this light comes on briefly when the engine is started. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

5-18 Instruments and Controls

If it does not, have the vehicle Traction Off Light See Traction Control System (TCS) serviced by your dealer. If the on page 9‑27 and Electronic system is working normally, the Stability Control (ESC) on indicator light then goes off. page 9‑29 for more information. If the ABS light stays on, turn the ignition off. If the light comes on Electronic Stability while driving, stop as soon as it is Control (ESC) Off Light safely possible and turn the ignition off. Then start the engine again to This light comes on briefly while reset the system. If the ABS light starting the engine. If it does not, stays on, or comes on again while have the vehicle serviced by your driving, the vehicle needs service. dealer. If the system is working If the regular brake system warning normally, the indicator light then light is not on, the vehicle still has turns off. brakes, but not antilock brakes. This light comes on briefly while If the regular brake system warning The traction off light comes on when starting the engine. If it does not, light is also on, the vehicle does not the Traction Control System (TCS) have the vehicle serviced by your have antilock brakes and there is a has been turned off by pressing and dealer. problem with the regular brakes. releasing the traction control button. See Brake System Warning Light on This light and the Electronic Stability This light comes on when the page 5‑17. Control (ESC) Off light come on Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is turned off. If ESC is off, For vehicles with a Driver when ESC is turned off. the Traction Control System (TCS) Information Center (DIC), see Brake If the TCS is off, wheelspin is not is also off. System Messages on page 5‑25 for limited. Adjust driving accordingly. all brake-related DIC messages. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-19

If the TCS is off, the system does If the light does not come on, have Engine Coolant not assist in controlling the vehicle. the vehicle serviced by the dealer. Turn on the TCS and the ESC If the system is working normally, Temperature Warning systems and the warning light the indicator light turns off. Light turns off. If the light is on and not flashing, the See Traction Control System (TCS) TCS, and potentially the ESC on page 9‑27 and Electronic system have been disabled. A DIC Stability Control (ESC) on message may display. Check the page 9‑29 for more information DIC messages to determine which feature(s) is no longer functioning Electronic Stability and whether the vehicle requires service. This light comes on briefly while Control (ESC)/Traction starting the vehicle. Control System (TCS) If the indicator/warning light is on and flashing, the TCS and/or the If it does not, have the vehicle Indicator/Warning Light StabiliTrak system is actively serviced by the dealer. If the system working. is working normally the indicator light goes off. See Traction Control System (TCS) on page 9‑27 and Electronic Notice: Driving with the engine Stability Control (ESC) on coolant temperature warning light page 9‑29 for more information. on could cause the vehicle to overheat. See Engine Overheating on page 10‑17. The vehicle's The Electronic Stability Control engine could be damaged, and it (ESC) or the Traction Control might not be covered by the System (TCS) indicator/warning vehicle warranty. Never drive with light comes on briefly when the the engine coolant temperature engine is started. warning light on. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

5-20 Instruments and Controls

The engine coolant temperature A Driver Information Center (DIC) Check the oil level as soon as warning light comes on when the tire pressure message may also possible. Add oil if required, but engine has overheated. display. See Vehicle Messages on if the oil level is within the If this happens pull over and turn off page 5‑25 for more information. operating range and the oil the engine as soon as possible. See Stop as soon as possible, and pressure is still low, have the inflate the tires to the pressure value vehicle serviced. Always follow Engine Overheating on page 10‑17 for more information. shown on the Tire and Loading the maintenance schedule for Information label. See Tire Pressure changing engine oil. Tire Pressure Light on page 10‑45 for more information. When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On Steady If the light flashes for about a minute and then stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, the light The oil pressure light should come will come on at every ignition cycle. on briefly as the engine is started. For vehicles with the Tire Pressure See Tire Pressure Monitor If it does not come on, have the Monitor System (TPMS), this light Operation on page 10‑48 for more vehicle serviced by your dealer. comes on briefly when the engine is information. started. It provides information If the light comes on and stays on, it about tire pressures and the TPMS. Engine Oil Pressure Light means that oil is not flowing through the engine properly. The vehicle When the Light Is On Steady Notice: Lack of proper engine oil could be low on oil and might have This indicates that one or more of maintenance can damage the some other system problem. See the tires are significantly engine. Driving with the engine your dealer. underinflated. oil low can also damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-21

Security Light of the monitored entry points is not Cruise Control Light closed. The light will stay on if the alarm is arming and all entry points are closed. For information regarding this light and the vehicle's security system, see Anti-theft Alarm System on page 2‑11. The security light should come on The cruise control light comes on briefly as the engine is started. If the High-Beam On Light whenever the cruise control is set. system is working normally, the The light goes out when the cruise indicator light turns off. If it does not control is turned off. See Cruise come on, have the vehicle serviced Control on page 9‑31 for more by your dealer. information. If the light stays on and the engine does not start, there could be a problem with the theft-deterrent system. The high‐beam on light comes on when the high-beam headlamps are This light is also used to indicate the in use. status of the anti-theft alarm system when the ignition is turned off. The See Headlamp High/Low-Beam light will flash rapidly if the alarm Changer on page 6‑2 for more system is arming and one or more information. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

5-22 Instruments and Controls

Information Displays Press and hold the information and reset buttons at the same time for one second, then release the Driver Information buttons to enter the personalization Center (DIC) menu. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5 29 for more information. Your vehicle has a Driver ‑ Information Center (DIC). The DIC The DIC comes on when the ignition display gives you the status of many is on. The DIC has different modes of your vehicle's systems. The DIC which can be accessed by pressing is also used to display driver the DIC buttons. The button personalization menu modes and functions are detailed in the warning/status messages. All following. messages will appear in the DIC The DIC buttons are located on the Information Modes display, located at the bottom of the left side of the steering wheel. instrument panel cluster. INFO (Information): Press this INFO (Information): Press this button to scroll through the following button to scroll through the vehicle vehicle information modes: information mode displays. r (Reset): Press this button to Outside Air Temperature reset some vehicle information The outside air temperature will be mode displays, select a displayed at the same time as the personalization menu mode setting, Odometer and the Trip Odometer. or acknowledge a warning message. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-23

The temperature outside of the Trip Odometer When the fuel level is low, FUEL vehicle will be displayed in either Press the information button until RANGE LOW displays. degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees the outside air temperature along The fuel economy data used to Fahrenheit (°F). The outside air with A or B displays. These modes determine fuel range is an average temperature appears on the left side show the current distance traveled of recent driving conditions. As your of the DIC display and the since the last reset for each trip driving conditions change, this data odometer, or trip odometer, appears odometer in either kilometers (km) is gradually updated. The FUEL on the right side of the display. or miles (mi). Both odometers can RANGE mode cannot be reset. be used at the same time. Odometer MPG (L/100 KM) AVG (Average) Press the information button until To reset the trip odometer to zero, press and hold the reset button for a Press the information button until the outside air temperature and the MPG (L/100 KM) AVG displays. This odometer displays. This mode few seconds while the desired trip odometer is displayed. mode shows how many liters per shows the total distance the vehicle 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles has been driven in either FUEL RANGE per gallon (mpg) your vehicle is kilometers (km) or miles (mi). Press the information button until getting based on current and past To change the DIC display to FUEL RANGE displays. This mode driving conditions. English or metric units, see “UNITS” shows the remaining distance you To reset the average fuel economy, under Vehicle Personalization on can drive without refueling in either press and hold the reset button page 5‑29. kilometers (km) or miles (mi). It is while MPG (L/100 KM) AVG is based on fuel economy and the fuel displayed. Average fuel economy is remaining in the tank. then calculated starting from that point. If the average fuel economy is not reset, it is continually updated each time you drive. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

5-24 Instruments and Controls

MPG (L/100 KM) INST OIL LIFE Tire Pressure (Instantaneous) Press the information button until On vehicles with the Tire Pressure Press the information button until OIL LIFE displays. The engine oil Monitor System (TPMS), the MPG (L/100 KM) INST displays. This life system shows an estimate of the pressure for each tire can be viewed mode shows the current fuel oil's remaining useful life. It shows in the DIC. The tire pressure is economy at a particular moment 100% when the system is reset after shown in either kilopascals (kPa) or and changes frequently as driving an oil change. It alerts you to pounds per square inch (psi). Press conditions change. This mode change the oil on a schedule the information button until shows the instantaneous fuel consistent with your driving LF ## PSI (kPa) ## RF displays for economy in liters per 100 kilometers conditions. the front tires. Press the information (L/100 km) or miles per gallon In addition to the engine oil life button again until (mpg). Unlike average fuel system monitoring the oil life, LR ## PSI (kPa) ## RR displays for economy, this screen cannot be additional maintenance is the rear tires. reset. recommended in the Maintenance If a low tire pressure condition is AV (Average) SPEED Schedule in this manual. See detected by the system while Engine Oil on page 10 8 and driving, a message advising you to Press the information button until AV ‑ Maintenance Schedule on add air will appear in the display. SPEED displays. This mode shows page 11 3. See Tire Pressure on page 10 45 the vehicle's average speed in ‑ ‑ and Tire Messages on page 5 28 for kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles Always reset the engine oil life ‑ more information. per hour (mph). system after an oil change. See How to Reset the Engine Oil Life To reset the average vehicle speed, “ System under Engine Oil Life press and hold the reset button ” System on page 10 11. while AV SPEED is displayed. ‑ Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-25

Vehicle Messages page 5‑17 for more information. TRUNK AJAR Have the brake system serviced by This message displays when the The following messages appear if your dealer as soon as possible. there is a problem detected in one trunk is not closed completely. Make of your vehicle's systems. PUSH PARK PEDAL sure that the trunk is closed completely. See Trunk on page 2‑9 A message clears when the This message displays if the parking for more information. vehicle's condition is no longer brake is left engaged. See Parking present. To acknowledge a Brake on page 9‑26 for more Engine Oil Messages message and clear it from the information. display, press and hold any of the CHANGE OIL SOON DIC buttons. If the condition is still Cruise Control Messages This message displays when the life present, the warning message of the engine oil has expired and it comes back on the next time the CRUISE ENGAGED should be changed. vehicle is turned off and back on. This message displays when the With most messages, a warning cruise control system is active. See When this message is chime sounds when the message Cruise Control on page 9‑31 for acknowledged and cleared from the displays. Your vehicle may have more information. display, the engine oil life system other warning messages. must still be reset separately. See Door Ajar Messages Engine Oil Life System on Brake System Messages page 10‑11, Engine Oil on DOOR AJAR page 10‑8, and Maintenance BRAKE FLUID This message displays if one or Schedule on page 11‑3 for more information. This message displays, while the more of the vehicle's doors are not ignition is on, when the brake fluid closed properly. Make sure that the level is low. The brake system door(s) are closed completely. warning light on the instrument panel cluster also comes on. See Brake System Warning Light on Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

5-26 Instruments and Controls

Engine Power Messages Fuel System Messages Lamp Messages ENG (Engine) PWR (Power) CHECK GAS CAP AUTO (Automatic) REDUCED This message displays if the fuel LIGHTS OFF This message displays when the cap has not been fully tightened. This message displays if the vehicle's engine power is reduced. Recheck the fuel cap to make sure automatic headlamp system is Reduced engine power can affect that it is on properly. A few driving disabled with the headlamp switch. the vehicle's ability to accelerate. trips with the cap properly installed See Automatic Headlamp System If this message is on, but there is should turn the message off. on page 6‑3 for more information. no reduction in performance, proceed to your destination. The LOW FUEL AUTO (Automatic) LIGHTS ON performance may be reduced the This message displays when your This message displays if the next time the vehicle is driven. The vehicle is low on fuel. Refill the fuel automatic headlamp system is vehicle may be driven at a reduced tank as soon as possible. See Fuel enabled with the headlamp switch. speed while this message is on, but Gauge on page 5‑10, Fuel on See Automatic Headlamp System acceleration and speed may be page 9‑33, and Filling the Tank on on page 6‑3 for more information. reduced. Anytime this message page 9‑37 for more information. stays on, the vehicle should be Ride Control System taken to your dealer for service as Key and Lock Messages soon as possible. Messages KEY FOB BATT (Battery) LOW ESC (Electronic Stability This message displays if the Control) ACTIVE Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If your vehicle has Electronic transmitter battery is low. Replace Stability Control (ESC), this the battery in the transmitter. message displays and the ESC/TCS See Battery Replacement under “ ” light on the instrument panel cluster Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) flashes when ESC is assisting you System Operation on page 2‑3. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-27

with directional control of the See Electronic Stability Control SERVICE ESC (ELECTRONIC vehicle. You may feel or hear the (ESC) on page 9‑29 and Electronic STABILITY CONTROL) system working and see this Stability Control (ESC)/Traction message displayed in the DIC. Control System (TCS) Indicator/ If your vehicle has Electronic Stability Control (ESC), this Slippery road conditions may exist Warning Light on page 5‑19 for when this message is displayed, so more information. message displays and a chime adjust your driving accordingly. This sounds if there has been a problem message may stay on for a few LOW TRACTION detected with ESC. The ESC/TCS light also appears on the instrument seconds after ESC stops assisting If your vehicle has the Traction panel cluster. This light stays on you with directional control of the Control System (TCS), this solid as long as the detected vehicle. This is normal when the message displays and the ESC/TCS problem remains present. When this system is operating. See Electronic light on the instrument panel cluster message displays, the system is not Stability Control (ESC) on flashes when the system is actively working. Adjust your driving page 9‑29 and Electronic Stability limiting wheel spin. Slippery road accordingly. See Electronic Stability Control (ESC)/Traction Control conditions may exist if this message Control (ESC) on page 9 29 and System (TCS) Indicator/Warning is displayed, so adjust your driving ‑ Electronic Stability Control (ESC)/ Light on page 5‑19 for more accordingly. This message stays on Traction Control System (TCS) information. for a few seconds after the system Indicator/Warning Light on stops limiting wheel spin. See page 5 19 for more information. ESC (Electronic Stability Traction Control System (TCS) on ‑ Control) OFF page 9‑27 and Electronic Stability If this message turns on while you If your vehicle has Electronic Control (ESC)/Traction Control are driving, pull off the road as soon Stability Control (ESC), this System (TCS) Indicator/Warning as possible and stop carefully. Try message displays and the ESC/TCS Light on page 5‑19 for more resetting the system by turning the light on the instrument panel cluster information. ignition off and then back on. comes on solid when ESC is turned off. Adjust your driving accordingly. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

5-28 Instruments and Controls

If this message still stays on or TRACTION OFF Service Vehicle Messages turns back on again while you are If your vehicle has the Traction driving, your vehicle needs service. ENGINE DISABLED Control System (TCS), this Have the ESC inspected by your message displays and the ESC/TCS This message displays if the starting dealer as soon as possible. light on the instrument panel cluster of the engine is disabled. Have your SERVICE TRACTION comes on solid when the system is vehicle serviced by your dealer turned off. Adjust your driving immediately. If your vehicle has the Traction accordingly. See Traction Control Control System (TCS), this POWER STEERING System (TCS) on page 9‑27 and message displays and a chime Electronic Stability Control (ESC)/ On some vehicles, this message sounds when the system is not Traction Control System (TCS) displays if a problem has been functioning properly. The ESC/TCS Indicator/Warning Light on detected with the electric power light also appears on the instrument page 5‑19 for more information. steering. Have your vehicle serviced panel cluster. This light stays on by your dealer immediately. solid as long as the detected Airbag System Messages problem remains present. When this Tire Messages message displays, the system is not SERVICE AIR BAG working. Adjust your driving SVC (Service) TIRE MONITOR accordingly. See Traction Control This message displays when there System (TCS) on page 9‑27 and is a problem with the airbag system. On vehicles with the Tire Pressure Electronic Stability Control (ESC)/ Have your vehicle serviced by your Monitor System (TPMS), this Traction Control System (TCS) dealer immediately. message displays if a part on the Indicator/Warning Light on TPMS is not working properly. The page 5‑19 for more information. tire pressure light also flashes and Have the system serviced by your then remains on during the same dealer as soon as possible. ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Light on page 5‑20. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-29

Several conditions may cause this Vehicle Reminder Vehicle message to appear. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on Messages Personalization page 10 48 for more information. ‑ ICE POSSIBLE Your vehicle has personalization If the warning comes on and stays capabilities that allow you to on, there may be a problem with the This message displays when the program certain features to a TPMS. See your dealer. outside air temperature is cold enough to create icy road preferred setting. All of the features TIRE LOW ADD AIR conditions. Adjust your driving listed may not be available on your accordingly. vehicle. Only the features available On vehicles with the Tire Pressure will be displayed on the DIC. Monitor System (TPMS), this message displays when the Washer Fluid Messages The default settings for the features were set when your vehicle left the pressure in one or more of the LOW WASHER FLUID vehicle's tires is low on air. The low factory, but may have been changed tire pressure warning light also This message displays when the from their default state since comes on. See Tire Pressure Light vehicle's windshield washer fluid is that time. on page 5‑20. If this message low. Fill the windshield washer fluid To change feature settings, use the appears on the DIC, stop as soon reservoir to the proper level as soon following procedure: as you can. Have the tire pressures as possible. See Washer Fluid on checked and set to those shown on page 10‑19. Entering Personalization Menu the Tire Loading Information label. 1. Turn the ignition on while the See Tires on page 10‑38, Vehicle vehicle is stopped. Load Limits on page 9‑10, and Tire Pressure on page 10‑45. The DIC To avoid excessive drain on the also shows the tire pressure values. battery, it is recommended that See Driver Information Center (DIC) the headlamps are turned off. on page 5‑22. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

5-30 Instruments and Controls

2. Press and hold the information “OIL LIFE” under Driver Information REMOTE START and reset buttons at the same Center (DIC) on page 5‑22 for more If your vehicle has remote start, this time for one second, then information. feature allows remote start to be release to enter the UNITS turned off or on. Remote start allows personalization menu. you to start the engine from outside If the vehicle speed is greater This feature allows you to select the of the vehicle using your Remote than 3 km/h (2 mph), only the units of measurement in which the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. UNITS menu will be accessible. DIC will display the vehicle When REMOTE START appears on information. When UNITS appears the display, press and hold the reset 3. Press the information button to on the display, press and hold the scroll through the available button for at least one second to reset button for at least one second scroll through the available settings: personalization menu modes. to scroll through the available Press the reset button to scroll settings: OFF: The remote start feature will be disabled. through the available settings for ENGLISH (default in United each mode. States): All information will be ON (default): The remote start If you do not make a selection displayed in English units. feature will be enabled. within ten seconds, the display METRIC (default in Canada): All See Remote Vehicle Start on will go back to the previous information will be displayed in page 2‑5 for more information. information displayed. metric units. To select a setting and move on to Personalization Menu Modes To select a setting and move on to the next feature, press the the next feature, press the information button while the desired OIL LIFE RESET information button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. When this feature is displayed, you setting is displayed on the DIC. can reset the engine oil life system. To reset the system, see Engine Oil Life System on page 10‑11. See Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (31,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-31

LOCK HORN UNLOCK HORN LIGHT FLASH This feature, which allows the This feature, which allows the This feature, which allows the vehicle's horn to chirp every time vehicle's horn to chirp on the first vehicle's exterior hazard/turn signal the lock button on the Remote press of the unlock button on the lighting to flash every time the lock, Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) unlock, or trunk release buttons on pressed, can be enabled or transmitter, can be enabled or the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) disabled. When LOCK HORN disabled. When UNLOCK HORN transmitter are pressed, can be appears on the display, press and appears on the display, press and enabled or disabled. When LIGHT hold the reset button for at least hold the reset button for at least FLASH appears on the display, one second to scroll through the one second to scroll through the press and hold the reset button for available settings: available settings: at least one second to scroll through OFF (default): The horn will not OFF (default): The horn will not the available settings: chirp on the first press of the lock chirp when the unlock button on the OFF: The exterior hazard/turn button on the RKE transmitter. The RKE transmitter is pressed. signal lighting will not flash when horn will still chirp on the second ON: The horn will chirp on the first the lock, unlock, or trunk release press. press of the unlock button on the buttons on the RKE transmitter are ON: The horn will chirp on the first RKE transmitter. pressed. press of the lock button on the RKE See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) ON (default): The exterior hazard/ transmitter. turn signal lighting will flash when System Operation on page 2‑3 for See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) more information. the lock, unlock, or trunk release buttons on the RKE transmitter are System Operation on page 2‑3 for To select a setting and move on to pressed. more information. the next feature, press the To select a setting and move on to information button while the desired See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) the next feature, press the setting is displayed on the DIC. System Operation on page 2‑3 for information button while the desired more information. setting is displayed on the DIC. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (32,1)

5-32 Instruments and Controls

To select a setting and move on to See Power Door Locks on page 2‑7, NONE: None of the doors will the next feature, press the Delayed Locking on page 2‑8, and automatically unlock. You will need information button while the desired Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) to manually unlock the doors. setting is displayed on the DIC. System Operation on page 2‑3 for See Automatic Door Locks on more information. DELAY LOCK page 2‑8 for more information. To select a setting and move on to To select a setting and move on to This feature, which delays the the next feature, press the actual locking of the vehicle, can be the next feature, press the information button while the desired information button while the desired enabled or disabled. When DELAY setting is displayed on the DIC. LOCK appears on the display, press setting is displayed on the DIC. and hold the reset button for at least AUTO UNLK (Unlock) UNLK (Unlock) one second to scroll through the This feature, which allows the available settings: This screen displays only if DRIVER vehicle to automatically unlock or ALL is selected for the AUTO ON (default): The doors will not certain doors, can be enabled or UNLK feature. This feature lock until five seconds after the last disabled. When AUTO UNLK determines when the automatic door door is closed. You can temporarily appears on the display, press and unlocking will occur. When UNLK override delayed locking by hold the reset button for at least appears on the display, press and pressing the power lock switch or one second to scroll through the hold the reset button for at least the lock button on the Remote available settings: one second to scroll through the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter a ALL (default): All of the doors will available settings: second time. automatically unlock. KEY OFF: The door(s) will unlock OFF: The doors will lock DRIVER: The driver's door will when the key is turned off. immediately when pressing the automatically unlock. power lock switch or the lock button on the RKE transmitter. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (33,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-33

SHIFT TO P (Park) (default): The ON (default): The exterior FRENCH: All messages will appear door(s) will unlock when the vehicle perimeter lighting will turn on when in French. is shifted into P (Park). the unlock button on the RKE SPANISH: All messages will See Automatic Door Locks on transmitter is pressed. appear in Spanish. page 2‑8 for more information. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) GERMAN: All messages will To select a setting and move on to System Operation on page 2‑3 for appear in German. more information. the next feature, press the To select a setting and exit out of information button while the desired To select a setting and move on to the personalization menu mode, setting is displayed on the DIC. the next feature, press the press the information button while information button while the desired EXT (Exterior) LIGHTS the desired setting is displayed on setting is displayed on the DIC. the DIC. This feature, which allows the vehicle's exterior perimeter lighting LANGUAGE Exiting Personalization Menu to turn on each time the unlock This feature allows you to select the The personalization menu will be button on the Remote Keyless Entry language in which the DIC will exited when any of the following (RKE) transmitter is pressed, can be display. When LANGUAGE appears conditions occur: enabled or disabled. When EXT on the display, press and hold the LIGHTS appears on the display, reset button for at least one second . A ten second time period has press and hold the reset button for to scroll through the available elapsed. at least one second to scroll through settings: . The ignition is turned off. the available settings: ENGLISH (default): All messages . The end of the personalization OFF: The exterior perimeter will appear in English. menu list is reached. lighting will not turn on when the unlock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (34,1)

5-34 Instruments and Controls

2 NOTES Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Lighting 6-1

Interior Lighting Exterior Lighting Lighting Instrument Panel Illumination Control ...... 6-5 Exterior Lamp Controls Exterior Lighting Dome Lamps ...... 6-6 Reading Lamps ...... 6-6 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Exterior Lamps Off Lighting Features Reminder ...... 6-2 Entry/Exit Lighting ...... 6-6 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Parade Dimming ...... 6-6 Changer ...... 6-2 Battery Load Management . . . . 6-6 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Battery Power Protection ...... 6-7 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 The band on the lever located on Automatic Headlamp the left side of the steering column, System ...... 6-3 operates the exterior lamps. Delayed Headlamps ...... 6-4 The exterior lamp control has the Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-4 following four positions: Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 6-4 2 (Headlamps): Turns on the Fog Lamps ...... 6-5 headlamps, parking lamps, and taillamps. ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the parking lamps and taillamps only. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

6-2 Lighting

AUTO (Automatic Headlamp Headlamp Daytime Running System): Automatically turns on the Daytime Running Lamps during High/Low-Beam Changer Lamps (DRL) daytime, and the headlamps, To change the headlamps from low Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can parking lamps, and taillamps at beam to high beam, push the turn make it easier for others to see the night. signal/multifunction lever away front of your vehicle during the day. P (Off/On): Turn the band to this from you. Fully functional DRL are required on position to turn on the Automatic This instrument panel cluster all vehicles first sold in Canada. The Headlamp System. In Canada, this vehicle has a light sensor on top of light 3 comes on if the high the instrument panel that controls position only works when a vehicle beam lamps are turned on while is in the P (Park) position. the DRL. Do not cover this sensor the ignition is in ON/RUN. or the head lamps will be on when To turn on the Automatic Headlamp To change the headlamps from high they are not needed. System, turn the switch to off/on. beam to low beam, pull the turn The DRL system makes the To turn them off, turn the switch to signal lever toward you. off/on again. This is a momentary low-beam headlamps come on at a control switch that springs back reduced brightness when the when released. The Automatic Flash-to-Pass following conditions are met: Headlamp System always turns on This feature lets the high-beam . The ignition is on. at the beginning of an ignition cycle. headlamps be used to signal a . The exterior lamps control is driver in front of you that you want in AUTO. Exterior Lamps Off to pass. . The exterior lamps control is in Pull the turn signal/multifunction Reminder the parking lamps only position lever toward you until the high-beam If the drivers door is opened and the (This applies only to vehicles headlamps come on, then release ignition is turned off while leaving that are first sold in Canada). the lever to turn them off. the lamps on, a warning chime will sound. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Lighting 6-3

. The light sensor detects daytime If the vehicle is started in a dark light. garage, the automatic headlamp . The parking brake is released or system comes on immediately. the vehicle is not in P (Park). Once the vehicle leaves the garage, it takes about one minute for the When the DRL system is on, the automatic headlamp system to taillamps, sidemarker lamps, change to DRL if it is light outside. parking lamps, and instrument panel During that delay, the instrument lights are not on unless you turn the panel cluster may not be as bright exterior lamps control to the parking as usual. Make sure the instrument lamp position. The vehicle has a light sensor on top of the instrument panel that panel brightness control is in the full The regular headlamp system controls the automatic headlamp bright position. See Instrument should be turned on when they are system. Do not cover the sensor or Panel Illumination Control on needed. the automatic headlamp system will page 6‑5. turn on when it is not needed. To idle the vehicle with the Automatic Headlamp There is a delay in the transition automatic headlamp system off, turn System between the daytime and nighttime the ignition on and set the exterior operation of the DRL and the light switch to the off/on position. When it is dark enough outside, the For vehicles first sold in Canada, automatic headlamp system turns automatic headlamp systems so that driving under bridges or bright the transmission must stay in on the headlamps at the normal P (Park) for this function. brightness along with other lamps overhead street lights does not such as the taillamps, sidemarker, affect the system. The DRL and The regular headlamps should be parking lamps, and the instrument automatic headlamp systems will used when needed. panel lights. The radio lights will only be affected when the light also be dim. sensor sees a change in lighting lasting longer than this delay. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

6-4 Lighting

Delayed Headlamps Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change The delayed headlamps feature Signals keeps the headlamps on for 20 seconds after the key is turned to LOCK/OFF, then the headlamps automatically turn off. To override the 20 second delayed headlamp feature while it is active turn the turn signal/multifunction lever up one position and then back An arrow on the instrument panel to AUTO. cluster flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change. Move the lever all the way up or down to signal a turn. | (Hazard Warning Flasher): Raise or lower the lever until the Press this button located on the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane instrument panel, to make the front change. Release the lever and the and rear turn signal lamps flash on turn signal automatically flashes and off. This warns others that you three times. If more flashes are are having trouble. desired, continue to hold the lever. Press | again to turn the The lever returns to its starting flashers off. position when it is released. If a turn signal arrow flashes rapidly or does not come on, a signal bulb may need to be replaced. See Fuses on page 10‑31. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Lighting 6-5

Fog Lamps # : Press to turn the fog lamps on Interior Lighting or off. An indicator light comes on when the fog lamps are on. Instrument Panel The parking lamps automatically Illumination Control turn on and off when the fog lamps are turned on and off. The knob for this control is located on the instrument panel to the left of The fog lamps turn off while the the steering column. high-beam headlamps are turned on. D (Instrument Panel Brightness): Turn the knob Some localities have laws that clockwise or counterclockwise to For vehicles with fog lamps, the require the headlamps to be on brighten or dim the lights. Turn the button for this feature is located on along with the fog lamps. knob completely clockwise to turn the instrument panel, to the left of on the interior lamps. the steering wheel. The ignition must be on for the fog lamps to work. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

6-6 Lighting

Dome Lamps Lighting Features Battery Load The dome lamps come on when any Management door is opened. They turn off after Entry/Exit Lighting The vehicle has Electric Power all the doors are closed. The lamps inside the vehicle come Management (EPM) that estimates The dome lamps can also be turned on when any door is opened. These the battery's temperature and state on by turning the instrument panel lamps fade out about 20 seconds of charge. It then adjusts the voltage brightness knob, located on the after all of the doors have been for best performance and extended instrument panel to the left of the closed or when the ignition is turned life of the battery. steering column, clockwise to the to ON/RUN. They also come on When the battery's state of charge farthest position. In this position, the when the unlock symbol button or is low, the voltage is raised slightly dome lamps remain on whether a the horn symbol is pressed on the to quickly bring the charge back up. door is opened or closed. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) When the state of charge is high, system transmitter. the voltage is lowered slightly to Reading Lamps The lamps inside the vehicle stay on prevent overcharging. If the vehicle For vehicles with front and rear for about 20 seconds after the key is has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage reading lamps, press the lens to removed from the ignition to provide display on the Driver Information turn the lamp on and off, while the light as you exit. Center (DIC), you may see the doors are closed. These lamps voltage move up or down. This is come on automatically when any Parade Dimming normal. If there is a problem, an alert will be displayed. door is opened. Parade dimming is a separate lighting mode that comes on while the parking lamps are turned on during the day. It prevents the display lights and indicator lights from being dim, while the parking lamps are used during the day. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Lighting 6-7

The battery can be discharged at Normally, these actions occur in To reactivate the interior lamps, do idle if the electrical loads are very steps or levels, without being one of the following: high. This is true for all vehicles. noticeable. In rare cases at the . Turn on the ignition. This is because the generator highest levels of corrective action, (alternator) may not be spinning fast this action may be noticeable to the . Turn the exterior lamp control off enough at idle to produce all of the driver. If so, a DIC message might and then on. power needed for very high be displayed, such as BATTERY . Open a door. electrical loads. SAVER ACTIVE, BATTERY . Press any Remote Keyless A high electrical load occurs when VOLTAGE LOW, or LOW BATTERY. If one of these messages displays, it Entry (RKE) transmitter button several of the following are on, such (if equipped). as: headlamps, high beams, fog is recommended that the driver lamps, rear window defogger, reduce the electrical loads as much . Press the remote trunk release climate control fan at high speed, as possible. See Driver Information button. Center (DIC) on page 5‑22. heated seats, engine cooling fans, . Press the power door lock trailer loads, and loads plugged into switch. accessory power outlets. Battery Power Protection The battery run-down feature will EPM works to prevent excessive The vehicle has a battery run-down also be activated when any door on discharge of the battery. It does this protection feature designed to the vehicle is left open and the by balancing the generator's output protect the vehicle's battery. ignition is in LOCK/OFF. and the vehicle's electrical needs. When any interior lamp (trunk, It can increase engine idle speed to reading, or visor vanity) is left on generate more power whenever while the ignition is turned off, the needed. It can temporarily reduce battery run-down protection system the power demands of some will automatically shut the lamp(s) accessories. off after 20 minutes. This will avoid draining the battery. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

6-8 Lighting

2 NOTES Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Infotainment System 7-1

. Set up the tone, speaker Infotainment Introduction adjustments, and preset radio stations. System Infotainment For more information, see Defensive Determine which radio the vehicle Driving on page 9‑2. has and read the following pages to Introduction Notice: Contact your dealer become familiar with its features. Infotainment ...... 7-1 before adding any equipment. Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Operation ...... 7-2 { WARNING Adding audio or communication equipment could interfere with Radio Taking your eyes off the road for the operation of the engine, radio, AM-FM Radio ...... 7-6 extended periods could cause a or other systems, and could Satellite Radio ...... 7-8 crash resulting in injury or death damage them. Follow federal Radio Reception ...... 7-12 to you or others. Do not give rules covering mobile radio and Backglass Antenna ...... 7-12 telephone equipment. Satellite Radio Antenna ...... 7-13 extended attention to infotainment tasks while driving. Notice: The chime signals related Audio Players to safety belts, parking brake, and CD Player ...... 7-13 other functions of your vehicle This system provides access to Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-18 operate through the radio/ many audio and non audio listings. ‐ entertainment system. If that Phone To minimize taking your eyes off the equipment is replaced or Bluetooth ...... 7-23 road while driving, do the following additional equipment is added to while the vehicle is parked: your vehicle, the chimes may not . Become familiar with the work. Make sure that replacement operation and controls of the audio system. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

7-2 Infotainment System

or additional equipment is Operation compatible with your vehicle before installing it. See Accessories and Modifications on page 10‑3. The vehicle has Retained Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP, the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑18 for more information. Theft-Deterrent Feature TheftLock® is designed to discourage theft of the vehicle's radio by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). The radio does not operate if it is Radio with CD (Base) stolen or moved to a different vehicle. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Infotainment System 7-3

4 (Information): Press to switch the display between the radio station frequency and the time. While the ignition is off, press this button to display the time. Speed Compensated Volume (SCV): Radios with the Speed Compensated Volume (SCV) feature automatically adjust the radio volume to compensate for road and wind noise as the vehicle speeds up or slows down, so that the volume level is consistent. To activate SCV: 1. Set the radio volume to the desired level. Radio with CD (MP3) and USB Port shown, Radio with CD (MP3) similar 2. Press MENU to display the radio setup menu. The vehicle has one of these radios control functions that appear on the as its infotainment system. radio display as tabs directly above 3. Press the softkey under the the softkeys. AUTO VOLUM tab on the radio Softkeys display. The Radio with CD (MP3) and USB Using the Radio 4. Press the softkey under the Port, and the Radio with CD (MP3) O (Power/Volume): Press to turn desired Speed Compensated have five softkeys located below the the system on and off. Turn to Volume setting (OFF, Low, Med, radio display. Softkeys are used to increase or decrease the volume. or High) to select the level of radio volume compensation. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

7-4 Infotainment System

The display times out after Selecting MANUAL or changing 3. Adjust the setting by doing one approximately 10 seconds. Each bass or treble, returns the EQ to the of the following: higher setting allows for more manual bass and treble settings. . f radio volume compensation at Turn the knob clockwise Unique EQ settings can be saved or counterclockwise. faster vehicle speeds. for each source. . Press the ¨ SEEK, Setting the Tone Setting the Tone (Bass/Treble) Radio with CD (Bass/Midrange/Treble) or © SEEK button. To adjust the bass, or treble: Radio with CD (MP3) and USB . Press the \ FWD, Port, Radio with CD (MP3) 1. Press the f knob until Bass or or s REV button. Treble displays. BASS/MID/TREB (Bass, Midrange, If a station's frequency is weak or if or Treble): To adjust the bass, 2. To adjust the setting, do one of there is static, decrease the treble. midrange, or treble: the following: To quickly adjust bass, midrange, 1. Press the f knob until the tone . Turn the f knob. or treble to the middle position, control tabs display. press the softkey positioned under . Press either ¨ SEEK, 2. Highlight the desired tone the BASS, MID, or TREB tab for or © SEEK button. control tab by doing one of the more than two seconds. A beep following: sounds and the level adjusts to the . Press either \ FWD, middle position. . f or s REV button. Pressing the knob. To quickly adjust all tone and . Press the softkey under the speaker controls to the middle EQ (Equalization): Press this f button to choose bass and treble desired tab. position, press the knob for more equalization settings designed than two seconds until a beep for different types of music. sounds. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Infotainment System 7-5

EQ (Equalization): Press this . Press either \ FWD, . Press the \ FWD, button to choose bass and treble or s REV button. or s REV button. equalization settings designed for different types of music. Selecting Adjusting the Speakers To quickly adjust all speaker and MANUAL or changing bass or (Balance/Fade) Radio with CD tone controls to the middle position, treble, returns the EQ to the manual (MP3) and USB Port, Radio press the f knob for more than bass and treble settings. with CD (MP3) two seconds. Unique EQ settings can be saved BAL/FADE (Balance/Fade): To If the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) is for each source. adjust the balance or fade: turned on, the radio disables FADE If the radio has a Bose® audio and mutes the rear speakers. 1. Press the f knob until the system, the EQ settings are either Radio Messages MANUAL or TALK. speaker control tabs display. 2. Highlight the desired speaker Calibration Error: Displays if the Adjusting the Speakers control tab by doing one of the radio is no longer calibrated (Balance/Fade) Radio with CD following: properly for the vehicle. The vehicle To adjust the balance or fade: must be returned to your dealer for . Pressing the f knob. service. ` 1. Press the or press . Press the softkey under the Loc or Locked: Displays when the the f knob until the speaker desired tab. TheftLock® system has activated. Take the vehicle to your dealer for control label displays. 3. Adjust the setting by doing one service. 2. To adjust the setting, do one of of the following: the following: If any error occurs repeatedly or if . f Turn the knob clockwise an error cannot be corrected, . f Turn the knob. or counterclockwise. contact your dealer. . Press either ¨ SEEK, . Press the ¨ SEEK, or © SEEK button. or © SEEK button. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

7-6 Infotainment System

Radio displays on the bottom line. When Finding a Station information is not available, NO “ BAND: Press to choose between INFO” displays. AM-FM Radio FM1, FM2, AM, or XM™ (if Auto Text (RDS Features): If equipped) on the Radio with CD Radio Data System (RDS) additional information is available (Base). Press to choose between The radio may have RDS. The RDS for the current song being played, FM, AM, XM (if equipped) on the feature is available for use only on Auto Text will automatically page/ Radio with CD (MP3) and USB Port, FM stations that broadcast RDS scroll the information every or the Radio with CD (MP3). three seconds above the FAV information. This system relies upon f (Tune): Turn to select radio presets on the radio display. By receiving specific information from stations. these stations and only works when default, Auto Text is enabled. SEEK: Press to seek or scan the information is available. While To change the Auto Text setting: © the radio is tuned to an FM-RDS stations with a strong signal in the 1. Press MENU to display the radio station, the station name or call selected band. setup menu. letters display. In rare cases, a radio . To seek stations, press and station could broadcast incorrect 2. Press the softkey under AUTO release © SEEK to go to the information that causes the radio TXT tab on the radio display. previous station and stay there. features to work improperly. If this 3. Press the softkey under the ON happens, contact the radio station. . To scan stations, press and hold or OFF tab on the radio display. © SEEK for a few seconds until 4 (Information) (RDS Features): If 4 is pressed and the song title or the radio beeps once. The radio For vehicles with RDS features, goes to a station, plays for a few 4 artist information is longer than what press to display additional text can be displayed, the extra seconds, then goes to the next information related to the current information will page every station. Press © SEEK again to FM-RDS station. If information is three seconds when Auto Text is stop scanning. available, the song title information activated. displays on the top line of the display and artist information Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Infotainment System 7-7

. To scan preset stations in the until a double beep sounds. The Radios that do not have a FAV selected band, press and radio goes to a stored preset, button store radio stations as hold © SEEK for four seconds plays for a few seconds, then presets, up to 18 stations (six FM1, until a double beep sounds. The goes to the next stored preset. six FM2, and six AM), can be radio goes to a stored preset, Press ¨ SEEK again to stop programmed on the six numbered plays for a few seconds, then scanning preset stations. pushbuttons. goes to the next stored preset. Storing Radio Stations Storing a Radio Station as a Press © SEEK again to stop Preset scanning preset stations. Drivers are encouraged to store Radios that have numbered ¨ SEEK: Press to seek or scan radio station while the vehicle is parked, see Defensive Driving on pushbuttons store radio stations as stations with a strong signal in the presets. selected band. page 9‑2. Tune to stored radio stations using the presets, favorites Up to 18 stations (six FM1, six FM2, . To seek stations, press and button, and steering wheel controls, and six AM), can be programmed on release ¨ SEEK to go to the if the vehicle has this feature. the six numbered buttons. next station and stay there. Radios that have a FAV button store To store preset stations: . To scan stations, press and hold radio stations as favorites, up to 1. Tune to a radio station. ¨ SEEK for a few seconds until 36 stations can be programmed as the radio beeps once. The radio favorites using the six softkeys 2. Press and hold one of the goes to a station, plays for a few below the radio station frequency six numbered pushbuttons for seconds, then goes to the next tabs and by using the FAV button. three seconds until a beep sounds. station. Press ¨ SEEK again to Press the FAV button to go through stop scanning. up to six pages of favorites, each 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to store having six favorite stations available additional radio stations. . To scan preset stations in the per page. Each page of favorites selected band, press and can contain any combination of AM, hold ¨ SEEK for four seconds FM, or XM, if equipped, stations. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

7-8 Infotainment System

Storing a Radio Station as a 4. Press the FAV button, or let the 4 (Information) (XM Satellite Radio Favorite menu time out, to return to the Service): For vehicles with XM, Radio that have a FAV button store original main radio screen press 4 to display additional text showing the radio station radio stations as favorites. information related to the current frequency tabs and to begin the XM channel. If information is To store a station as a favorite: process of programming available, the song title information favorites. 1. Tune to a radio station. displays on the top line of the 2. Press the FAV button to display Satellite Radio display and artist information the page where the station will displays on the bottom line. When be stored. XM™ Satellite Radio Service information is not available, “NO INFO” displays. 3. Press and hold one of the XM is a satellite radio service that is six softkeys until a beep sounds. based in the 48 contiguous United Auto Text (Satellite Radio States and 10 Canadian provinces. Service): If additional information is 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to available for the current song being store additional radio stations. XM Satellite Radio has a wide variety of programming and played, Auto Text will automatically The number of favorites pages can commercial-free music, page/scroll the information every be setup using the MENU button. To coast-to-coast, and in digital-quality three seconds above the FAV setup the number of favorites sound. A service fee is required to presets on the radio display. By pages: receive the XM service. If XM default, Auto Text is enabled. 1. Press the MENU button. Service needs to be reactivated, the To change the Auto Text setting: radio will display "No Subscription 2. Press the softkey located below 1. Press MENU to display the radio Please Renew" on channel XM1. the FAV 1-6 tab. setup menu. For more information, contact XM at 3. Select the number of favorites www.xmradio.com or call 2. Press the softkey under AUTO pages by pressing the softkey 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and TXT tab on the radio display. located below the displayed www.xmradio.ca or call 3. Press the softkey under the ON page numbers. 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. or OFF tab on the radio display. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Infotainment System 7-9

If 4 is pressed and the song title goes to a station, plays for a few To go to the previous or next XM or artist information is longer than seconds, then goes to the next station in the selected category, what can be displayed, the extra station. Press ¨ SEEK again to do one of the following: information will page every stop scanning. . Turn the f knob. three seconds when Auto Text is s REV: Press to go to the activated. . Press the softkey below the previous XM category. right or left arrows in the Finding an XM Channel \ FWD: Press to go to the next category tab. BAND: Press to switch between XM category. . Press © SEEK or ¨ SEEK. AM, FM, or XM™, if equipped. Finding a Category (CAT) 3. To exit the category search f (Tune): Turn to manually select Channel mode, press the FAV button or an XM channel. To find XM channels in a category: BAND button to display the SEEK: Press to go to the favorites again. © 1. Press the CAT button to display previous XM channel. the category tabs. Continue Adding and Removing Categories . To scan stations, press and hold pressing the CAT button until the Categories cannot be added or © SEEK for a few seconds until desired category name displays. the radio beeps once. The radio removed while the vehicle is moving . Radios with CD and DVD goes to a cahnnel, plays for a faster than 8 km/h (5 mph). can also navigate the few seconds, then goes to the To add or remove a category: category list by pressing the next station. Press © SEEK \ FWD or the s REV 1. Press the MENU button. again to stop scanning. button. 2. Press the softkey located below ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next 2. Press either of the two softkeys the XM CAT tab. XM channel. below the desired category tab 3. Turn the f knob to display the . To scan stations, press and hold to immediately tune to the first category you want to add or SEEK for a few seconds until XM station in that category. ¨ remove. the radio beeps once. The radio Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

7-10 Infotainment System

4. Press the softkey located under Storing an XM Channel as a 4. Press the FAV button, or let the the Add or Remove tab. Favorite menu time out, to return to the To restore all removed To store a station as a favorite: original main radio screen showing the radio station categories, press the softkey 1. Tune to an XM channel. under the Restore All tab. frequency tabs and to begin the 2. Press the FAV button to display process of programming 5. Repeat the steps to remove the page where the station will favorites. more categories. be stored. XM Radio Messages Storing XM Channels 3. Press and hold one of the XL (Explicit Language Drivers are encouraged to store six softkeys until a beep sounds. Channels): These channels, or radio station while the vehicle is 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to any others, can be blocked at a parked, see Defensive Driving on store additional radio stations. customer's request, by calling page 9‑2. Tune to stored radio The number of favorites pages can 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and stations using the presets, favorites 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. button, and steering wheel controls, be setup using the MENU button. To if the vehicle has this feature. setup the number of favorites XM Updating: The encryption code pages: in the receiver is being updated, and Up to 36 stations can be 1. Press the MENU button. no action is required. This process programmed as favorites using the should take no longer than six softkeys below the radio station 2. Press the softkey located below 30 seconds. frequency tabs and by using the the FAV 1-6 tab. FAV button. Press the FAV button to No XM Signal: The system is 3. Select the number of favorites go through up to six pages of functioning correctly, but the vehicle pages by pressing the softkey favorites, each having six favorite is in a location that is blocking the located below the displayed stations available per page. Each XM™ signal. When the vehicle is page numbers. page of favorites can contain any moved into an open area, the signal combination of AM, FM, or XM, should return. if equipped, stations. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Infotainment System 7-11

Loading XM: The audio system is No CAT Info: No category message is received after having acquiring and processing audio and information is available at this time the vehicle serviced, check with text data. No action is needed. This on this channel. The system is your dealer. message should disappear shortly. working properly. XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, Channel Off Air: This channel is No Information: No text or this message alternates with the not currently in service. Tune in to informational messages are XM™ Radio 8 digit radio ID label. another channel. available at this time on this This label is needed to activate the Channel Unauth: This channel is channel. The system is working service. blocked or cannot be received with properly. Unknown: If this message is your XM Subscription package. No Subscription Please Renew: received when tuned to channel 0, Channel Unavail: This previously XM subscription needs to be there could be a receiver fault. assigned channel is no longer reactivated. Contact XM at Consult with your dealer. assigned. Tune to another station. www.xmradio.com or call Check Antenna: If this message If this station was one of the 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and does not clear within a short period presets, choose another station for www.xmradio.ca or call of time, the receiver or antenna that preset button. 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. could have a fault. Consult with your No Artist Info: No artist CAT Not Found: There are no dealer. information is available at this time channels available for the selected Check XM Receivr: If this on this channel. The system is category. The system is working message does not clear within a working properly. properly. short period of time, the receiver No Title Info: No song title XM Theftlocked: The XM receiver could have a fault. Consult with your information is available at this time in the vehicle could have previously dealer. on this channel. The system is been in another vehicle. For security XM Not Available: If this message working properly. purposes, XM receivers cannot be does not clear within a short period swapped between vehicles. If this of time, the receiver could have a fault. Consult with your dealer. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

7-12 Infotainment System

Radio Reception AM Cellular Phone Usage Frequency interference and static The range for most AM stations is Cellular phone usage may cause can occur during normal radio greater than for FM, especially at interference with the vehicle's radio. reception if items such as cell phone night. The longer range can cause This interference may occur when chargers, vehicle convenience station frequencies to interfere making or receiving phone calls, accessories, and external electronic with each other. For better radio charging the phone's battery, devices are plugged into the reception, most AM radio stations or simply having the phone on. This accessory power outlet. If there is boost the power levels during the interference can cause an increased interference or static, unplug the day, and then reduce these levels level of static while listening to the item from the accessory power during the night. Static can also radio. If static is received while outlet. occur when things like storms and listening to the radio, unplug the power lines interfere with radio cellular phone and turn it off. FM reception. When this happens, try FM signals only reach about 16 to reducing the treble on the radio. Backglass Antenna 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the XM™ Satellite Radio Service The AM-FM antenna is integrated radio has a built-in electronic circuit with the rear window defogger, XM Satellite Radio Service gives that automatically works to reduce located in the rear window. Make interference, some static can occur, digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United sure that the inside surface of the especially around tall buildings or rear window is not scratched and States, and in Canada. Just as hills, causing the sound to fade in that the lines on the glass are not and out. with FM, tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals, damaged. If the inside surface is causing the sound to fade in and damaged, it could interfere with radio reception. For proper radio out. In addition, traveling or standing reception, the antenna connector under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, or tunnels may cause loss needs to be properly attached to the post on the glass. of the XM signal for a period of time. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Infotainment System 7-13

If a cellular telephone antenna Notice: Do not apply aftermarket Audio Players needs to be attached to the glass, glass tinting with metallic film. make sure that the grid lines for the The metallic film in some tinting AM-FM antenna are not damaged. materials will interfere with or CD Player There is enough space between the distort the incoming radio Some CD players can play MP3 grid lines to attach a cellular reception. Any damage caused to CD-R or CD-RW discs, see “MP3” telephone antenna without your backglass antenna due to later in this section for more interfering with radio reception. metallic tinting materials will not information. Notice: Using a razor blade or be covered by the vehicle warranty. The CD player can play the smaller sharp object to clear the inside 8 cm (3 in) single discs with an rear window can damage the rear adapter ring. window antenna and/or the rear Satellite Radio Antenna window defogger. Repairs would For vehicles with XM satellite radio Care of the CD Player not be covered by the vehicle service, the antenna is located on Do not add labels to a disc, it could warranty. Do not clear the inside the roof of the vehicle. Keep the get caught in the CD player. Use a rear window with sharp objects. antenna clear of obstructions for marking pen to write on the top of clear radio reception. the disc if a description is needed. Do not use CD lens cleaners, they could damage the CD player. Notice: If a label is added to a CD, more than one CD is inserted into the slot at a time, or an attempt is made to play scratched or damaged CDs, the CD player could be damaged. While using the CD player, use only CDs in good condition without any label, Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

7-14 Infotainment System

load one CD at a time, and keep Inserting a Disc the player, the CD starts to play the CD player and the loading slot where it stopped, if it was the last Insert the disc partway into the slot, free of foreign materials, liquids, selected audio source. label side up. The player pulls it in and debris. and the disc begins playing. Buttons and Knobs If an error displays, see “CD Use an adapter ring when playing The buttons and knobs on the radio Messages” later in this section. the smaller 8 cm (3 in) discs. control the following features. Smaller discs with the adapter ring Care of CDs f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on are loaded the same way as a the CD. Store a disc in its original case or a full-size disc. protective case and away from © SEEK: Press to go to the start of direct sunlight and dust. If the Ejecting a Disc the current track, if more than ten bottom of a disc is damaged it may Z EJECT: Press to eject the disc. seconds have played. Press and not play properly or at all. Do not If the disc is not removed after hold or press multiple times to touch the bottom of a disc while several seconds, the CD player continue moving backward through handling it, pick it up by grasping automatically pulls the disc back in. the tracks on the CD. the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge. Playing a CD ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next track. Press and hold or press If the surface of a disc is dirty, take When a CD is inserted into the multiple times to continue moving a soft, lint free cloth or dampen a player the CD symbol displays, and forward through the tracks on clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral as each new track starts to play the the CD. detergent solution mixed with water, track number displays. and clean it. Make sure the wiping s REV (Reverse): Press and hold process starts from the center to If the ignition or radio is turned off to reverse playback quickly within a the edge. when a CD is in the player, the CD track. Sound is heard at a reduced stays in the player. If the ignition or volume and the elapsed time of the radio is turned on when a CD is in track displays. Release to resume playing the track. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Infotainment System 7-15

\ FWD (Fast Forward): Press Softkeys contains both types of audio, the CD and hold to advance playback The five softkeys below the radio player reads all MP3 files first, then quickly within a track. Sound is display are used to control functions the uncompressed CD audio files. heard at a reduced volume and the that display as tabs. Supported File and Folder elapsed time of the track displays. Structure Release to resume playing the The softkeys below the radio display track. control the following features. The radio supports: 4 (Information): Press to display RDM (Random): Tracks can be . Up to 50 folders. listened to in random, rather than available additional information . Up to eight folders in depth. about the current track. sequential order. . Up to 50 playlists. BAND: Press to listen to the radio To use random: . while a CD is playing. The CD 1. Press the softkey below RDM Up to 255 files. remains inside the CD player. tab until Random Current Disc . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to displays. extension. play a CD while listening to the 2. Press the softkey again to turn . Files with an .mp3 or .cda file radio or a portable audio device. off random play. extension. Press this button again and the system automatically searches for MP3 Supported Files Root Directory an auxiliary input device, such as a The Radio with CD (MP3), Radio The root directory is treated as a portable audio player. If a portable with USB and CD (MP3), have the folder. Files are stored in the root audio player is not connected, No capability of playing an MP3 CD-R directory when the disc or storage Aux Input Device Found may or CD-RW disc. device does not contain folders. display. Files accessed from the root The radio can also play discs that directory of a disc display as contain both uncompressed CD F1 ROOT. audio and MP3 files. When a disc Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

7-16 Infotainment System

Empty Folder Playing an MP3 Buttons and Knobs Folders that do not contain files are Order of Play The buttons and knobs on the radio skipped, and the player advances to control the following features. the next folder that contains files. Tracks are played in the following order: f (Tune): Turn to select MP3 files File Naming on the disc. . Play begins from the first track in The song name that displays is the the first playlist and continues © SEEK: Press to go to the start of song name that is contained in the sequentially through all tracks in the track, if more than ten seconds ID3 tag. If the song name is not each playlist. When the last have played. Press and hold or present in the ID3 tag, then the track of the last playlist has press multiple times to continue radio displays the file name without played, play continues from the moving backward through tracks. the file extension as the track name. first track of the first playlist. ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next Track names longer than . Play begins from the first track in track. Press and hold or press 32 characters or four pages are the first folder and continues multiple times to continue moving shortened. The display does not sequentially through all tracks in forward through tracks. show parts of words on the last each folder. When the last track s REV (Reverse): Press and hold page of text and the extension of of the last folder has played, to reverse playback quickly. Sound the filename is not displayed. play continues from the first is heard at a reduced volume and track of the first folder. Playlists the elapsed time of the track When playback starts from a new displays. Release s REV to Discs that have playlists that folder, the new track name displays resume playing. were created using WinAmp™, unless folder mode has been MusicMatch™, or Real Jukebox™ \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press chosen as the default display, then software can be accessed, however, and hold to advance playback the new folder name displays. there is no playlist editing capability quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced using the radio. These playlists are treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Infotainment System 7-17

volume and the elapsed time of the S c (Previous Folder): Press on the number of files on the disc. track displays. Release \ FWD to the softkey below S c to go to the The radio may begin playing while it is scanning in the background. resume playing. first track in the previous folder. When the scan is finished, the disc 4 (Information): Press to display c T (Next Folder): Press the available additional information begins playing files in order by softkey below c T to go to the first about the current track. artist. The current artist playing is track in the next folder. shown on the second line of the BAND: Press to listen to the radio RDM (Random): MP3 files can be display. Once all songs by that artist while an MP3 disc is playing. The listened to on a CD in random, are played, the player moves to the MP3 disc remains inside the CD rather than sequential order. To use next artist in alphabetical order and player. random: begins playing files by that artist. CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to 1. Press the softkey under the To listen to files by another artist, play an MP3 disc while listening to RDM tab until Random Current press the softkey located below the radio or a portable audio device. Disc displays to play songs from either arrow tab. The disc goes to Press this button again and the the current CD in random order. the next or previous artist in system automatically searches for alphabetical order. Continue an auxiliary input device, such as a 2. Press the same softkey again to pressing either softkey below the portable audio player. If a portable turn off random play. arrow tab until the desired artist audio player is not connected, No h (Music Navigator): Press the displays. Aux Input Device Found may h display. softkey below to have the files To change from playback by artist to played in order by artist or album. playback by album: Softkeys The player scans the disc to sort the 1. Press the softkey located below The five softkeys below the radio files by artist and album ID3 tag the Sort By tab. display are used to control functions information. It can take several that display as tabs. minutes to scan the disc depending 2. Press one of the softkeys below the album tab from the sort The softkeys below the radio display screen. control the following features. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

7-18 Infotainment System

3. Press the softkey below the . The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, devices such as iPods®, MP3 back tab to return to the main or upside down. players, and USB storage devices music navigator screen. . The air is very humid. If so, wait can be connected to the vehicle The album name displays on the about an hour and try again. using a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable or a USB cable. second line between the arrows . A problem may have occurred and songs from the current album while burning the disc. Drivers are encouraged to set up begins to play. Once all songs from any auxiliary device while the . that album have played, the player The label could be caught in the vehicle is in P (Park). See CD player. moves to the next album in Defensive Driving on page 9‑2 for alphabetical order on the disc and If the disc is not playing correctly for more information on driver begins playing MP3 files from that any other reason, try a known distraction. album. good disc. Using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) To exit music navigator mode, press If any error occurs repeatedly or if Auxiliary Input Jack the softkey below the Back tab to an error cannot be corrected, return to normal MP3 playback. contact your dealer. If the radio The radio system may have a displays an error message, write it 3.5 mm (1/8 in) auxiliary input jack CD Player Messages down and provide it to your dealer located on the lower right or left side CHECK DISC: If an error message when reporting the problem. of the faceplate. This is not an audio displays and/or the disc comes out, output; do not plug the headphone it could be for one of the following Auxiliary Devices set into the front auxiliary input jack. reasons: An external audio device such as an This vehicle may have a 3.5 mm iPod®, laptop computer, MP3 player, . The CD player is very hot. When (1/8 in) auxiliary input jack and a CD changer, etc. can be connected the temperature returns to USB port, located on the audio to the auxiliary input jack for use as normal, the disc should play. faceplate. Some portable audio another audio source. . The road is very rough. When the road becomes smoother, the disc should play. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Infotainment System 7-19

To use a portable audio player, Using the USB Port Root Directory connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to The radio may have a USB port The root directory is treated as a the auxiliary input jack. When a located on the lower right side of the folder. Files are stored in the root device is connected, press the CD/ faceplate. Radios that have a USB directory when the disc or storage AUX button to begin playing audio port can play .mp3 and .wma files device does not contain folders. from the device over the vehicle that are stored on a USB storage Files accessed from the root speakers. device as well as tracks that are directory of a USB device display O (Power/Volume): Turn to adjust stored on an iPod®. as F1 ROOT. the volume. Additional volume adjustments may have to be made USB Supported File and Folder Empty Folder from the portable device if the Structure Folders that do not contain files are volume is too quiet or not loud. The radio supports: skipped, and the player advances to the next folder that contains files. BAND: Press to listen to the radio . Up to 700 folders. while a portable audio device is . Up to eight folders in depth. File Naming connected to the auxiliary input. The The song name that displays is the portable audio device continues . Up to 65,535 files. song name that is contained in the playing until it is stopped or . Folder and file names up to ID3 tag. If the song name is not turned off. 64 bytes. present in the ID3 tag, then the CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to . Files with an .mp3 or .wma file radio displays the file name without play a CD while a portable audio extension. the file extension as the track name. device is connected to the auxiliary Track names longer than input. Press again and the system . AAC files stored on an iPod. 32 characters or four pages are begins playing audio from the . FAT16 shortened. The display does not connected portable audio player. . show parts of words on the last If a portable audio player is not FAT32 page of text and the extension of connected, No Aux Input Device the filename is not displayed. may display. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

7-20 Infotainment System

Preprogrammed Playlists folder mode has been chosen as ignition is turned OFF, the iPod Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls the default display. The new track automatically powers off and will not file extension and are stored on a name displays. charge or draw power from the vehicle's battery. USB device may be supported by Connecting a USB Storage the radio with a USB port. Device or iPod Older iPod's that are not supported can still be used by connecting it to Order of Play The radio buttons, knobs and the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) auxiliary input Tracks are played in the following softkeys are used to control a USB jack using a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable. order: storage device or an iPod when it is connected to the USB port. Using a USB Storage Device . Play begins from the first track in or iPod the first playlist and continues To connect a USB storage device, sequentially through all tracks in connect the device to the USB port The buttons and knobs on the radio each playlist. When the last located on the front of the radio. and the softkeys below the radio track of the last playlist has To connect an iPod, connect one display are used to control a USB played, play continues from the end of the USB cable that came storage device or an iPod. first track of the first playlist. with the iPod to the iPod’s dock Buttons and Knobs . Play begins from the first track in connector and connect the other end to the USB port located on the The buttons and knobs on the radio the first folder and continues control the following features. sequentially through all tracks in front of the radio. If the vehicle is on each folder. When the last track and the USB connection works, “OK f (Tune): Turn to select files. of the last folder has played, to disconnect” and a GM logo may © SEEK: Press to go to the start play continues from the first appear on the iPod and iPod of the track, if more than ten track of the first folder. appears on the radio's display. seconds have played. Press and When play enters a new folder, the The iPod charges while it is hold © SEEK or press it multiple display does not automatically show connected to the USB port if the times to continue moving backward the new folder name unless the ingition is in the ACC/ACCESSORY through tracks. or ON/RUN position. When the Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Infotainment System 7-21

¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next The softkeys below the radio display 4. Turn f to scroll through the files track. Press and hold ¨ SEEK or control the following features. in the selected folder. j (Pause): Press the softkey press it multiple times to continue 5. Press f to select the desired file moving forward through tracks. j below to pause the track. The to be played. s REV (Reverse): Press and hold tab appears raised when pause is To skip through large lists, the five to reverse playback quickly. Sound being used. Press the softkey softkeys can be used to navigate in is heard at a reduced volume. below j again to resume playback. the following order: Release s REV to resume playing. Back: Press the softkey below the . First softkey, first item in the list. \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press back tab to go back to the main and hold to advance playback display screen on an iPod, or the . Second softkey, 1% through the quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced root directory on a USB storage list each time the softkey is pressed. volume. Release \ FWD to device. resume playing. c (Folder View): Press the . Third softkey, 5% through the list c each time the softkey is pressed. 4 (Information): Press to display softkey below to view the additional information about the contents of the current folder on the . Fourth softkey, 10% through the selected track. USB drive. list each time the softkey is pressed. Softkeys To browse and select files: . Fifth softkey, end of the list. The five softkeys below the radio 1. Press the softkey below c. h (Music Navigator): Press the display are used to control functions f that display as tabs. 2. Turn to scroll through the list softkey below h to view and of folders. select a track on an iPod. Files are To use the softkeys, press a softkey sorted by: below any tab that is displayed, or if 3. Press f to select the desired no tabs are displayed, press the first folder. If there is more then one . Playlists or last softkey below the radio folder, repeat Steps 1 and 2 until . Artists display to display the tabs. the desired folder is reached. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

7-22 Infotainment System

. Albums . Third softkey, 5% through the list (Shuffle Off): Press the each time the softkey is pressed. > . Genres softkey below 2 to turn shuffle . Fourth softkey, 10% through the . Songs off. This is the default mode when a list each time the softkey is USB storage device or iPod is first . Composers pressed. connected. To select tracks: . Fifth softkey, end of the list. 2 (Shuffle All Songs / Shuffle 1. Press the softkey below h. " (Repeat All): Press the softkey Songs): Press the softkey below C below to repeat all tracks. The = or to shuffle all songs on 2. Turn f to scroll through the list " tab appears lowered when Repeat the USB storage device or iPod. of menus. All is being used. This is the default C (Shuffle Album): Press the 3. Press f to select the mode when a USB storage device softkey below > to shuffle all desired menu. or iPod is first connected. songs in the current album on (Repeat Track): Press the an iPod. 4. Turn f to scroll through the ' folders or files in the softkey below ' to repeat one = (Shuffle Folder): Press the selected menu. track. The tab appears raised when softkey below > to shuffle all Repeat Track is being used. songs in the current folder on a USB 5. Press f to select the track. Press the softkey below >, 2, storage device. To skip through large lists, the five C or = to select between softkeys can be used to navigate in Shuffle Off, Shuffle All Songs/ the following order: Shuffle Songs, Shuffle Album, . First softkey, first item in the list. or Shuffle Folder. . Second softkey, 1% through the list each time the softkey is pressed. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Infotainment System 7-23

Phone . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. A Bluetooth system can use a The system may not work with Bluetooth‐capable cell phone with a all cell phones. See “Pairing a Hands Free Profile to make and Bluetooth Phone” in this section for more receive phone calls. The system For vehicles equipped with information. can be used while the key is in ON/ Bluetooth capability, the system can . If the cell phone has voice RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY position. interact with many cell phones, dialing capability, learn to use The range of the Bluetooth system allowing: that feature to access the can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support all functions, and . address book or contact list. See Placement and receipt of calls in not all phones work with the a hands-free mode. “Voice Pass-Thru” in this section for more information. in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See . Sharing of the cell phone s www.gm.com/bluetooth for more ’ . address book or contact list with See “Storing and Deleting Phone information on compatible phones. the vehicle. Numbers” in this section for more information. Voice Recognition To minimize driver distraction, The Bluetooth system uses voice before driving, and with the vehicle { WARNING parked: recognition to interpret voice commands to dial phone numbers . Become familiar with the When using a cell phone, it can and name tags. features of the cell phone. be distracting to look too long or Organize the phone book and too often at the screen of the For additional information, say contact lists clearly and delete phone or the infotainment “Help” while you are in a voice duplicate or rarely used entries. (navigation) system. Taking your recognition menu. If possible, program speed dial eyes off the road too long or too Noise: Keep interior noise levels to or other shortcuts. often could cause a crash a minimum. The system may not . Review the controls and resulting in injury or death. Focus recognize voice commands if there operation of the infotainment your attention on driving. is too much background noise. system. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

7-24 Infotainment System

. Up to five cell phones can be When to Speak: A short tone / (Push To Talk): Press to b g paired to the Bluetooth system. sounds after the system responds answer incoming calls, to confirm indicating when it is waiting for a system information, and to start . The pairing process is disabled voice command. Wait until the tone speech recognition. when the vehicle is moving. and then speak. x / c (Mute/End Call): Press to . Pairing only needs to be How to Speak: Speak clearly in a end a call, reject a call, or to cancel completed once, unless the calm and natural voice. an operation. pairing information on the cell Audio System phone changes or the cell phone Pairing is deleted from the system. When using the in‐vehicle Bluetooth A Bluetooth cell phone must be . Only one paired cell phone can system, sound comes through the paired to the Bluetooth system and be connected to the Bluetooth vehicle's front audio system then connected to the vehicle before system at a time. speakers and overrides the audio it can be used. See your cell phone system. Use the audio system manufacturers user guide for . If multiple paired cell phones are volume knob, during a call, to Bluetooth functions before pairing within range of the system, the change the volume level. The the cell phone. If a Bluetooth phone system connects to the first adjusted volume level remains in is not connected, calls will be made available paired cell phone in the memory for later calls. To prevent using OnStar® Hands‐Free Calling, order that they were first paired missed calls, a minimum volume if available. See OnStar Overview to the system. To link to a level is used if the volume is turned on page 14‑1 for more information. different paired phone, see down too low. “Connecting to a Different Pairing Information Phone” later in this section. Bluetooth Controls . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 Pairing a Phone Use the buttons located on the capability cannot be paired to steering wheel to operate the the vehicle as a phone and an 1. Press and hold b / g for in‐vehicle Bluetooth system. See MP3 player at the same time. two seconds. Steering Wheel Controls on page 5‑2 for more information. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Infotainment System 7-25

2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command 6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair 4. Say the name of the phone you can be skipped. additional phones. want to delete. 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds Listing All Paired and Connected Connecting to a Different Phone with instructions and a four‐digit Phones PIN number. The PIN number is To connect to a different cell phone, used in Step 5. The system can list all cell phones the Bluetooth system looks for the paired to it. If a paired cell phone is next available cell phone in the 4. Start the pairing process on the also connected to the vehicle, the order in which all the available cell cell phone that you want to pair. system responds with “is connected” phones were paired. Depending on For help with this process, see after that phone name. which cell phone you want to your cell phone manufacturers connect to, you may have to use user guide. 1. Press and hold b / g for this command several times. two seconds. 5. Locate the device named “Your 1. Press and hold b / g for 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Vehicle” in the list on the cell two seconds. phone. Follow the instructions 3. Say “List.” on the cell phone to enter the 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Deleting a Paired Phone PIN that was provided in Step 3. 3. Say “Change phone.” After the PIN is successfully If the phone name you want to entered, the system prompts you . If another cell phone is delete is unknown, see “Listing All found, the response will be to provide a name for the paired Paired and Connected Phones.” cell phone. This name will be “ is now used to indicate which phones 1. Press and hold b / g for connected.” are paired and connected to the two seconds. . If another cell phone is not vehicle. The system responds 2. Say “Bluetooth.” found, the original phone with “ has been remains connected. successfully paired” after the 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks pairing process is complete. for which phone to delete. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

7-26 Infotainment System

Storing and Deleting Phone Using the “Store” Command repeats back the digit it heard Numbers followed by a tone. After the last 1. Press and hold b / g for digit has been entered, say The system can store up to two seconds. “Store,” and then follow the 30 phone numbers as name tags in 2. Say “Store.” directions given by the system to the Hands Free Directory that is save a name tag for this number. shared between the Bluetooth and 3. Say the phone number or group OnStar systems. of numbers you want to store all Using the “Delete” Command at once with no pauses, then The following commands are used follow the directions given by the 1. Press and hold b / g for delete and store phone numbers. system to save a name tag for two seconds. Store: This command will store a this number. 2. Say “Delete.” phone number, or a group of numbers as a name tag. Using the “Digit Store” Command 3. Say the name tag you want to delete. Digit Store: This command allows If an unwanted number is a phone number to be stored as a recognized by the system, say Using the “Delete All Name Tags” name tag by entering the digits one “Clear” at any time to clear the last Command number. at a time. This command deletes all stored Delete: This command is used to To hear all of the numbers name tags in the Hands‐Free delete individual name tags. recognized by the system, say Calling Directory and the OnStar “Verify” at any time. Turn‐by‐Turn Destinations Directory, Delete All Name Tags: This if equipped. command deletes all stored 1. Press and hold b / g for name tags in the Hands Free two seconds. To delete all name tags: Calling Directory and the OnStar 2. Say “Digit Store.” 1. Press and hold b / g for Turn‐by‐Turn Destinations Directory. 3. Say each digit, one at a time, two seconds. that you want to store. After 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” each digit is entered, the system Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Infotainment System 7-27

Listing Stored Numbers Using the “Dial” or “Call” To hear all of the numbers Command recognized by the system, say The list command will list all the “Verify” at any time. stored numbers and name tags. 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. 1. Press and hold b / g for Using the “List” Command two seconds. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” 1. Press and hold / for b g 2. Say “Digit Dial.” two seconds. 3. Say the entire number without pausing or say the name tag. 3. Say each digit, one at a time, 2. Say “Directory.” Once connected, the person called that you want to dial. After each 3. Say “Hands Free Calling.” will be heard through the audio digit is entered, the system repeats back the digit it heard 4. Say List. speakers. “ ” followed by a tone. After the last Making a Call Using the “Digit Dial” Command digit has been entered, say “Dial.” Calls can be made using the The digit dial command allows a following commands. phone number to be dialed by Once connected, the person called entering the digits one at a time. will be heard through the audio Dial or Call: The dial or call After each digit is entered, the speakers. command can be used system repeats back the digit it interchangeably to dial a phone heard followed by a tone. Using the “Re‐dial” Command number or a stored name tag. If an unwanted number is 1. Press and hold b / g for Digit Dial: This command allows a recognized by the system, say two seconds. phone number to be dialed by “Clear” at any time to clear the last 2. After the tone, say “Re‐dial.” entering the digits one at a time. number. Once connected, the person called Re‐dial: This command is used to dial the last number used on the cell will be heard through the audio phone. speakers. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

7-28 Infotainment System

Receiving a Call Three‐Way Calling To mute a call, press b / g , and When an incoming call is received, Three‐way calling must be then say “Mute Call.” the audio system mutes and a ring supported on the cell phone and To cancel mute, press / , and tone is heard in the vehicle. enabled by the wireless service b g then say Un mute Call. carrier. “ ‐ ” . Press b / g to answer the call. Transferring a Call 1. While on a call, press b / g. . Press x / c to ignore a call. Audio can be transferred between 2. Say “Three‐way call.” Call Waiting the Bluetooth system and the cell 3. Use the dial or call command to phone. Call waiting must be supported on dial the number of the third party The cell phone must be paired and the cell phone and enabled by the to be called. connected with the Bluetooth wireless service carrier. 4. Once the call is connected, system before a call can be . Press b / g to answer an press b / g to link all the callers transferred. The connection process incoming call when another call together. can take up to two minutes after the is active. The original call is ignition is turned to ON/RUN. Ending a Call placed on hold. Transferring Audio from the . Press b / g again to return to Press x / c to end a call. Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone the original call. Muting a Call To transfer a call with the audio in the vehicle: . To ignore the incoming call, no During a call, all sounds from inside action is required. the vehicle can be muted so that the 1. Press b / g. person on the other end of the call . Press x / c to disconnect the 2. Say “Transfer Call.” current call and switch to the call cannot hear them. on hold. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Infotainment System 7-29

Transferring Audio to the 3. Say “Voice.” The system Clearing the System Bluetooth System from a Cell responds OK, accessing “ Unless information is deleted out of Phone .” the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system, it During a call with the audio on the The cell phone's normal prompt will be retained indefinitely. This cell phone, press b / g. The audio messages will go through its cycle includes all saved name tags in the transfers to the vehicle. If the audio according to the phone's operating phone book and phone pairing does not transfer to the vehicle, use instructions. information. For information on how the audio transfer feature on the cell to delete this information, see the Dual Tone Multi-Frequency previous sections on Deleting a phone. See your cell phone (DTMF) Tones manufacturers user guide for more Paired Phone and Deleting information. The Bluetooth system can send Name Tags. numbers and the numbers stored as Voice Pass-Thru name tags during a call. You can Other Information ® Voice pass thru allows access to the use this feature when calling a The Bluetooth word mark and ‐ ® voice recognition commands on the menu driven phone system. Account logos are owned by the Bluetooth cell phone. See your cell phone numbers can also be stored for use. SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by General Motors is under license. manufacturers user guide to see if Sending a Number or Name Tag the cell phone supports this feature. Other trademarks and trade names During a Call are those of their respective owners. To access contacts stored in the cell phone: 1. Press b / g. The system See Radio Frequency Statement on responds “Ready,” followed by page 13‑20 for information 1. Press and hold b / g for a tone. regarding Part 15 of the Federal two seconds. 2. Say “Dial.” Communications Commission (FCC) 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command rules and Industry Canada 3. Say the number or name tag Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. can be skipped. to send. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

7-30 Infotainment System

2 NOTES Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with Climate Control Systems this system. Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Automatic Climate Control System ...... 8-5 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 8-9

A. Fan Control E. Air Delivery Mode Control B. Recirculation F. Air Conditioning C. Temperature Control G. Rear Window Defogger D. Outside Air Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

8-2 Climate Controls

Operation Select from the following: air-conditioning button is pressed while in defog mode, the indicator Temperature Control: Turn (Vent): Air is directed to the H light will turn on. If the button is clockwise or counterclockwise instrument panel outlets. pressed again, the light will turn off. to increase or decrease the ) (Bi-Level): Air is divided The recirculation mode cannot be temperature inside the vehicle. between the instrument panel selected while in the defog mode. When it is cold outside −18°C (0°F) and floor outlets. Some air will be Do not drive the vehicle until all the or lower, use the engine coolant directed toward the side windows. windows are clear. heater, if vehicle has one, to provide 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the (Defrost): This mode quickly warmer air faster to the vehicle. 1 floor outlets with some air directed clears the windshield of fog or frost. An engine coolant heater warms to the windshield and side window Air is directed to the windshield with the coolant the engine uses that outlets. some air directed to the floor vents. provides heat to warm the inside of In this mode, outside air is pulled the vehicle. For more information, - (Defog): This mode clears the into the vehicle. The air-conditioning see Engine Heater on page 9‑18. windows of fog or moisture. Air is directed to the windshield and floor compressor will not run unless the 9 (Fan Control): Turn clockwise outlets, with some air directed to the outside temperature is at or below or counterclockwise to increase side windows. When this mode is freezing. The air-conditioning or decrease the fan speed. selected, the system automatically compressor operates although the The fan must be on to run the turns off recirculation and runs the indicator light is not on. The air-conditioning compressor. air-conditioning compressor unless air-conditioning indicator light turns Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn the outside temperature is at or off when defrost is selected. If the clockwise or counterclockwise to below freezing. The air-conditioning air-conditioning button is pressed change the current airflow mode. compressor operates although while in defrost mode, the indicator the indicator light is not on. The light turns on. If the button is air-conditioning indicator light turns pressed again, the light turns off. off when defog is selected. If the Recirculation cannot be selected while in the defrost mode. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Climate Controls 8-3

To help clear the windshield quickly, For quick cool down on hot days, do cannot be used with the do the following: the following: recirculation mode. Press : to 1. Select 0. 1. Select the C vent mode. cancel the recirculation mode. 2. Select the highest temperature. 2. Select the highest fan speed. ? (Recirculation): Press to turn the recirculation mode on. An 3. Select the highest fan speed. 3. Select # air conditioning. indicator light comes on to show (Air Conditioning): Press to that it is on. This mode recirculates # 4. Select the turn the air conditioning system on ? and helps to quickly cool the air or off. An indicator light comes on to recirculation mode. inside the vehicle. It can be used show it is on. 5. Select the coolest temperature. to prevent outside air and odors from entering the vehicle. The The air-conditioning system Using these settings together for recirculation indicator light blinks removes moisture from the air, so a long periods of time can cause the three times if you try to use small amount of water might drip air inside of the vehicle to become recirculation in a mode in which it under the vehicle while it is idling or too dry. To prevent this from cannot function. after the engine is turned off is happening, after the air in the normal. vehicle has cooled, turn the Pressing this button cancels the recirculation mode off. outside air mode. When switching to Maximum Air Conditioning the defog or defrost modes the : (Outside Air): Press to turn system automatically moves from On hot days, open the windows to the outside air mode on. An let hot inside air escape; then close recirculation to outside air. When indicator light comes on to show the vehicle or fan is turned off and them. This helps reduce the time it that it is on. Air from outside the takes for the vehicle to cool down. back on, the system defaults to vehicle will circulate throughout the outside air automatically. Only use It also helps the air conditioning vehicle. The outside air mode can system operate more efficiently. recirculation mode when it is be used with all modes, but it needed for comfort, since window fogging can occur. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

8-4 Climate Controls

To improve fuel efficiency and to If the vehicle's speed is maintained Remote Start Climate Control cool the vehicle faster, recirculation above 80 km/h (50 mph), the rear Operation may be automatically selected in window defogger remains on once For vehicles with the remote start warm weather. The recirculation the button is pressed. feature, when it is activated the light will not come on. To override If the vehicle has heated outside climate control system heats or this feature, select outside air. mirrors, the surface of the outside cools the inside of the vehicle using Rear Window Defogger mirrors heat when the rear window the modes that were set before the defogger is activated. See Heated vehicle was turned off. The climate The rear window defogger uses a Mirrors on page 2‑14. control knobs will remain active warming grid to remove fog or frost Notice: Do not use anything during a remote start. However, the from the rear window. climate control buttons will be 1 sharp on the inside of the rear REAR: Press to turn the rear window. If you do, you could cut inactive until the ignition is turned window defogger on or off. An or damage the warming grid, and on by the key. If the fan is off, the indicator light comes on to show the repairs would not be covered climate control system will not that the rear window defogger is on. by the vehicle warranty. Do not operate during remote start. See Be sure to clear as much snow from attach a temporary vehicle Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) the rear window as possible. license, tape, a decal, or anything System Operation on page 2‑3. If driving below 80 km/h (50 mph), similar to the defogger grid. the rear window defogger turns off about 15 minutes after the button is pressed. If turned on again, the defogger only runs for about seven minutes before turning off. The defogger can also be turned off by turning off the engine. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Climate Controls 8-5

Automatic Climate Control System Automatic Operation For vehicles with this system, the heating, cooling, and ventilation can be AUTO (Automatic): Select AUTO automatically controlled. on both the fan speed control and the air delivery mode control knobs to activate the automatic system. When automatic operation is active the system controls the inside temperature and air delivery. To place the system in automatic mode do the following: 1. Turn the fan knob and the mode knob to the AUTO position. The current set temperature displays. When AUTO is selected, the air conditioning operation and air inlet is A. Fan Control E. Rear Window Defogger automatically controlled. The air conditioning compressor runs B. Air Conditioning F. Air Delivery Mode Control while the outside temperature is C. Recirculation G. Display over about 40°F (4°C). The air D. Outside Air H. Temperature Control inlet will normally be set to outside air. If it is hot outside, the air inlet may automatically switch to recirculate inside air to help quickly cool down the vehicle. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

8-6 Climate Controls

2. Set the temperature. To avoid blowing cold air at Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn An initial setting of 73°F (23°C) engine start-up in cold weather, clockwise or counterclockwise to is recommended. Allow about the system delays turning on the change the direction of the airflow in 20 minutes for the system to fan until warm air is available. the vehicle. The length of delay depends on Select from the following: regulate. Press w or x to the engine coolant temperature. adjust the temperature setting as Turning the fan knob overrides H (Vent): Air is directed to the necessary. If the temperature is this delay and changes the fan instrument panel outlets. set at 60°F (15°C) the system to the selected speed. remains at the maximum cooling ) (Bi-Level): Air is divided setting. If the temperature is Manual Operation between the instrument panel outlets and the floor outlets. set at 90°F (32°C) the system o (Off): Select this position on the remains at the maximum heat fan knob to turn off the entire 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the setting. Choosing either climate control system. Outside air floor outlets with some air directed maximum setting does not still enters the vehicle. The airflow to the side window outlets. cause the vehicle to heat or direction and temperature can be - (Defog): This mode clears the cool any faster. adjusted. windows of fog or moisture. Air is Do not to cover the sensor x / w Temperature Control: directed to the floor and windshield located on the top of the Press the arrows to increase or outlets. instrument panel near the decrease the temperature inside the 0 (Defrost): This mode clears the windshield. This sensor vehicle. windows of fog or frost more quickly. regulates air temperature based The system automatically controls on the intensity of the sun. 9 (Fan Control): Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or the fan speed if defrost is selected Also do not cover the sensor decrease the fan speed. from the AUTO mode. If the outside grille on the lower right side of temperature is 4°C (40°F) or the climate control faceplate, as warmer, the air conditioning this regulates the inside compressor automatically runs to temperature. help dehumidify the air and dry the Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Climate Controls 8-7

windshield. The air conditioning In AUTO mode the system cools h (Recirculation): Press to turn indicator light blinks three times if and dehumidifies the air inside the recirculation mode on. An the compressor is turned off while in the vehicle. Also while in AUTO indicator light above the button this mode. mode, the system maximizes its comes on to show it is on. This # (Air Conditioning): Press turn performance by using recirculation mode recirculates and helps to the air conditioning on and off. An as necessary. quickly cool the air inside the indicator light turns on to show the Heating: On cold days when using vehicle. It can be used to help air conditioning is on. manual operation of the automatic prevent outside air and odors system, use floor mode to deliver air from entering the vehicle. The When air conditioning is selected or recirculation indicator light blinks is in AUTO mode, the system runs to the floor outlets. To warm or cool the air delivered, press or to three times if you try to use the air conditioning automatically to x w recirculation in a mode in which it the desired temperature setting. cool and dehumidify the air entering cannot function. the vehicle. To use the automatic mode, turn the Pressing this button cancels the On hot days, open the windows long knob to AUTO and press x or w to auto recirculation feature. Each time enough to let hot inside air escape. adjust the temperature. the vehicle is started, the system This reduces the time it takes for : (Outside Air): Press to turn reverts to the auto recirculation the vehicle to cool down. Then function. keep the windows closed for the the outside air mode on. An air conditioner to work its best. indicator light comes on to show it is The recirculation mode cannot be on. Air from outside the vehicle will used with the floor, defrost, or defog On cool, but sunny days while using circulate throughout the vehicle. The modes. If recirculation is selected in manual operation of the automatic outside air mode can be used with these modes, the indicator flashes system, use bi-level to deliver warm all modes, but it cannot be used three times and turns off to indicate air to the floor and cooler air to the with the recirculation mode. that this is not allowed. This is to instrument panel outlets. To warm or Pressing this button cancels the prevent window fogging. cool the air delivered, press the recirculation mode. temperature buttons to the desired setting. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

8-8 Climate Controls

When the weather is cool or damp, If driving below 80 km/h (50 mph), Remote Start Climate Control operating the system in recirculation the rear window defogger turns off Operation for extended periods of time can about 15 minutes after the button is For vehicles with remote start, when cause fogging of the vehicle's pressed. If additional warming time it is activated the climate control windows. To clear the fog, select is needed, press the button again. system heats and cools the inside either defog or defrost. Make sure If the vehicle's speed is maintained of the vehicle using the previous the air conditioning is on. Allow the above 80 km/h (50 mph), the rear system settings before the vehicle air conditioning to run automatically window defogger remains on once was turned off. The climate control to help dehumidify the air. the button is pressed. knobs will remain active during a To improve fuel efficiency and to For vehicles with heated outside remote start. However, the climate cool the vehicle faster, recirculation mirrors, the surface of the outside control buttons will be inactive until may be automatically selected in mirrors will also heat when the rear the ignition is turned on by the key. warm weather. The recirculation window defogger is activated. See If the fan is off, the climate control light will not come on. To override system will not operate during Heated Mirrors on page 2‑14. this feature, select outside air. remote start. Notice: Do not use a razor blade Rear Window Defogger or sharp object to clear the inside With the automatic climate control rear window. Do not adhere system, the climate control displays The rear window defogger uses a “RS” in place of the temperature warming grid to remove fog from the anything to the defogger grid lines in the rear glass. These to indicate that remote start is rear window. activated. For best performance, 1 actions may damage the rear (Rear): Press to turn the rear defogger. Repairs would not be turn both the fan and mode knobs to window defogger on or off. An covered by your warranty. AUTO. If the temperature is cold indicator light comes on to show enough and the mode knob is set to that the rear window defogger is on. AUTO, the system begins in defrost to clear the windows. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation on page 2‑3. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Climate Controls 8-9

. Keep the path under the front Air Vents seats clear of objects to help Use the lever located in the center circulate the air inside of the of each outlet by moving it either up vehicle more effectively. and down or side-to-side, to change . When an objectionable odor the direction and amount of airflow outside the vehicle is in the vehicle. encountered, use the Operation Tips recirculation mode, with the temperature knob at a . Clear away any ice, snow, comfortable setting to prevent or leaves from the air inlets at the odor from entering the the base of the windshield that vehicle through the ventilation may block the flow of air into the system. This can be helpful vehicle. when driving through a long . Do not use non-GM approved tunnel with poor ventilation. hood deflectors as they could However, extended usage of this adversely affect the performance mode in cold or cool weather of the system. can cause window fogging. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

8-10 Climate Controls

2 NOTES Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Driving and Operating 9-1

Shifting Into Park ...... 9-19 Fuel Driving and Shifting out of Park ...... 9-20 Fuel ...... 9-33 Operating Parking over Things Recommended Fuel ...... 9-34 That Burn ...... 9-20 Gasoline Specifications (U.S. and Canada Only) ...... 9-34 Engine Exhaust California Fuel Driving Information Engine Exhaust ...... 9-21 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Requirements ...... 9-34 Running the Vehicle While Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-35 Defensive Driving ...... 9-2 Parked ...... 9-21 Drunk Driving ...... 9-3 Fuel Additives ...... 9-35 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Automatic Transmission Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-36 Braking ...... 9-3 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-22 Filling the Tank ...... 9-37 Steering ...... 9-3 Manual Mode ...... 9-23 Filling a Portable Fuel Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Container ...... 9-38 Brakes Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Towing Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-6 Antilock Brake General Towing Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-7 System (ABS) ...... 9-25 Information ...... 9-39 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-7 Parking Brake ...... 9-26 Brake Assist ...... 9-26 Driving Characteristics and Winter Driving ...... 9-8 Towing Tips ...... 9-39 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 9-9 Ride Control Systems Trailer Towing ...... 9-42 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-10 Traction Control Towing Equipment ...... 9-44 System (TCS) ...... 9-27 Starting and Operating Conversions and Add-Ons New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-14 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ...... 9-29 Add-On Electrical Ignition Positions ...... 9-15 Equipment ...... 9-45 Starting the Engine ...... 9-17 Cruise Control Engine Heater ...... 9-18 Cruise Control ...... 9-31 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 9-18 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

9-2 Driving and Operating

. Designate a front seat Driving Information passenger to handle potential { WARNING distractions. Distracted Driving Taking your eyes off the road too . Become familiar with vehicle long or too often could cause a Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as crash resulting in injury or death. and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate Focus your attention on driving. judgment and do not let other control and seat settings. activities divert your attention Program all trip information into Refer to the Infotainment section for away from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to more information on using that governments have enacted laws driving. system, including pairing and using regarding driver distraction. Become . Wait until the vehicle is parked a cell phone. familiar with the local laws in to retrieve items that have fallen your area. to the floor. Defensive Driving To avoid distracted driving, always . Stop or park the vehicle to tend Defensive driving means “always keep your eyes on the road, hands to children. expect the unexpected.” The first on the wheel, and mind on the drive. step in driving defensively is to wear . Keep pets in an appropriate . Do not use a phone in the safety belt. See Safety Belts on carrier or restraint. demanding driving situations. page 3‑8. . Avoid stressful conversations Use a hands-free method to . Assume that other road users place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a (pedestrians, bicyclists, and phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone. other drivers) are going to be . Watch the road. Do not read, careless and make mistakes. take notes, or look up Anticipate what they might do information on phones or and be ready. other electronic devices. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Driving and Operating 9-3

. Allow enough following distance Control of a Vehicle If the engine ever stops while the between you and the driver in vehicle is being driven, brake front of you. Braking, steering, and accelerating normally but do not pump the are important factors in helping to . Focus on the task of driving. brakes. Doing so could make the control a vehicle while driving. pedal harder to push down. If the Drunk Driving engine stops, there will be some Braking power brake assist but it will be Death and injury associated with Braking action involves perception used when the brake is applied. drinking and driving is a global time and reaction time. Deciding to Once the power assist is used up, it tragedy. push the brake pedal is perception can take longer to stop and the time. Actually doing it is brake pedal will be harder to push. { WARNING reaction time. Steering Drinking and then driving is Average driver reaction time is very dangerous. Your reflexes, about three-quarters of a second. Electric Power Steering In that time, a vehicle moving at perceptions, attentiveness, and If your vehicle has electric power 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m judgment can be affected by even steering it does not have power (66 ft), which could be a lot of a small amount of alcohol. You steering fluid. Regular maintenance distance in an emergency. can have a serious— or even is not required. fatal collision if you drive after Helpful braking tips to keep in mind — If power steering assist is lost due drinking. include: to a system malfunction, the vehicle Do not drink and drive or ride with . Keep enough distance between can be steered, but may require a driver who has been drinking. you and the vehicle in front increased effort. Ride home in a cab; or if you are of you. with a group, designate a driver . Avoid needless heavy braking. who will not drink. . Keep pace with traffic. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

9-4 Driving and Operating

If the steering wheel is turned in At faster speeds, the steering effort Curve Tips either direction several times until increases to provide a sport-like feel . Take curves at a reasonable it stops, or it is held until it is to the steering. This provides speed. stopped for an extended time, maximum control and stability. . Reduce speed before entering a power steering assist should return If the vehicle seems harder to steer curve. shortly after a few normal steering than normal when parking or driving movements. slowly, there may be a problem with . Maintain a reasonable steady See specific vehicle steering the system. You will still have power speed through the curve messages under Vehicle Messages steering, but steering will be stiffer . Wait until the vehicle is out of on page 5‑25. than normal at slow speeds. See the curve before accelerating See your dealer if there is a your dealer for service. gently into the straightaway. problem. Hydraulic Power Steering Steering in Emergencies Variable Effort Steering If your vehicle has hydraulic . There are some situations when Some vehicles have a steering power steering, it may require steering around a problem may system that varies the amount of maintenance. See Power Steering be more effective than braking. Fluid on page 10‑19. effort required to steer the vehicle in . Holding both sides of the relation to the speed of the vehicle. If power steering assist is lost steering wheel allows you to turn The amount of steering effort because the engine stops or the 180 degrees without removing required is less at slower speeds power steering system is not a hand. functioning, the vehicle can be to make the vehicle more . Antilock Brake System (ABS) maneuverable and easier to park. steered but may require increased effort. See your dealer if there is a allows steering while braking. problem. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Driving and Operating 9-5

Off-Road Recovery 2. Turn the steering wheel about Defensive drivers avoid most skids one-eighth of a turn, until the by taking reasonable care suited to right front tire contacts the existing conditions, and by not pavement edge. overdriving those conditions. But 3. Then turn the steering wheel to skids are always possible. go straight down the roadway. If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these suggestions: Loss of Control . Ease your foot off the Skidding accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the There are three types of skids that vehicle to go. The vehicle may correspond to the vehicle's three straighten out. Be ready for a control systems: second skid if it occurs. . Braking Skid — wheels are not . Slow down and adjust your The vehicle's right wheels can drop rolling. driving according to weather off the edge of a road onto the . Steering or Cornering conditions. Stopping distance shoulder while driving. Follow can be longer and vehicle these tips: Skid — too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires control can be affected when 1. Ease off the accelerator and to slip and lose cornering force. traction is reduced by water, then, if there is nothing in the snow, ice, gravel, or other way, steer the vehicle so that it . Acceleration Skid — too much material on the road. Learn to straddles the edge of the throttle causes the driving recognize warning clues — such pavement. wheels to spin. as enough water, ice, or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface — and slow down when you have any doubt. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

9-6 Driving and Operating

. Try to avoid sudden steering, Hydroplaning acceleration, or braking, { WARNING including reducing vehicle speed Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water by shifting to a lower gear. Any Wet brakes can cause crashes. can build up under the vehicle's sudden changes could cause They might not work as well in a tires so they actually ride on the the tires to slide. quick stop and could cause water. This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast Remember: Antilock brakes help pulling to one side. You could lose control of the vehicle. enough. When the vehicle is avoid only the braking skid. hydroplaning, it has little or no After driving through a large contact with the road. Driving on Wet Roads puddle of water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply the brake There is no hard and fast rule about Rain and wet roads can reduce hydroplaning. The best advice is to pedal until the brakes work vehicle traction and affect your slow down when the road is wet. ability to stop and accelerate. normally. Always drive slower in these types Flowing or rushing water creates Other Rainy Weather Tips of driving conditions and avoid strong forces. Driving through Besides slowing down, other wet driving through large puddles and flowing water could cause the weather driving tips include: deep‐standing or flowing water. vehicle to be carried away. If this . Allow extra following distance. happens, you and other vehicle occupants could drown. Do not . Pass with caution. ignore police warnings and be . Keep windshield wiping very cautious about trying to drive equipment in good shape. through flowing water. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Driving and Operating 9-7

. Keep the windshield washer fluid Hill and Mountain Roads reservoir filled. { WARNING Driving on steep hills or through . Have good tires with proper mountains is different than driving Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) tread depth. See Tires on on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for or with the ignition off is page 10 38. ‑ driving in these conditions include: dangerous. The brakes will have . Turn off cruise control. . Keep the vehicle serviced and in to do all the work of slowing down good shape. and they could get so hot that Highway Hypnosis they would not work well. You . Check all fluid levels and brakes, Always be alert and pay attention to would then have poor braking or tires, cooling system, and even none going down a hill. You your surroundings while driving. transmission. If you become tired or sleepy, find a could crash. Always have the safe place to park the vehicle . Shift to a lower gear when going engine running and the vehicle in and rest. down steep or long hills. gear when going downhill. Other driving tips include: { WARNING . Stay in your own lane. Do not . Keep the vehicle well ventilated. swing wide or cut across the If you do not shift down, the . Keep the interior center of the road. Drive at temperature cool. brakes could get so hot that they speeds that let you stay in your would not work well. You would own lane. . Keep your eyes moving — scan then have poor braking or even the road ahead and to the sides. none going down a hill. You could . Be alert on top of hills; . Check the rearview mirror and crash. Shift down to let the engine something could be in your lane vehicle instruments often. assist the brakes on a steep (stalled car, accident). downhill slope. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

9-8 Driving and Operating

. Pay attention to special road Try not to break the fragile traction. Blizzard Conditions signs (falling rocks area, winding If you accelerate too fast, the drive Being stuck in snow can be a roads, long grades, passing or wheels will spin and polish the serious situation. Stay with the no-passing zones) and take surface under the tires even more. appropriate action. vehicle unless there is help nearby. The Antilock Brake System (ABS) If possible, use the Roadside Winter Driving on page 9‑25 improves vehicle Assistance Program (U.S. and stability during hard stops on Canada) on page 13‑7 or Roadside Driving on Snow or Ice slippery roads, but apply the brakes Assistance Program (Mexico) on sooner than when on dry pavement. page 13‑9. To get help and keep Drive carefully when there is snow everyone in the vehicle safe: or ice between the tires and the Allow greater following distance on road, creating less traction or grip. any slippery road and watch for . Turn on the hazard warning Wet ice can occur at about 0°C slippery spots. Icy patches can flashers. occur on otherwise clear roads in (32°F) when freezing rain begins to . Tie a red cloth to an outside shaded areas. The surface of a fall, resulting in even less traction. mirror. Avoid driving on wet ice or in curve or an overpass can remain icy freezing rain until roads can be when the surrounding roads are treated with salt or sand. clear. Avoid sudden steering maneuvers and braking while Drive with caution, whatever the on ice. condition. Accelerate gently so traction is not lost. Accelerating too Turn off cruise control on slippery quickly causes the wheels to spin surfaces. and makes the surface under the tires slick, so there is even less traction. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Driving and Operating 9-9

feel really uncomfortable from the { WARNING WARNING (Continued) cold. Moving about to keep warm also helps. Snow can trap engine exhaust . Fully open the air outlets on under the vehicle. This may or under the instrument If it takes some time for help to cause exhaust gases to get panel. arrive, now and then when you run the engine, push the accelerator inside. Engine exhaust contains . Adjust the climate control pedal slightly so the engine runs carbon monoxide (CO) which system to a setting that cannot be seen or smelled. It can faster than the idle speed. This circulates the air inside the keeps the battery charged to restart cause unconsciousness and even vehicle and set the fan speed the vehicle and to signal for help death. to the highest setting. See with the headlamps. Do this as little If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: “Climate Control Systems” in as possible to save fuel. the Index. . Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle, For more information about If the Vehicle Is Stuck carbon monoxide, see Engine especially any that is blocking Slowly and cautiously spin the Exhaust on page 9 21. the exhaust pipe. ‑ wheels to free the vehicle when . Check again from time to stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. time to be sure snow does Run the engine for short periods If the vehicle has a traction system, not collect there. only as needed to keep warm, but it can often help to free a stuck be careful. . Open a window about 5 cm vehicle. Refer to the vehicle's (2 in) on the side of the To save fuel, run the engine for only traction system in the Index. If stuck vehicle that is away from the short periods as needed to warm too severely for the traction system wind to bring in fresh air. the vehicle and then shut the engine to free the vehicle, turn the traction off and close the window most of system off and use the rocking (Continued) the way to save heat. Repeat this method. until help arrives but only when you Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

9-10 Driving and Operating

Release the accelerator pedal while { WARNING shifting, and press lightly on the { WARNING accelerator pedal when the If the vehicle's tires spin at high transmission is in gear. Slowly Do not load the vehicle any speed, they can explode, and you spinning the wheels in the forward heavier than the Gross or others could be injured. The and reverse directions causes a Vehicle Weight Rating vehicle can overheat, causing an rocking motion that could free the (GVWR), or either the engine compartment fire or other vehicle. If that does not get the maximum front or rear Gross damage. Spin the wheels as little vehicle out after a few tries, it might Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). as possible and avoid going need to be towed out. If the vehicle This can cause systems to above 55 km/h (35 mph). does need to be towed out, see break and change the way the Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑79. vehicle handles. This could For information about using tire cause loss of control and a chains on the vehicle, see Tire Vehicle Load Limits crash. Overloading can also Chains on page 10‑58. It is very important to know how shorten the life of the vehicle. Rocking the Vehicle to Get much weight the vehicle can It Out carry. This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and Turn the steering wheel left and includes the weight of all right to clear the area around the front wheels. Turn off any traction or occupants, cargo and all stability system. Shift back and forth nonfactory‐installed options. between R (Reverse) and a forward Two labels on the vehicle show gear, spinning the wheels as little as how much weight it may possible. To prevent transmission properly carry, the Tire and wear, wait until the wheels stop Loading Information label and spinning before shifting gears. the Certification label. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Driving and Operating 9-11

Tire and Loading Information positions (A), and the maximum Steps for Determining Correct Label vehicle capacity weight (B) in Load Limit kilograms and pounds. 1. Locate the statement “The The Tire and Loading combined weight of Information label also shows the occupants and cargo should tire size of the original never exceed XXX kg or equipment tires (C) and the XXX lbs” on your vehicle's recommended cold tire inflation placard. pressures (D). For more 2. Determine the combined information on tires and inflation weight of the driver and see Tires on page 10‑38 and passengers that will be riding Tire Pressure on page 10‑45. in your vehicle. There is also important loading 3. Subtract the combined Label Example information on the Certification weight of the driver and label. It tells you the Gross A vehicle-specific Tire and passengers from XXX kg or Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) Loading Information label is XXX lbs. attached to the vehicle's center and the Gross Axle Weight pillar (B-pillar). With the driver's Rating (GAWR) for the front and 4. The resulting figure equals door open, you will find the label rear axle. See “Certification the available amount of cargo attached below the door lock Label” later in this section. and luggage load capacity. post. The Tire and Loading For example, if the “XXX” Information label shows the amount equals 1400 lbs and number of occupant seating there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

9-12 Driving and Operating

the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs). 5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. Example 1 Example 2 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for trailer will be transferred to Example 1 = 453 kg Example 2 = 453 kg your vehicle. Consult this (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). manual to determine how this B. Subtract Occupant Weight B. Subtract Occupant Weight reduces the available cargo @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = and luggage load capacity of 136 kg (300 lbs). 340 kg (750 lbs). your vehicle. C. Available Occupant and C. Available Cargo Weight = See Trailer Towing on page 9‑42 Cargo Weight = 317 kg 113 kg (250 lbs). for important information on (700 lbs). towing a trailer, towing safety rules, and trailering tips. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Driving and Operating 9-13

seating positions. The combined occupants, fuel, and cargo. weight of the driver, passengers, Never exceed the GVWR for and cargo should never exceed the vehicle, or the Gross Axle the vehicle's capacity weight. Weight Rating (GAWR) for either the front or rear axle. Certification Label And, if there is a heavy load, it should be spread out. See “Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit” earlier in this section.

Example 3 { WARNING A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg Do not load the vehicle any (1,000 lbs). heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating B. Subtract Occupant Weight (GVWR), or either the @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = Label Example maximum front or rear Gross 453 kg (1,000 lbs). A vehicle-specific Certification Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). C. Available Cargo Weight = label is attached to the driver This can cause systems to 0 kg (0 lbs). side center pillar (B-pillar). The break and change the way the label tells the gross weight vehicle handles. This could Refer to the vehicle's Tire and cause loss of control and a Loading Information label for capacity of the vehicle, called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating crash. Overloading can also specific information about the shorten the life of the vehicle. vehicle's capacity weight and (GVWR). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

9-14 Driving and Operating

If you put things inside the WARNING (Continued) Starting and vehicle — like suitcases, tools, Operating packages, or anything . Never stack heavier else — they will go as fast as the things, like suitcases, New Vehicle Break-In vehicle goes. If you have to stop inside the vehicle so that or turn quickly, or if there is a some of them are above Notice: The vehicle does not crash, they will keep going. the tops of the seats. need an elaborate break-in. But it will perform better in the long run { WARNING . Do not leave an if you follow these guidelines: unsecured child restraint . Do not drive at any one Things inside the vehicle can in the vehicle. constant speed, fast or strike and injure people in a . Secure loose items in the slow, for the first 805 km sudden stop or turn, or in a vehicle. (500 miles). Do not make crash. full-throttle starts. Avoid . Do not leave a seat folded downshifting to brake or . Put things in the cargo down unless needed. slow the vehicle. area of the vehicle. In the cargo area, put them as far forward as possible. Try to spread the weight evenly. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Driving and Operating 9-15

. Avoid making hard stops for Ignition Positions Notice: Using a tool to force the the first 322 km (200 miles) or key to turn in the ignition could so. During this time the new cause damage to the switch or brake linings are not yet break the key. Use the correct broken in. Hard stops with key, make sure it is all the way in, new linings can mean and turn it only with your hand. premature wear and earlier If the key cannot be turned by replacement. Follow this hand, see your dealer. breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake 9 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/ linings. LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is stopped, turn the ignition switch to . Do not tow a trailer during LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off. break-in. See Trailer Towing Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑42 for the trailer will remain active. See Retained towing capabilities of the Accessory Power (RAP) on The ignition switch has four different vehicle and more page 9‑18. information. positions. This position locks the ignition. To shift out of P (Park), the ignition Following break‐in, engine speed It also locks the transmission. The must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ and load can be gradually key can only be removed in ACCESSORY and the brake pedal increased. LOCK/OFF. must be applied. Do not turn the engine off when the vehicle is moving. This will cause a loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

9-16 Driving and Operating

If the vehicle must be shut off in an R (ON/RUN): This position can be emergency: { WARNING used to operate the electrical 1. Brake using a firm and steady accessories and to display some Turning off the vehicle while instrument panel warning lights. The pressure. Do not pump the moving may cause loss of power brakes repeatedly. This may switch will stay in this position while assist in the brake and steering the engine is running. This position deplete power assist, requiring systems and disable the airbags. increased brake pedal force. can also be used for service and While driving, only shut the diagnostics, and to verify the proper 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). vehicle off in an emergency. operation of the malfunction This can be done while the indicator lamp as may be required vehicle is moving. After shifting If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, for emission inspection purposes. to N (Neutral), firmly apply the and must be shut off while driving, brakes and steer the vehicle to a If you leave the key in the ACC/ turn the ignition to ACC/ safe location. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position ACCESSORY. with the engine off, the battery could 3. Come to a complete stop, shift The steering can bind with the be drained. You may not be able to to P (Park), and turn the ignition wheels turned off center. If this start the vehicle if the battery is to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with happens, move the steering wheel allowed to drain for an extended an automatic transmission, the from right to left while turning the period of time. shift lever must be in P (Park) to key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this / turn the ignition switch to the (START): This position starts doesn't work, the vehicle needs LOCK/OFF position. the engine. When the engine starts, service. release the key. The ignition switch 4. Set the parking brake. See ACC (ACC/ACCESSORY): This will return to the ON/RUN position Parking Brake on page 9 26. ‑ position lets you use things like the for driving. radio and windshield wipers while A warning tone will sound when the the engine is not running. driver door is opened, the ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF and the key is in the ignition. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Driving and Operating 9-17

Starting the Engine components. If the ignition key is 2. If the engine does not start after turned to the START position, 5 to 10 seconds, especially in Move the shift lever to P (Park) or and then released when the very cold weather (below −18°C N (Neutral). The engine will not start engine begins cranking, the or 0°F), it could be flooded with in any other position. To restart the engine will continue cranking for too much gasoline. Try pushing engine when the vehicle is already a few seconds or until the the accelerator pedal all the way moving, use N (Neutral) only. vehicle starts. If the engine does to the floor and holding it there Notice: Do not try to shift to not start and the key is held in as you hold the key in START P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. START, cranking will be stopped for up to a maximum of If you do, you could damage the after 15 seconds to prevent 15 seconds. Wait at least transmission. Shift to P (Park) cranking motor damage. To 15 seconds between each try, to only when the vehicle is stopped. prevent gear damage, this allow the cranking motor to cool system also prevents cranking if down. When the engine starts, Starting Procedure the engine is already running. let go of the key and accelerator. 1. With your foot off the accelerator Engine cranking can be stopped If the vehicle starts briefly but pedal, turn the ignition to START. by turning the ignition switch to then stops again, repeat these When the engine starts, let go of the ACC/ACCESSORY or steps. This clears the extra the key. The idle speed will slow LOCK/OFF position. gasoline from the engine. Do not down as the engine warms. Do Notice: Cranking the engine for race the engine immediately not race the engine immediately long periods of time, by returning after starting it. Operate the after starting it. Operate the the key to the START position engine and transmission gently engine and transmission gently immediately after cranking has until the oil warms up and to allow the oil to warm up and ended, can overheat and damage lubricates all moving parts. lubricate all moving parts. the cranking motor, and drain the Notice: The engine is designed to The vehicle has a battery. Wait at least 15 seconds work with the electronics in the Computer-Controlled Cranking between each try, to let the vehicle. If you add electrical parts System. This feature assists in cranking motor cool down. or accessories, you could change starting the engine and protects the way the engine operates. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

9-18 Driving and Operating

Before adding electrical heater cord is located near the 4. Before starting the engine, be equipment, check with your air cleaner box on the passenger sure to unplug and store the dealer. If you do not, the engine side of the engine compartment. cord as it was before to keep it might not perform properly. Any With a V6 engine, the engine away from moving engine parts resulting damage would not be coolant heater cord is located on and prevent damage. covered by the vehicle warranty. the driver side around the The length of time the heater should battery box. See Engine remain plugged in depends on Engine Heater Compartment Overview on several factors. Ask a dealer in the page 10‑5 for more information area where you will be parking the The engine coolant heater can on location. provide easier starting and better vehicle for the best advice on this. fuel economy during engine warm‐ up in cold weather conditions at or { WARNING Retained Accessory below −18°C (0°F). Vehicles with an Plugging the cord into an Power (RAP) engine coolant heater should be ungrounded outlet could cause an plugged in at least four hours before These vehicle accessories can be electrical shock. Also, the wrong starting the vehicle. An internal used for up to 10 minutes after the thermostat in the plug-end of the kind of extension cord could engine is turned off: overheat and cause a fire. You cord may exist which will prevent . Audio System engine coolant heater operation at could be seriously injured. Plug . temperatures above −18°C (0°F). the cord into a properly grounded Power Windows three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. . Heated Seats (if equipped) To Use the Engine Coolant If the cord will not reach, use a . Heater heavy-duty three-prong extension Sunroof (if equipped) 1. Turn off the engine. cord rated for at least 15 amps. These features continue to work up to 10 minutes after the ignition is 2. Open the hood and unwrap the turned to LOCK/OFF. electrical cord. With a 4 cylinder 3. Plug the cord into a normal, engine, the engine coolant grounded 110-volt AC outlet. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Driving and Operating 9-19

The power windows, heated seats, 1. Hold the brake pedal down and and sunroof will work until any door set the parking brake. See WARNING (Continued) is opened. Parking Brake on page 9‑26 for more information. firmly set. And, if you leave the The radio continues to work until the vehicle with the engine running, it driver door is opened. 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) could overheat and even catch All these features operate when the by holding in the button on the fire. You or others could be key is in the ON/RUN or ACC/ shift lever and pushing the shift injured. Do not leave the vehicle ACCESSORY. lever all the way toward the front with the engine running. of the vehicle. 3. Turn the ignition key to Shifting Into Park If you have to leave the vehicle with LOCK/OFF. the engine running, be sure the { WARNING 4. Remove the key and take it with vehicle is in P (Park) and the you. If you can leave the vehicle parking brake is firmly set before It can be dangerous to get out of with the ignition key in your you leave it. After you have moved the vehicle if the shift lever is not hand, the vehicle is in P (Park). the shift lever into P (Park), hold the fully in P (Park) with the parking regular brake pedal down. Then, brake firmly set. The vehicle can Leaving the Vehicle with the see if you can move the shift lever roll. If you have left the engine Engine Running away from P (Park) without first running, the vehicle can move { pushing the button. suddenly. You or others could be WARNING If you can, it means that the shift injured. To be sure the vehicle will It can be dangerous to leave the lever was not fully locked in not move, even when you are on P (Park). fairly level ground, use the steps vehicle with the engine running. that follow. If you are pulling a The vehicle could move suddenly trailer, see Driving Characteristics if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake and Towing Tips on page 9‑39. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

9-20 Driving and Operating

Torque Lock Shifting out of Park 2. Press the shift lever button. Torque lock is when the weight of This vehicle is equipped with an 3. Move the shift lever to the the vehicle puts too much force on electronic shift lock release system. desired position. the parking pawl in the The shift lock release is If still unable to shift out of P (Park): transmission. This happens when designed to: parking on a hill and shifting the 1. Fully release the shift lever transmission into P (Park) is not . Prevent ignition key removal button. unless the shift lever is in done properly and then it is difficult 2. Hold the brake pedal down and to shift out of P (Park). To prevent P (Park) with the shift lever button fully released. press the shift lever button torque lock, set the parking brake again. and then shift into P (Park). To find . Prevent movement of the shift 3. Move the shift lever to the out how, see “Shifting Into Park” lever out of P (Park), unless the listed previously. ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ desired position. If torque lock does occur, your ACCESSORY and the brake If you are still having a problem vehicle may need to be pushed pedal is applied. shifting, see your dealer. uphill by another vehicle to relieve The shift lock release is always the parking pawl pressure, so you functional except in the case of an Parking over Things can shift out of P (Park). uncharged or low voltage (less than That Burn 9 volt) battery. If the vehicle has an uncharged { WARNING battery or a battery with low voltage, try charging or jump starting the Things that can burn could touch battery. See Jump Starting on hot exhaust parts under the page 10‑76 vehicle and ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, dry grass, To shift out of P (Park): or other things that can burn. 1. Apply the brake pedal. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Driving and Operating 9-21

Running the Vehicle Engine Exhaust WARNING (Continued) While Parked . There are holes or openings { WARNING It is better not to park with the in the vehicle body from engine running. But if you ever have damage or aftermarket Engine exhaust contains carbon to, here are some things to know. monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. { WARNING can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is Idling a vehicle in an enclosed Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: area with poor ventilation is dangerous. Engine exhaust may . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows with poor ventilation (parking completely down. enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide (CO) garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired which cannot be seen or smelled. that may block underbody immediately. airflow or tail pipes). It can cause unconsciousness Never park the vehicle with the and even death. Never run the . The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed engine in an enclosed area that sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a has no fresh air ventilation. For . The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air more information, see Engine due to corrosion or damage. ventilation. Exhaust on page 9‑21. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged or improperly repaired. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

9-22 Driving and Operating

{ WARNING Automatic { WARNING Transmission It can be dangerous to get out of It is dangerous to get out of the the vehicle if the automatic vehicle if the shift lever is not fully transmission shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle can roll. firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Do Do not leave the vehicle when the not leave the vehicle when the engine is running unless you engine is running unless you have to. If you have left the have to. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, you are on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and always set the parking brake and The automatic transmission has a move the shift lever to P (Park). move the shift lever to P (Park). shift lever located on the console See Shifting Into Park on between the seats. page 9‑19. If you are pulling a Follow the proper steps to be sure P (Park): This position locks the trailer, see Trailer Towing on the vehicle will not move. See front wheels. It is the best position page 9‑42. Shifting Into Park on page 9‑19. to use when you start the engine If parking on a hill and pulling a because the vehicle cannot move Make sure the shift lever is fully in trailer, see Driving Characteristics easily. P (Park) before starting the engine. and Towing Tips on page 9‑39. The vehicle has an automatic transmission shift lock control Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Driving and Operating 9-23

system. You must fully apply the N (Neutral): In this position, the D (Drive): This position is for brake pedal then press the shift engine does not connect with the normal driving. It provides the best lever button before you can shift wheels. To restart the engine when fuel economy. If you need more from P (Park) while the ignition key the vehicle is already moving, use power for passing, and you are: is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out N (Neutral) only. Also, use . Going less than 56 km/h of P (Park), ease pressure on the N (Neutral) when the vehicle is (35 mph), push the accelerator shift lever and push the shift lever being towed. pedal about halfway down. all the way into P (Park) as you maintain brake application. Then { WARNING . Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or move the shift lever into another more, push the accelerator all gear. See Shifting out of Park on Shifting into a drive gear while the the way down. page 9‑20. engine is running at high speed is M (Manual Mode): This position, R (Reverse): Use this gear to dangerous. Unless your foot is allows you to change gears similar back up. firmly on the brake pedal, the to a manual transmission. If the vehicle could move very rapidly. vehicle has this feature, see Driver Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) You could lose control and hit Shift Control (DSC). while the vehicle is moving people or objects. Do not shift forward could damage the transmission. The repairs would into a drive gear while the engine Manual Mode is running at high speed. not be covered by the vehicle Driver Shift Control (DSC) warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is stopped. Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) or To use this feature, do the following: To rock the vehicle back and forth to N (Neutral) with the engine 1. Move the shift lever from get out of snow, ice, or sand without running at high speed may D (Drive) rearward to damaging the transmission, see If damage the transmission. The M (Manual). the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑9. repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting the vehicle. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

9-24 Driving and Operating

While driving in manual mode, The Driver Information Center (DIC) Second or Third Gear Start the transmission will remain in in the instrument cluster will change Feature the driver selected gear. When from the currently displayed When accelerating the vehicle from coming to a stop in the manual message to the letter “M,” for a stop in snowy and icy conditions, position, the vehicle will Manual position, and a number you may want to shift into automatically shift into indicating the requested gear. 2 (Second) or 3 (Third) gear. 2 (Second) gear. While using the DSC feature the A higher gear allows you to gain transmission will have firmer shifting more traction on slippery surfaces. and sportier performance. You can With the DSC feature, the vehicle use this for sport driving or when can be set to pull away in Second or climbing hills to stay in gear longer Third gear. or to downshift for more power or engine braking. 1. Move the shift lever from D (Drive) into the The transmission will only allow M (Manual Mode). you to shift into gears appropriate for the vehicle speed and engine 2. With the vehicle stopped, revolutions per minute (rpm): press (+) end of the button to select 2 (Second) or 3 (Third) . The transmission will not gear. The vehicle will start from automatically shift to the next a stop position in 2 (Second) or 2. Press the + (plus) end of the higher gear if the vehicle speed 3 (Third) gear. button on the side of the shifter or engine rpm is too low. 3. Once moving select the desired to upshift, or push the − (minus) . The transmission will not allow drive gear. end of the button to downshift. shifting to the next lower gear if the vehicle speed or engine rpm is too high. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Driving and Operating 9-25

Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it there will not be enough time to becomes necessary to slam on the apply the brakes if that vehicle brakes and continue braking to suddenly slows or stops. Always Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a leave enough room up ahead to System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels stop, even with ABS. are slowing down. If one of the This vehicle has the Antilock Brake wheels is about to stop rolling, the Using ABS System (ABS), an advanced computer will separately work the electronic braking system that helps Do not pump the brakes. Just hold brakes at each wheel. prevent a braking skid. the brake pedal down firmly and let ABS can change the brake pressure ABS work. You might hear the ABS When the engine is started and the to each wheel, as required, faster pump or motor operating and feel vehicle begins to drive away, ABS than any driver could. This can help the brake pedal pulsate, but this is checks itself. A momentary motor or the driver steer around the obstacle normal. clicking noise might be heard while while braking hard. this test is going on, and it might Braking in Emergencies even be noticed that the brake As the brakes are applied, the ABS allows the driver to steer and pedal moves a little. This is normal. computer keeps receiving updates brake at the same time. In many on wheel speed and controls emergencies, steering can help braking pressure accordingly. more than even the very best Remember: ABS does not change braking. the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you, If there is a problem with ABS, this warning light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light on page 5‑17. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

9-26 Driving and Operating

Parking Brake feel the pedal release. If the parking Brake Assist brake is not released when you begin to drive, the brake system This vehicle has a brake assist warning light comes on and a chime feature designed to assist the driver sounds as a warning that the in stopping or decreasing vehicle parking brake is still on. speed in emergency driving conditions. This feature uses the The PUSH PARK PEDAL message stability system hydraulic brake will also display in the Driver control module to supplement the Information Center (DIC) as a power brake system under reminder to release the parking conditions where the driver has brake. See Brake System Messages quickly and forcefully applied the on page 5‑25. brake pedal in an attempt to quickly Notice: Driving with the parking stop or slow down the vehicle. The brake on can overheat the brake stability system hydraulic brake To set the parking brake, push down system and cause premature control module increases brake the parking brake pedal with your wear or damage to brake system pressure at each corner of the left foot. If the ignition is on, the parts. Make sure that the parking vehicle until the ABS activates. brake system warning light will brake is fully released and the Minor brake pedal pulsation or come on. See Brake System brake warning light is off before pedal movement during this time is Warning Light on page 5‑17. driving. normal and the driver should continue to apply the brake If you are towing a trailer and are To release the parking brake, hold pedal as the driving situation parking on a hill, see Driving the regular brake pedal down with dictates. The brake assist feature Characteristics and Towing Tips on your right foot. Push down will automatically disengage when page 9 39. momentarily on the parking brake ‑ the brake pedal is released or pedal with your left foot until you brake pedal pressure is quickly decreased. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Driving and Operating 9-27

Ride Control Systems The system may be heard or felt Adjust your driving accordingly. See while it is working, but this is Ride Control System Messages on Traction Control normal. page 5‑26 for more information. If the vehicle is in cruise control The Traction Control System is System (TCS) when TCS begins to limit wheel automatically enabled whenever the The vehicle may have a Traction spin, the cruise control will vehicle is started. To limit wheel Control System (TCS) that limits automatically disengage. The cruise spin, especially in slippery road wheel spin. This is especially useful control may be re-engaged when conditions, always leave the system in slippery road conditions. The road conditions allow. See Cruise enabled. TCS can be turned off if system operates only if it senses Control on page 9‑31. needed. that the front wheels are spinning It is recommended to leave the too much or are beginning to lose system on for normal driving traction. When this happens, the conditions, but it may be necessary system works the front brakes and to turn the system off if the vehicle reduces engine power by closing is stuck in sand, mud, ice or snow, the throttle and managing engine and you want to “rock” the vehicle to spark to limit wheel spin. attempt to free it. It may also be When this light is on solid and either necessary to turn off the system the SERVICE TRACTION or when driving in extreme off-road TRACTION OFF message is conditions where high wheel spin is displayed, the system will not limit required. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck wheel spin. on page 9‑9.

This light will flash when the traction control system is limiting wheel spin. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

9-28 Driving and Operating

The traction control system is with the front wheels spinning enabled automatically when the with a loss of traction, it is vehicle is started, and it will activate possible to cause damage to the and flash the ESC/TCS light and transmission. Do not attempt to display the LOW TRACTION shift when the front wheels do not message if it senses either of the have traction. Damage caused by To turn the system off or on, press front wheels are spinning or misuse of the vehicle is not and release this button located on beginning to lose traction while covered. See your warranty book the center console. driving. For more information on the for additional information. LOW TRACTION message, see The traction control system may Ride Control System Messages on activate on dry or rough roads or page 5‑26. under conditions such as heavy Notice: If the wheel(s) of one axle acceleration while turning or abrupt are allowed to spin excessively upshifts/downshifts of the while the ESC/TCS, ABS and transmission. When this happens, a Brake warning lights and the reduction in acceleration may be The traction off light comes on and SERVICE ESC and/or SERVICE noticed, or a noise or vibration may the DIC will display the appropriate TRACTION messages are be heard. This is normal. message as described previously displayed, the differential could If the vehicle is in cruise control when the button is pressed. be damaged. The repairs would when the system activates, the not be covered by the vehicle Traction Control Operation ESC/TCS light will flash and the warranty. Reduce engine power cruise control will automatically Traction control limits wheel spin by and do not spin the wheel(s) disengage. The cruise control may reducing engine power to the excessively while these lights and be re-engaged when road wheels (engine speed management) this message are displayed. conditions allow. See Cruise Control and by applying brakes to each Notice: When traction control is on page 9‑31. individual wheel (brake-traction turned off, it is possible to lose control) as necessary. traction. If you attempt to shift Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Driving and Operating 9-29

Adding non‐dealer accessories can If the system fails to turn on or The system may be heard or felt affect the vehicle's performance. activate, the ESC/TCS light will be while it is working; this is normal. See Accessories and Modifications on solid, and the ESC OFF or When the light is on solid and either on page 10‑3 for more information. SERVICE ESC message will be the SERVICE ESC or ESC OFF displayed. message is displayed, the system Electronic Stability For more information, see Ride will not assist the driver in Control (ESC) Control System Messages on maintaining directional control page 5 26. of the vehicle. Adjust your driving The vehicle has an Electronic ‑ accordingly. See Ride Control Stability Control (ESC) system System Messages on page 5 26. which combines antilock brake, ‑ traction and stability control systems The Electronic Stability Control and helps the driver maintain (ESC) system is automatically directional control of the vehicle in enabled whenever the vehicle is most driving conditions. started. To assist the driver with vehicle directional control, When you first start the vehicle and This light will flash on the instrument especially in slippery road begin to drive away, the system panel cluster when the ESC system conditions, the system should performs several diagnostic checks is both on and activated. always be left on. But, ESC can be to ensure there are no problems. turned off if needed. The system may be heard or felt while it is working. This is normal and does not mean there is a problem with the vehicle. The system should initialize before the vehicle reaches 32 km/h (20 mph). Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

9-30 Driving and Operating

If the vehicle is in cruise control It is recommended to leave the when the system begins to assist system on for normal driving the driver maintain directional conditions, but it may be necessary control of the vehicle, the ESC/TCS to turn the system off if the vehicle light will flash and the cruise control is stuck in sand, mud, ice or snow, will automatically disengage. The and you want to “rock” the vehicle to cruise control system may be attempt to free it. It may also be re-engaged when road conditions necessary to turn off the system allow. See Cruise Control on when driving in extreme off-road page 9‑31. conditions where high wheel spin is required. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑9. ESC may also turn off automatically When the ESC system is turned off, if it determines that a problem exists the traction off light and the ESC off with the system. The ESC OFF and light will be on to warn the driver SERVICE ESC messages and the that both traction control and ESC ESC/TCS light will be on solid to The ESC/TCS button is located on are disabled. The TRACTION OFF warn the driver that ESC is disabled the instrument panel. and ESC OFF messages will appear and requires service. If the problem on the DIC, The traction control system can be does not clear after restarting the turned off or back on by pressing vehicle, see your dealer for service. the ESC/TCS button. To disable See Ride Control System Messages both traction control and ESC, press on page 5‑26 for more information. and hold the button briefly. Adding non‐dealer accessories can affect the vehicle's performance. See Accessories and Modifications on page 10‑3 for more information. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (31,1)

Driving and Operating 9-31

Cruise Control { WARNING Cruise control lets a speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more be Cruise control can be dangerous maintained without keeping your where you cannot drive safely at foot on the accelerator. This can a steady speed. So, do not use really help on long trips. Cruise the cruise control on winding control does not work at speeds roads or in heavy traffic. below 40 km/h (25 mph). Cruise control can be dangerous When the brakes are applied, the on slippery roads. On such roads, cruise control shuts off. fast changes in tire traction can If the vehicle is in cruise control and cause excessive wheel slip, and the Traction Control System (TCS) you could lose control. Do not use The cruise control buttons are or Enhanced Traction System (ETS) cruise control on slippery roads. located on the steering wheel. begins to limit wheel spin, the cruise I (On/Off): Press to turn the control automatically disengages. cruise control system on and off. See Traction Control System (TCS) on page 9‑27 and Electronic RES+ (Resume): Press briefly to Stability Control (ESC) on make the vehicle resume a page 9‑29. When road conditions previously set speed or press and allow, the cruise control can be used hold to accelerate. again. SET− (Set): Press to set the speed and activate cruise control or make the vehicle decelerate. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (32,1)

9-32 Driving and Operating

Setting Cruise Control Resuming a Set Speed . To increase the vehicle speed in small amounts, press the RES+ If the cruise button is on when not in If the cruise control is set at a button briefly. Each time this is use, it could get bumped and go into desired speed and then the brakes done, the vehicle goes about cruise when not desired. Keep the are applied, the cruise control is 1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster. cruise control switch off when cruise disengaged without erasing the set is not being used. speed from memory. The cruise Reducing Speed While Using symbol in the instrument panel Cruise Control 1. Press I to turn cruise control cluster also goes out indicating on. The indicator light on the If the cruise control system is cruise is no longer engaged. Once already activated, button comes on. the vehicle speed is 40 km/h . 2. Get up to the desired speed. (25 mph) or greater, press the RES+ Press and hold the SET− on the button on the steering wheel. The steering wheel until the lower 3. Press the SET− and release it. vehicle returns to the previously set speed desired is reached, then The cruise symbol displays in speed and stays there. release it. the instrument panel cluster to . show the system is engaged. Increasing Speed While Using To slow down in small amounts, Cruise Control press the SET− button briefly. 4. Take your foot off the accelerator Each time this is done, the pedal. If the cruise control system is vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h already activated, (1 mph) slower. . Press and hold the RES+ button Passing Another Vehicle While on the steering wheel until the Using Cruise Control desired speed is reached, then release it. Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle speed. When you take your foot off the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the previously set cruise control speed. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (33,1)

Driving and Operating 9-33

Using Cruise Control on Hills Fuel How well the cruise control works Use of the recommended fuel is on hills depends upon the vehicle an important part of the proper speed, load, and the steepness of maintenance of this vehicle. To help the hills. When going up steep hills, keep the engine clean and maintain you might have to step on the optimum vehicle performance, we accelerator pedal to maintain the recommend the use of gasoline vehicle speed. When going advertised as TOP TIER Detergent downhill, you might have to brake or Gasoline. shift to a lower gear to keep the vehicle at a lower speed. When the Look for the TOP TIER label on the brakes are applied this ends the fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets cruise control. enhanced detergency standards The eighth digit of the Vehicle developed by auto companies. A list Ending Cruise Control Identification Number (VIN) shows of marketers providing TOP TIER the code letter or number that There are two ways to end cruise Detergent Gasoline can be found at identifies the vehicle's engine. control: www.toptiergas.com. The VIN is at the top left of the . To disengage the cruise control, instrument panel. See Vehicle step lightly on the brake pedal. Identification Number (VIN) on page 12‑1. . To turn off cruise control, press Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge the button. I and a yellow fuel cap can use either Erasing Speed Memory unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). The cruise control set speed is erased from memory, by pressing the I button or if the ignition is turned off. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (34,1)

9-34 Driving and Operating

See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on could choose to use middle grade California Fuel page 9‑36. For all other vehicles, 89 octane unleaded gasoline. If the use only the unleaded gasoline octane rating is less than 87, an Requirements described under Recommended audible knocking noise, commonly If the vehicle is certified to meet Fuel on page 9‑34. referred to as spark knock, might be California Emissions Standards, it is heard when driving. If this occurs, designed to operate on fuels that Recommended Fuel use a gasoline rated at 87 octane or meet California specifications. See higher as soon as possible. If heavy the underhood emission control If the vehicle has the 2.4L L4 engine knocking is heard when using label. If this fuel is not available in (VIN Code 1) or the 2.4L L4 engine gasoline rated at 87 octane or states adopting California Emissions (VIN Code U), use regular unleaded higher, the engine needs service. Standards, the vehicle will operate gasoline with a posted octane rating satisfactorily on fuels meeting of 87 or higher. If the octane rating federal specifications, but emission is less than 87, an audible knocking Gasoline Specifications (U.S. and Canada Only) control system performance might noise, commonly referred to as be affected. The malfunction spark knock, might be heard when At a minimum, gasoline should indicator lamp could turn on and the driving. If this occurs, use a meet ASTM specification vehicle might fail a smog‐check test. gasoline rated at 87 octane or D 4814 in the United States or See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on higher as soon as possible. If heavy CAN/CGSB‐3.5 or 3.511 in page 5‑14. If this occurs, return to knocking is heard when using Canada. Some gasolines contain an your authorized dealer for diagnosis. gasoline rated at 87 octane or octane-enhancing additive called If it is determined that the condition higher, the engine needs service. methylcyclopentadienyl manganese is caused by the type of fuel used, If the vehicle has the 3.6L V6 engine tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend repairs might not be covered by the (VIN Code 7), use regular unleaded against the use of gasolines vehicle warranty. gasoline with a posted octane containing MMT. See Fuel Additives rating of 87 or higher. For best on page 9‑35 for additional performance or trailer towing, you information. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (35,1)

Driving and Operating 9-35

Fuels in Foreign regulations. To help keep fuel We recommend that you use these injectors and intake valves clean gasolines, if they comply with the Countries and avoid problems due to dirty specifications described earlier. Never use leaded gasoline or any injectors or valves, look for gasoline However, E85 (85% ethanol) and other fuel not recommended in the that is advertised as TOP TIER other fuels containing more than previous text on fuel. Costly repairs Detergent Gasoline. Look for the 15% ethanol must not be used in caused by use of improper fuel TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to vehicles that were not designed for would not be covered by the vehicle ensure gasoline meets enhanced those fuels. warranty. detergency standards developed by Notice: This vehicle was not the auto companies. A list of To check the fuel availability, ask an designed for fuel that contains marketers providing TOP TIER auto club, or contact a major oil methanol. Do not use fuel Detergent Gasoline can be found at company that does business in the containing methanol. It can www.toptiergas.com. country where you will be driving. corrode metal parts in the fuel For customers who do not use TOP system and also damage plastic Fuel Additives TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, and rubber parts. That damage one bottle of GM Fuel System would not be covered under the To provide cleaner air, all gasolines Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel vehicle warranty. in the United States are now tank at every engine oil change, can required to contain additives that Some gasolines that are help clean deposits from fuel not reformulated for low help prevent engine and fuel system injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel deposits from forming, allowing the emissions can contain an System Treatment PLUS is the only octane-enhancing additive called emission control system to work gasoline additive recommended by properly. In most cases, nothing methylcyclopentadienyl manganese General Motors. It is available at tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant should have to be added to the fuel. your dealer. However, some gasolines contain where you buy gasoline whether the only the minimum amount of Gasolines containing oxygenates, fuel contains MMT. We recommend additive required to meet U.S. such as ethers and ethanol, and against the use of such gasolines. Environmental Protection Agency reformulated gasolines might be available in your area. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (36,1)

9-36 Driving and Operating

Fuels containing MMT can reduce website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/ after refueling for at least 11 km spark plug life and affect emission locator/stations/) that can help you (7 mi) to allow the vehicle to control system performance. The find E85 fuel. Those stations that do adapt to the change in ethanol malfunction indicator lamp might have E85 should have a label concentration. turn on. If this occurs, return to your indicating ethanol content. Do not E85 has less energy per liter dealer for service. use the fuel if the ethanol content is (gallon) than gasoline, so you will greater than 85%. need to refill the fuel tank more Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) At a minimum, E85 should meet often when using E85 than when Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge ASTM Specification D 5798 or you are using gasoline. See Filling and a yellow fuel cap can use either CGSB Specification 3.512. Filling the Tank on page 9‑37. unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel the tank with fuel mixtures that do Notice: Some additives are not containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). not meet ASTM or CGSB compatible with E85 fuel and can For all other vehicles, use only the specifications can affect driveability harm the vehicle's fuel system. unleaded gasoline described under and could cause the malfunction Do not add anything to E85. Recommended Fuel on page 9‑34. indicator lamp to come on. As the Damage caused by additives outside temperature approaches We encourage the use of E85 in would not be covered by the freezing, ethanol fuel distributors vehicle warranty. vehicles that are designed to use it. should supply winter grade ethanol, The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable” the same as with unleaded Notice: This vehicle was not fuel, meaning it is made from gasoline. designed for fuel that contains renewable sources such as corn methanol. Do not use fuel and other crops. It is best not to alternate repeatedly containing methanol. It can between gasoline and E85. If you Many service stations will not have corrode metal parts in the fuel do switch fuels, it is recommended system and also damage plastic an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump that you add as much fuel as available. The U.S. Department of and rubber parts. That damage possible — do not add less than Energy has an alternative fuels would not be covered under the 11 L (3 gal) when refueling. You vehicle warranty. should drive the vehicle immediately Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (37,1)

Driving and Operating 9-37

Filling the Tank If the cap is not properly installed, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp come on. See Malfunction Indicator { WARNING Lamp on page 5‑14 for more Fuel vapor burns violently and a information. fuel fire can cause bad injuries. To help avoid injuries to you and { WARNING others, read and follow all the Fuel can spray out on you if you instructions on the fuel pump open the fuel cap too quickly. island. Turn off the engine when If you spill fuel and then refueling. Do not smoke near fuel something ignites it, you could be or when refueling the vehicle. Do badly burned. This spray can not use cellular phones. Keep The fuel cap is behind the fuel door happen if the tank is nearly full, sparks, flames, and smoking on the vehicle's passenger side. and is more likely in hot weather. materials away from fuel. Do not To open the fuel door, push the Open the fuel cap slowly and wait leave the fuel pump unattended rearward center edge in and release for any hiss noise to stop. Then when refueling the vehicle. This is and it will open. unscrew the cap all the way. against the law in some places. Turn the tethered fuel cap Do not re-enter the vehicle while counterclockwise to remove. If the pumping fuel. Keep children away vehicle has E85 fuel capability, Do not top off or overfill the tank and from the fuel pump; never let the fuel cap will be yellow and state wait a few seconds before removing children pump fuel. that E85 or gasoline can be used. the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on surfaces as soon as possible. See page 9‑36. While refueling, hang the Exterior Care on page 10‑82. tethered fuel cap from the hook on the fuel door. Reinstall the cap by turning it clockwise until it clicks. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (38,1)

9-38 Driving and Operating

Filling a Portable Fuel { WARNING WARNING (Continued) Container If a fire starts while you are . Do not fill a container while it refueling, do not remove the { WARNING nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by is inside a vehicle, in a shutting off the pump or by Never fill a portable fuel container vehicle's trunk, pickup bed, notifying the station attendant. while it is in the vehicle. Static or on any surface other than Leave the area immediately. electricity discharge from the the ground. container can ignite the fuel . Bring the fill nozzle in contact Notice: If a new fuel cap is vapor. You can be badly burned with the inside of the fill needed, be sure to get the right and the vehicle damaged if this opening before operating the type of cap from your dealer. The occurs. To help avoid injury to you nozzle. Contact should be wrong type of fuel cap might not and others: maintained until the filling is complete. fit properly, might cause the . Dispense fuel only into malfunction indicator lamp to approved containers. . Do not smoke while light, and could damage the fuel (Continued) pumping fuel. tank and emissions system. See . Do not use a cellular phone Malfunction Indicator Lamp on while pumping fuel. page 5‑14. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (39,1)

Driving and Operating 9-39

Towing vehicle such as a motor home, see The vehicle can tow a trailer when Recreational Vehicle Towing on equipped with the proper trailer page 10‑80. towing equipment. For trailering General Towing capacity, see Trailer Towing on Information Driving Characteristics page 9‑42. Trailering changes handling, acceleration, braking, Only use towing equipment that has and Towing Tips durability and fuel economy. With been designed for the vehicle. the added weight, the engine, Contact your dealer or trailering { WARNING transmission, wheel assemblies and dealer for assistance with preparing tires are forced to work harder and the vehicle for towing a trailer. The driver can lose control when under greater loads. The trailer also See the following trailer towing pulling a trailer if the correct adds wind resistance, increasing the information in this section: equipment is not used or the pulling requirements. For safe vehicle is not driven properly. For . For information on driving while trailering, correctly use the proper example, if the trailer is too towing a trailer, see “Driving trailering equipment. heavy, the brakes may not work Characteristics and The following information has well or even at all. The driver Towing Tips.” — important trailering tips and rules for and passengers could be your safety and that of your . For maximum vehicle and trailer seriously injured. The vehicle may weights, see “Trailer Towing.” passengers. Read this section also be damaged; the resulting carefully before pulling a trailer. . For information on equipment to repairs would not be covered by tow a trailer, see “Towing the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer Equipment.” only if all the steps in this section For information on towing a disabled have been followed. Ask your vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on dealer for advice and information page 10‑79. For information on about towing a trailer with the towing the vehicle behind another vehicle. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (40,1)

9-40 Driving and Operating

Pulling a Trailer . Obey speed limit restrictions. Towing with a Stability Control Do not drive faster than the System Here are some important points: maximum posted speed for . There are many laws, including trailers, or no more than 90 km/h When towing, the sound of the speed limit restrictions that apply (55 mph), to reduce wear on the stability control system might be to trailering. Check for legal vehicle. heard. The system is reacting to the vehicle movement caused by the requirements with state or Driving with a Trailer provincial police. trailer, which mainly occurs during Towing a trailer requires experience. cornering. This is normal when . Do not tow a trailer at all during Get familiar with handling and towing heavier trailers. the first 1 600 km (1,000 miles) braking with the added trailer the new vehicle is driven. The Following Distance weight. The vehicle is now longer engine, axle or other parts could and not as responsive as the Stay at least twice as far behind the be damaged. vehicle is by itself. vehicle ahead as you would when . During the first 800 km driving the vehicle without a trailer. Check all trailer hitch parts and (500 miles) that a trailer is This can help to avoid situations attachments, safety chains, towed, do not drive over 80 km/h that require heavy braking and electrical connectors, lamps, tires (50 mph) and do not make starts sudden turns. and mirror adjustments. If the trailer at full throttle. This reduces wear has electric brakes, start the vehicle on the vehicle. Passing and trailer moving and then apply More passing distance is needed . The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). the trailer brake controller by hand when towing a trailer. Because the Use a lower gear if the to be sure the brakes are working. transmission shifts too often. rig is longer, it is necessary to go During the trip, check regularly to be farther beyond the passed vehicle sure that the load is secure, and the before returning to the lane. lamps and trailer brakes are working properly. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (41,1)

Driving and Operating 9-41

Backing Up Turn Signals When Towing a The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Use a lower gear if the transmission Hold the bottom of the steering Trailer shifts too often. wheel with one hand. To move the The turn signal indicators on the trailer to the left, move that hand to instrument panel flash whenever When towing at high altitude on the left. To move the trailer to the signaling a turn or lane change. steep uphill grades, engine coolant right, move your hand to the right. Properly hooked up, the trailer boils at a lower temperature than at Always back up slowly and, lamps also flash, telling other normal altitudes. If the engine is if possible, have someone drivers the vehicle is turning, turned off immediately after towing guide you. changing lanes or stopping. at high altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle could show Making Turns When towing a trailer, the arrows on signs similar to engine overheating. the instrument panel flash for turns Notice: Making very sharp turns To avoid this, let the engine run even if the bulbs on the trailer are while parked, preferably on level while trailering could cause the burned out. Check occasionally to trailer to come in contact with the ground, with the transmission in be sure the trailer bulbs are still P (Park) for a few minutes before vehicle. The vehicle could be working. damaged. Avoid making very turning the engine off. If the sharp turns while trailering. Driving on Grades overheat warning comes on, see Engine Overheating on page 10‑17. When turning with a trailer, make Reduce speed and shift to a wider turns than normal so the lower gear before starting down a trailer will not strike soft shoulders, long or steep downgrade. If the curbs, road signs, trees or other transmission is not shifted down, the objects. Use the turn signal well in brakes might have to be used so advance and avoid jerky or sudden much that they would get hot and no maneuvers. longer work well. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (42,1)

9-42 Driving and Operating

Parking on Hills 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then trailer operation are automatic apply the parking brake and shift transmission fluid, engine oil, axle { WARNING into P (Park). lubricant, belts, cooling system and 5. Release the brake pedal. brake system. Inspect these before Parking the vehicle on a hill with and during the trip. the trailer attached can be Leaving After Parking on a Hill Check periodically to see that all dangerous. If something goes 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. hitch nuts and bolts are tight. wrong, the rig could start to move. People can be injured, and both 2. Start the engine. Engine Cooling When Trailer the vehicle and the trailer can be 3. Shift into a gear. Towing damaged. When possible, always 4. Release the parking brake. The cooling system may temporarily park the rig on a flat surface. overheat during severe operating 5. Let up on the brake pedal. conditions. See Engine Overheating If parking the rig on a hill: 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is on page 10‑17. clear of the chocks. 1. Press the brake pedal, but do Trailer Towing not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn 7. Stop and have someone pick up the wheels into the curb if facing and store the chocks. Before pulling a trailer, there are downhill or into traffic if facing Maintenance When Trailer three important considerations that have to do with weight: uphill. Towing . The weight of the trailer. 2. Have someone place chocks The vehicle needs service more under the trailer wheels. often when pulling a trailer. See this . The weight of the trailer tongue. 3. When the wheel chocks are in manual's Maintenance Schedule or . The total weight on your place, release the brake pedal Index for more information. Things vehicle's tires. until the chocks absorb the load. that are especially important in Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (43,1)

Driving and Operating 9-43

Weight of the Trailer Ask your dealer for trailering the tongue load must be added to information or advice, or write us at the GVW because the vehicle will How heavy can a trailer safely be? our Customer Assistance Offices. be carrying that weight, too. See It should never weigh more than See Customer Assistance Offices Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10 454 kg (1,000 lbs). But even that (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑4 or for more information. can be too heavy. Customer Assistance Offices It depends on how the rig is used. (Mexico) on page 13‑5 for more For example, speed, altitude, road information. grades, outside temperature, and Weight of the Trailer Tongue how much the vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important. It can The tongue load (A) of any trailer is depend on any special equipment an important weight to measure on the vehicle, and the amount of because it affects the total gross tongue weight the vehicle can carry. weight of the vehicle. The Gross See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the later in this section for more curb weight of the vehicle, any information. cargo carried in it, and the people who will be riding in the vehicle. Maximum trailer weight is calculated If there are a lot of options, The trailer tongue (A) should weigh assuming only the driver is in the equipment, passengers or cargo in 10 15 percent of the total loaded tow vehicle and it has all the the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue – trailer weight (B). required trailering equipment. The weight the vehicle can carry, which weight of additional optional will also reduce the trailer weight the equipment, passengers, and vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the maximum trailer weight. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (44,1)

9-44 Driving and Operating

After loading the trailer, weigh the Towing Equipment Safety Chains trailer and then the tongue, Always attach chains between the separately, to see if the weights are Hitches vehicle and the trailer. Cross the proper. If they are not, adjustments Use the correct hitch equipment. safety chains under the tongue of might be made by moving some See your dealer or a hitch dealer for the trailer to help prevent the tongue items around in the trailer. assistance. from contacting the road if it Total Weight on Your Vehicle's . The rear bumper on the vehicle becomes separated from the hitch. Tires is not intended for hitches. Do Leave enough slack so the rig can not attach rental hitches or other turn. Never allow safety chains to Be sure the vehicle's tires are drag on the ground. inflated to the upper limit for cold bumper-type hitches to it. Use tires. These numbers can be found only a frame-mounted hitch that Trailer Brakes does not attach to the bumper. on the Tire and Loading Information Does the trailer have its own label. See Vehicle Load Limits on . Will any holes be made in the brakes? Be sure to read and follow page 9‑10. Make sure not to go over body of the vehicle when the the instructions for the trailer brakes the GVW limit for the vehicle, trailer hitch is installed? If there so they are installed, adjusted, and including the weight of the trailer are, seal the holes when the maintained properly. tongue. hitch is removed. If the holes are not sealed, dirt, water, and Because the vehicle has antilock deadly carbon monoxide (CO) brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's from the exhaust can get into the brake system. If this is done, both vehicle. See Engine Exhaust on brake systems will not work well, page 9‑21. or at all. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (45,1)

Driving and Operating 9-45

Conversions and Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's 12‐volt battery, even if the Add-Ons vehicle is not operating. The vehicle has an airbag system. Add-On Electrical Before attempting to add anything Equipment electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Notice: Do not add anything Vehicle on page 3‑28 and Adding electrical to the vehicle unless Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped you check with your dealer first. Vehicle on page 3‑28. Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle and the damage would not be covered by the vehicle's warranty. Some add-on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (46,1)

9-46 Driving and Operating

2 NOTES Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Vehicle Care 10-1

Power Steering Fluid ...... 10-19 Electrical System Vehicle Care Washer Fluid ...... 10-19 Electrical System Brakes ...... 10-20 Overload ...... 10-30 General Information Brake Fluid ...... 10-21 Fuses ...... 10-31 Battery ...... 10-22 Engine Compartment Fuse General Information ...... 10-2 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-23 Block ...... 10-31 California Proposition Automatic Transmission Shift Instrument Panel Fuse 65 Warning ...... 10-3 Lock Control Function Block ...... 10-34 California Perchlorate Check ...... 10-23 Rear Compartment Fuse Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Ignition Transmission Lock Block ...... 10-36 Accessories and Check ...... 10-24 Modifications ...... 10-3 Park Brake and P (Park) Wheels and Tires Vehicle Checks Mechanism Check ...... 10-24 Tires ...... 10-38 Doing Your Own Wiper Blade Winter Tires ...... 10-39 Service Work ...... 10-4 Replacement ...... 10-24 Low-Profile Tires ...... 10-39 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-39 Hood ...... 10-4 Headlamp Aiming Engine Compartment Tire Designations ...... 10-42 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-25 Tire Terminology and Overview ...... 10-5 Definitions ...... 10-42 Engine Oil ...... 10-8 Bulb Replacement Tire Pressure ...... 10-45 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-11 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-25 Tire Pressure for High-Speed Automatic Transmission Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-25 Operation ...... 10-46 Fluid ...... 10-12 Taillamps, Turn Signal, and Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-12 Stoplamps (LS and LT) . . . . 10-26 System ...... 10-47 Cooling System ...... 10-13 Taillamps, Turn Signal, and Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Coolant ...... 10-14 Stoplamps (LTZ) ...... 10-27 Operation ...... 10-48 Engine Overheating ...... 10-17 Back-Up Lamps ...... 10-28 Tire Inspection ...... 10-51 Overheated Engine License Plate Lamp ...... 10-29 Tire Rotation ...... 10-51 Protection Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-30 Operating Mode ...... 10-18 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

10-2 Vehicle Care

When It Is Time for New Jump Starting General Information Tires ...... 10-52 Jump Starting ...... 10-76 Buying New Tires ...... 10-53 For service and parts needs, visit Different Size Tires and Towing your dealer. You will receive Wheels ...... 10-55 Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-79 genuine GM parts and GM-trained Uniform Tire Quality Recreational Vehicle and supported service people. Towing ...... 10-80 Grading ...... 10-55 Genuine GM parts have one of Wheel Alignment and Tire Appearance Care these marks: Balance ...... 10-57 Exterior Care ...... 10-82 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-57 Interior Care ...... 10-85 Tire Chains ...... 10-58 Floor Mats ...... 10-87 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-58 Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit ...... 10-60 Storing the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit ...... 10-66 Tire Changing ...... 10-66 Compact Spare Tire ...... 10-75 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Vehicle Care 10-3

California Proposition Accessories and Damage to vehicle components 65 Warning Modifications resulting from modifications or the installation or use of non‐GM Most motor vehicles, including this Adding non‐dealer accessories or certified parts, including control one, contain and/or emit chemicals making modifications to the vehicle module or software modifications, is known to the State of California to can affect vehicle performance and not covered under the terms of the cause cancer and birth defects or safety, including such things as vehicle warranty and may affect other reproductive harm. Engine airbags, braking, stability, ride and remaining warranty coverage for exhaust, many parts and systems, handling, emissions systems, affected parts. many fluids, and some component aerodynamics, durability, and GM Accessories are designed to wear by-products contain and/or electronic systems like antilock complement and function with other emit these chemicals. brakes, traction control, and stability systems on the vehicle. See your control. These accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle California Perchlorate modifications could even cause using genuine GM Accessories Materials Requirements malfunction or damage not covered installed by a dealer technician. by the vehicle warranty. Certain types of automotive Also, see Adding Equipment to the applications, such as airbag Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on initiators, safety belt pretensioners, page 3‑28. and lithium batteries contained in Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, may contain perchlorate materials. Special handling may be necessary. For additional information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

10-4 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Checks This vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Doing Your Own Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on Service Work page 3‑28. Keep a record with all parts receipts { WARNING and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. See It can be dangerous to work on Maintenance Records on your vehicle if you do not have page 11‑13. the proper knowledge, service manual, tools, or parts. Always Hood 2. Then go to the front of the follow owner manual procedures vehicle and push the secondary To open the hood: and consult the service manual hood release handle toward the for your vehicle before doing any driver side of the vehicle. service work. 3. Lift the hood. 4. After the hood is slightly lifted, it If doing some of your own service will continue to open to the full work, use the proper service position. Before closing the manual. It tells you much more hood, be sure all the filler caps about how to service the vehicle 1. Pull the hood release handle are on properly. Lower the hood than this manual can. To order the with this symbol on it. It is until the lifting force of the strut proper service manual, see Service located inside the vehicle to the is reduced, then release the Publications Ordering Information left of the steering column. hood to latch fully. Check to on page 13 16. ‑ make sure the hood is closed and repeat the process if necessary. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Vehicle Care 10-5

Engine Compartment Overview

2.4 L L4 Engine Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

10-6 Vehicle Care

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on F. Pressure Cap. See Cooling page 10‑12. System on page 10‑13. B. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of G. Brake Master Cylinder View). See Cooling System on Reservoir. See “Brake Fluid” page 10‑13. under Brakes on page 10‑20. C. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When H. Battery on page 10‑22. to Add Engine Oil” under I. Windshield Washer Fluid Engine Oil on page 10 8. ‑ Reservoir. See “Adding Washer D. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of Fluid” under Washer Fluid on View). See “Checking Engine page 10‑19. Oil” under Engine Oil on J. See Engine Compartment Fuse page 10 8. ‑ Block on page 10‑31. E. Engine Coolant Surge Tank. See Engine Coolant on page 10‑14. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Vehicle Care 10-7

3.6 L V6 Engine Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

10-8 Vehicle Care

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on F. Engine Coolant Surge Tank. Engine Oil page 10‑12. See Engine Coolant on page 10‑14. To ensure proper engine B. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. performance and long life, careful See Power Steering Fluid on G. Pressure Cap. See Cooling attention must be paid to engine oil. page 10‑19. System on page 10‑13. Following these simple, but C. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When H. Brake Master Cylinder important steps will help protect to Add Engine Oil” under Reservoir. See “Brake Fluid” your investment: Engine Oil on page 10‑8. under Brakes on page 10‑20. . Always use engine oil approved D. Engine Oil Dipstick. See I. Automatic Transmission Fluid to the proper specification and of “Checking Engine Oil” under Dipstick (Out of View). See the proper viscosity grade. See Engine Oil on page 10‑8. “Checking the Fluid Level” “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in this section. E. Electric Engine Cooling Fans under Automatic Transmission (Out of View). See Cooling Fluid on page 10‑12. . Check the engine oil level System on page 10‑13. J. See Battery on page 10‑22. regularly and maintain the proper oil level. See “Checking K. Engine Compartment Fuse Engine Oil” and “When to Add Block on page 10 31. ‑ Engine Oil” in this section. L. Windshield Washer Fluid . Change the engine oil at the Reservoir. See “Adding Washer appropriate time. See Engine Oil Fluid under Washer Fluid on ” Life System on page 10‑11. page 10‑19. . Always dispose of engine oil properly. See “What to Do with Used Oil” in this section. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Vehicle Care 10-9

Checking Engine Oil When to Add Engine Oil Notice: Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above or below the It is a good idea to check the engine acceptable operating range oil level at each fuel fill. In order to shown on the dipstick are harmful get an accurate reading, the vehicle to the engine. If you find that you must be on level ground. The have an oil level above the engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow operating range, i.e., the engine loop. See Engine Compartment has so much oil that the oil level Overview on page 10 5 for the ‑ L4 Engine gets above the upper mark that location of the engine oil dipstick. shows the proper operating Obtaining an accurate oil level range, the engine could be reading is essential: damaged. You should drain out 1. If the engine has been running the excess oil or limit driving of recently, turn off the engine and the vehicle and seek a service allow several minutesfor the oil professional to remove the excess amount of oil. to drain back into the oil pan. V6 Engine Checking the oil level too soon See Engine Compartment Overview If the oil is below the MIN after engine shutoff will not on page 10‑5 for the location of the provide an accurate oil level (minimum) mark for the L4 engine or engine oil fill cap. reading. below the cross‐hatched area at the tip of the dipstick for the V6 engine, Add enough oil to put the level 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it add 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended somewhere in the proper operating with a paper towel or cloth, then oil and then recheck the level. See range. Push the dipstick all the way push it back in all the way. “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in back in when through. Remove it again, keeping the tip this section for an explanation of down, and check the level. what kind of oil to use. For engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities and Specifications on page 12‑2. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

10-10 Vehicle Care

Selecting the Right Engine Oil damage not covered by the Engine Oil Additives/Engine vehicle warranty. Check with Selecting the right engine oil Oil Flushes your dealer or service provider depends on both the proper oil on whether the oil is approved to Do not add anything to the oil. The specification and viscosity grade. the dexos1 specification. recommended oils with the dexos See Recommended Fluids and specification and displaying the Lubricants on page 11‑11. Viscosity Grade dexos certification mark are all that is needed for good performance and Specification SAE 5W‐30 is the best viscosity grade for the vehicle. Do not use engine protection. Use and ask for licensed engine other viscosity grade oils such as Engine oil system flushes are not oils with the dexos1™ approved SAE 10W 30, 10W 40, or 20W 50. recommended and could cause certification mark. Engine oils ‐ ‐ ‐ engine damage not covered by the meeting the requirements for the If in an area of extreme cold, where vehicle warranty. vehicle should have the dexos1 the temperature falls below −20°F approved certification mark. This (−29°C), an SAE 0W‐30 oil should What to Do with Used Oil certification mark indicates that the be used. An oil of this viscosity oil has been approved to the dexos1 grade will provide easier cold Used engine oil contains certain specification. starting for the engine at extremely elements that can be unhealthy for low temperatures. When selecting your skin and could even cause an oil of the appropriate viscosity cancer. Do not let used oil stay on grade, always select an oil that your skin for very long. Clean your meets the dexos1 specification or skin and nails with soap and water, equivalent. See “Specification” for or a good hand cleaner. Wash or more information. properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings about the Notice: Failure to use the use and disposal of oil products. recommended engine oil or equivalent can result in engine Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Vehicle Care 10-11

Used oil can be a threat to the When the system has calculated How to Reset the Engine Oil environment. If you change your that oil life has been diminished, it Life System own oil, be sure to drain all the oil indicates that an oil change is from the filter before disposal. Never necessary. A CHANGE OIL SOON Reset the system whenever the dispose of oil by putting it in the message comes on. See Engine Oil engine oil is changed so that the system can calculate the next trash or pouring it on the ground, Messages on page 5‑25. Change into sewers, or into streams or the oil as soon as possible within engine oil change. To reset the bodies of water. Recycle it by taking the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is system: it to a place that collects used oil. possible that, if driving under the 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN, best conditions, the oil life system with the engine off. might indicate that an oil change Engine Oil Life System 2. Press and hold the DIC INFO is not necessary for up to a year. and reset buttons, on the left When to Change Engine Oil The engine oil and filter must be side of the steering wheel, at the changed at least once a year and, This vehicle has a computer system same time to enter the at this time, the system must be that indicates when to change the personalization menu. The OIL reset. Your dealer has trained engine oil and filter. This is based LIFE RESET message displays. service people who will perform this on a combination of factors which See Driver Information Center work and reset the system. It is also include engine revolutions, engine (DIC) on page 5 22 and Engine important to check the oil regularly ‑ temperature, and miles driven. Oil Messages on page 5‑25. Based on driving conditions, the over the course of an oil drain mileage at which an oil change is interval and keep it at the proper 3. Press and hold the reset button indicated can vary considerably. For level. until the DIC display shows ACKNOWLEDGED. the oil life system to work properly, If the system is ever reset the system must be reset every time accidentally, the oil must be 4. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. the oil is changed. changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) The system is reset when the since the last oil change. CHANGE OIL SOON message Remember to reset the oil life is off. system whenever the oil is changed. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

10-12 Vehicle Care

If the CHANGE OIL SOON the automatic transmission fluid How to Inspect the Engine message comes back on when listed in Recommended Fluids Air Cleaner/Filter the vehicle is started, the engine and Lubricants on page 11‑11. To inspect the air cleaner/filter, oil life system has not reset. For the 2.4 L and 3.6 L engines, the Repeat the procedure. remove the filter from the vehicle transmission fluid will not reach the and lightly shake the filter to release end of the dipstick unless the loose dust and dirt. If the filter Automatic Transmission transmission is at operating remains covered with dirt, a new Fluid temperature. If the transmission fluid filter is required. level needs to be checked, please It is not necessary to check the take the vehicle to the dealer. To inspect or replace the engine air transmission fluid level. cleaner/filter: A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss. If a leak Engine Air Cleaner/Filter occurs, take the vehicle to the See Engine Compartment Overview dealer and have it repaired as on page 10‑5 for the location of the soon as possible. engine air cleaner/filter. Change the fluid and filter at the When to Inspect the Engine intervals listed in Maintenance Air Cleaner/Filter Schedule on page 11‑3, and be sure to use the transmission fluid listed in Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the Recommended Fluids and scheduled maintenance intervals Lubricants on page 11‑11. and replace it at the first oil change after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi) Notice: Use of the incorrect interval. See Maintenance Schedule automatic transmission fluid may on page 11 3 for more information. damage the vehicle, and the ‑ 1. Remove the spring clamps that If driving in dusty/dirty conditions, damages may not be covered by hold the cover on. inspect the filter at each engine oil the vehicle warranty. Always use 2. Lift off the cover. change. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Vehicle Care 10-13

Cooling System { WARNING The cooling system allows the Operating the engine with the air engine to maintain the correct cleaner/filter off can cause you or working temperature. others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air; it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires. Use caution when working on the engine and do not drive with the air cleaner/filter off.

3. Inspect or replace the engine air Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is cleaner/filter. off, dirt can easily get into the engine, which could damage it. 4. Align the filter correctly using the Always have the air cleaner/filter alignment tab. in place when you are driving. 5. Install the cover by guiding the 3.6 L V6 Engine Shown, 2.4 L L4 tabs on the rim of the top cover Engine Similar into the bottom hinges and turn A. Engine Cooling Fans the cover down to close it. (Out of View) 6. The spring clips will engage B. Engine Coolant Surge Tank easily, if the cover is properly seated. C. Pressure Cap Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

10-14 Vehicle Care

Notice: Using coolant other than What to Use { WARNING DEX-COOL® can cause premature engine, heater core, or radiator { WARNING An electric engine cooling fan corrosion. In addition, the engine under the hood can start up even coolant could require changing Adding only plain water or some when the engine is not running sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi) other liquid to the cooling system and can cause injury. Keep or 24 months, whichever occurs can be dangerous. Plain water hands, clothing, and tools away first. Any repairs would not be and other liquids, can boil before from any underhood electric fan. covered by the vehicle warranty. the proper coolant mixture will. Always use DEX-COOL The coolant warning system is set (silicate-free) coolant in the for the proper coolant mixture. vehicle. { WARNING With plain water or the wrong mixture, the engine could get too Heater and radiator hoses, and Engine Coolant hot but you would not get the other engine parts, can be very The cooling system in the vehicle is overheat warning. The engine hot. Do not touch them. If you do, filled with DEX-COOL® engine could catch fire and you or you can be burned. coolant. This coolant is designed to others could be burned. Use a Do not run the engine if there is a remain in the vehicle for 5 years or 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever leak. If you run the engine, it water and DEX-COOL coolant. occurs first. could lose all coolant. That could cause an engine fire, and you The following explains the cooling could be burned. Get any leak system and how to check and add fixed before you drive the vehicle. coolant when it is low. If there is a problem with engine overheating, see Engine Overheating on page 10‑17. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Vehicle Care 10-15

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, Never dispose of engine coolant by The coolant level should be at or drinkable water and DEX-COOL putting it in the trash, pouring it on above the FULL COLD mark on the coolant. If using this mixture, the ground, or into sewers, streams, coolant surge tank. If it is not, there nothing else needs to be added. or bodies of water. Have the coolant may be a leak at the pressure cap This mixture: changed by an authorized service or in the radiator hoses, heater center, familiar with legal hoses, radiator, water pump, . Gives freezing protection down to −37°C (−34°F), outside requirements regarding used or somewhere else in the cooling temperature. coolant disposal. This will help system. protect the environment and your . Gives boiling protection up to health. How to Add Coolant to the 129°C (265°F), engine Coolant Surge Tank temperature. Checking Coolant . Protects against rust and The vehicle must be on a level { WARNING corrosion. surface when checking the coolant level. An electric engine cooling fan . Will not damage aluminum parts. under the hood can start up even Check to see if coolant is visible in . when the engine is not running Helps keep the proper engine the coolant surge tank. If the coolant and can cause injury. Keep temperature. inside the coolant surge tank is hands, clothing, and tools away Notice: If an improper coolant boiling, do not do anything else until mixture is used, the engine could it cools down. If coolant is visible from any underhood electric fan. overheat and be badly damaged. but the coolant level is not at or The repair cost would not be above the FULL COLD mark, add a covered by the vehicle warranty. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable Too much water in the mixture water and DEX-COOL coolant at the can freeze and crack the engine, coolant surge tank, but be sure the radiator, heater core, and other cooling system is cool before this is parts. done. See Engine Overheating on page 10‑17 for more information. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

10-16 Vehicle Care

Notice: This vehicle has a If a hiss is heard, wait for { WARNING specific coolant fill procedure. that to stop. This will allow any Failure to follow this procedure pressure still left to be vented Steam and scalding liquids from a could cause the engine to out the discharge hose. hot cooling system can blow out overheat and be severely 2. Keep turning the pressure cap and burn you badly. They are damaged. under pressure, and if you turn slowly, and remove it. the surge tank pressure If coolant is needed, add the proper 3. Fill the coolant surge tank DEX-COOL coolant mixture at the cap — even a little — they can with the proper mixture, to the coolant surge tank. come out at high speed. Never FULL COLD mark. Wait about turn the cap when the cooling five minutes, then check to see if system, including the surge tank the level is below the mark. If the pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the level is below the FULL COLD cooling system and surge tank mark, add additional coolant to pressure cap to cool if you ever bring the level up to the mark. have to turn the pressure cap. Repeat this procedure until the level remains constant at the 1. Remove the coolant surge tank FULL COLD mark for at least pressure cap when the cooling five minutes. system, including the coolant { WARNING 4. With the coolant surge tank surge tank pressure cap and pressure cap off, start the You can be burned if you spill upper radiator hose, is no longer engine and let it run until the hot. Turn the pressure cap coolant on hot engine parts. upper radiator hose can be felt slowly counterclockwise about Coolant contains ethylene glycol getting hot. Watch out for the two or two and one-half turns. and it will burn if the engine parts engine cooling fans. are hot enough. Do not spill coolant on a hot engine. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Vehicle Care 10-17

By this time, the coolant level Temperature Gauge on page 5‑19 If Steam is Coming from the inside the coolant surge tank and Engine Coolant Temperature Engine Compartment might be lower. If the level is Warning Light on page 5‑19. lower than the FULL COLD If it is decided not to lift the hood { WARNING mark, add more of the proper when this warning appears, but mixture to the coolant surge tank instead get service help right away. Steam from an overheated engine until the level reaches the FULL See Roadside Assistance Program can burn you badly, even if you COLD mark. (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or just open the hood. Stay away 5. Replace the pressure cap. Be Roadside Assistance Program from the engine if you see or hear sure the pressure cap is (Mexico) on page 13‑9. steam coming from it. Just turn it hand-tight and fully seated. If it is decided to lift the hood, make off and get everyone away from Notice: If the pressure cap is not sure the vehicle is parked on a level the vehicle until it cools down. tightly installed, coolant loss and surface. Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open possible engine damage may Then check to see if the engine the hood. occur. Be sure the cap is properly cooling fans are running. If the and tightly secured. engine is overheating, both fans If you keep driving when the should be running. If they are not, engine is overheated, the liquids Engine Overheating do not continue to run the engine in it can catch fire. You or others The vehicle has several indicators and have the vehicle serviced. could be badly burned. Stop the to warn of engine overheating. Notice: Engine damage from engine if it overheats, and get out of the vehicle until the engine There is an engine coolant running the engine without temperature gauge as well as an coolant is not covered by the is cool. engine coolant temperature warning warranty. light on the vehicle's instrument panel cluster. See Engine Coolant Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

10-18 Vehicle Care

If No Steam is Coming from If the temperature overheat gauge situation. If an overheated engine the Engine Compartment is no longer in the overheat zone or condition exists, an overheat an overheat warning no longer protection mode which alternates If an engine overheat warning is displays, the vehicle can be driven. firing groups of cylinders helps displayed but no steam can be seen Continue to drive the vehicle slowly prevent engine damage. In this or heard, the problem may not be for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe mode, a significant loss in power too serious. Sometimes the engine vehicle distance from the vehicle in and engine performance will be can get a little too hot when the front. If the warning does not come noticed. The temperature gauge will vehicle: back on, continue to drive normally. indicate an overheat condition . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. If the warning continues, pull over, exists. Driving extended km (mi) and/or towing a trailer in the . Stops after high-speed driving. stop, and park the vehicle right away. overheat protection mode should be . Idles for long periods in traffic. avoided. If there is no sign of steam, idle the . Tows a trailer. engine for three minutes while Notice: After driving in the If the overheat warning is displayed parked. If the warning is still overheated engine protection with no sign of steam: displayed, turn off the engine until it operating mode, to avoid engine damage, allow the engine to cool cools down. Also, see “Overheated 1. Turn the air off. before attempting any repair. Engine Protection Operating Mode” 2. Turn the heater on to the highest following. The engine oil will be severely temperature and to the highest degraded. Repair the cause of fan speed. Open the windows as Overheated Engine coolant loss, change the oil and necessary. reset the oil life system. See Protection Engine Oil on page 10‑8. 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. Operating Mode If it is safe to do so, pull off the This emergency operating mode road, shift to P (Park) or allows the vehicle to be driven to a N (Neutral) and let the safe place in an emergency engine idle. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Vehicle Care 10-19

Power Steering Fluid How to Check Power Steering If the fluid is at or below the ADD or Fluid MIN mark on the dipstick, add just enough fluid to bring the level within To check the power steering fluid: the crosshatch area. 1. Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool down. What to Use 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the To determine what kind of fluid to reservoir clean. use, see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑11. Always See Engine Compartment Overview 3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the use the proper fluid. on page 10‑5 for reservoir location. dipstick with a clean rag. When to Check Power Steering 4. Replace the cap and completely Washer Fluid Fluid tighten it. What to Use Power steering fluid is used in all 5. Remove the cap again and look vehicles with the V6 engine. at the fluid level on the dipstick. When windshield washer fluid is needed, be sure to read the Vehicles with the 4-cylinder engine The fluid level should be between manufacturer's instructions before have electric power steering and do the MIN (Minimum) and MAX use. If operating the vehicle in an not use power steering fluid. (Maximum) marks when the engine area where the temperature may fall It is not necessary to regularly is cold, and at the MAX mark when below freezing, use a fluid that has check power steering fluid unless a the engine is hot. If the fluid is at the sufficient protection against leak is suspected in the system, MIN mark when the engine is cold freezing. or an unusual noise is heard. A fluid or hot, power steering fluid should loss in this system could indicate a be added. Adding Washer Fluid problem. Have the system inspected The fluid level should be within the When the windshield washer fluid and repaired. crosshatch area on the dipstick. reservoir is low, a LOW WASHER FLUID message displays on the Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

10-20 Vehicle Care

Driver Information Center (DIC). parts of the washer system. See Driver Information Center (DIC) Also, water does not clean as { WARNING on page 5‑22 for more information. well as washer fluid. The brake wear warning sound . Fill the washer fluid tank means that soon the brakes will only three-quarters full not work well. That could lead to when it is very cold. This a crash. When the brake wear allows for fluid expansion if warning sound is heard, have the freezing occurs, which could vehicle serviced. damage the tank if it is completely full. Open the cap with the washer Notice: Continuing to drive with . Do not use engine coolant symbol on it. Add washer fluid worn-out brake pads could result (antifreeze) in the windshield until the tank is full. See Engine in costly brake repair. washer. It can damage the Compartment Overview on windshield washer system Some driving conditions or climates page 10 5 for reservoir location. ‑ and paint. can cause a brake squeal when the Notice brakes are first applied or lightly applied. This does not mean . When using concentrated Brakes something is wrong with the brakes. washer fluid, follow the This vehicle has disc brakes. Disc manufacturer's instructions brake pads have built-in wear Properly torqued wheel nuts are for adding water. indicators that make a high-pitched necessary to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, . Do not mix water with warning sound when the brake pads ready-to-use washer fluid. are worn and new pads are needed. inspect brake pads for wear and Water can cause the solution The sound can come and go or be evenly tighten wheel nuts in the to freeze and damage the heard all the time the vehicle is proper sequence to torque washer fluid tank and other moving, except when applying the specifications in Capacities and brake pedal firmly. Specifications on page 12‑2. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Vehicle Care 10-21

Brake linings should always be If this is not done, the brakes might There are only two reasons why the replaced as complete axle sets. not work properly. For example, brake fluid level in the reservoir installing disc brake pads that are might go down: Brake Pedal Travel wrong for the vehicle, can change . The brake fluid level goes down See your dealer if the brake pedal the balance between the front and because of normal brake lining does not return to normal height, rear brakes— for the worse. The wear. When new linings are or if there is a rapid increase in braking performance expected can installed, the fluid level goes pedal travel. This could be a sign change in many other ways if the back up. that brake service might be wrong replacement brake parts are required. installed. . A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system can also cause Brake Adjustment Brake Fluid a low fluid level. Have the brake Every time the brakes are applied, hydraulic system fixed, since a with or without the vehicle moving, leak means that sooner or later the brakes adjust for wear. the brakes will not work well. Do not top off the brake fluid. Replacing Brake System Parts Adding fluid does not correct a leak. The braking system on a vehicle is If fluid is added when the linings complex. Its many parts have to be are worn, there will be too much of top quality and work well together The brake master cylinder reservoir fluid when new brake linings are if the vehicle is to have really good is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as installed. Add or remove brake fluid, braking. The vehicle was designed indicated on the reservoir cap. See as necessary, only when work is and tested with top-quality brake Engine Compartment Overview on done on the brake hydraulic system. parts. When parts of the braking page 10‑5 for the location of the system are replaced, be sure to get reservoir. new, approved replacement parts. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

10-22 Vehicle Care

. If brake fluid is spilled on the { WARNING { WARNING vehicle's painted surfaces, the paint finish can be If too much brake fluid is added, it With the wrong kind of fluid in damaged. Be careful not to can spill on the engine and burn, the brake hydraulic system, the spill brake fluid on the if the engine is hot enough. You brakes might not work well. This vehicle. If you do, wash it off or others could be burned, and could cause a crash. Always use immediately. the vehicle could be damaged. the proper brake fluid. Add brake fluid only when work is Battery done on the brake hydraulic Notice Refer to the replacement number system. . Using the wrong fluid shown on the original battery label can badly damage brake when a new battery is needed. See When the brake fluid falls to a low hydraulic system parts. For Engine Compartment Overview on level, the brake warning light comes example, just a few drops of page 10‑5 for battery location. on. See Brake System Warning mineral-based oil, such as Light on page 5‑17. engine oil, in the brake { WARNING What to Add hydraulic system can damage brake hydraulic Battery posts, terminals, and Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid system parts so badly that related accessories contain lead from a sealed container. See they will have to be replaced. and lead compounds, chemicals Recommended Fluids and Do not let someone put in known to the State of California to Lubricants on page 11‑11. the wrong kind of fluid. cause cancer and reproductive Always clean the brake fluid harm. Wash hands after handling. reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it. This helps keep dirt from entering the reservoir. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Vehicle Care 10-23

Vehicle Storage Starter Switch Check If the vehicle starts in any other position, contact your dealer for service. { WARNING { WARNING

Batteries have acid that can burn When you are doing this Automatic Transmission you and gas that can explode. inspection, the vehicle could Shift Lock Control You can be badly hurt if you are move suddenly. If the vehicle Function Check not careful. See Jump Starting on moves, you or others could be page 10‑76 for tips on working injured. around a battery without { WARNING getting hurt. 1. Before starting this check, be When you are doing this sure there is enough room inspection, the vehicle could Infrequent Usage: Remove the around the vehicle. move suddenly. If the vehicle black, negative (−) cable from the 2. Firmly apply both the parking moves, you or others could be battery to keep the battery from brake and the regular brake. injured. running down. See Parking Brake on Extended Storage: Remove the page 9‑26. 1. Before starting this check, be black, negative (−) cable from the Do not use the accelerator sure there is enough room battery or use a battery trickle pedal, and be ready to turn off around the vehicle. It should be charger. the engine immediately if it parked on a level surface. starts. 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. 3. Try to start the engine in each See Parking Brake on gear. The vehicle should start page 9‑26. only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

10-24 Vehicle Care

3. With the engine off, turn the Park Brake and P (Park) . To check the P (Park) ignition on, but do not start the mechanism's holding ability: engine. Without applying the Mechanism Check With the engine running, shift to regular brake, try to move the P (Park). Then release the shift lever out of P (Park) with { WARNING parking brake followed by the normal effort. If the shift lever regular brake. When you are doing this check, moves out of P (Park), contact Contact your dealer if service is your dealer for service. the vehicle could begin to move. required. You or others could be injured Ignition Transmission and property could be damaged. Wiper Blade Replacement Lock Check Make sure there is room in front of the vehicle in case it begins to Windshield wiper blades should be While parked, and with the parking roll. Be ready to apply the regular inspected for wear or cracking. See brake set, try to turn the ignition to brake at once should the vehicle Maintenance Schedule on LOCK/OFF in each shift lever begin to move. page 11‑3 for more information. position. It is a good idea to clean or replace . The ignition should turn to Park on a fairly steep hill, with the the wiper blade assembly on a LOCK/OFF only when the shift vehicle facing downhill. Keeping regular basis or when worn. For lever is in P (Park). your foot on the regular brake, set proper windshield wiper blade length and type, see Maintenance . The ignition key should come the parking brake. Replacement Parts on page 11‑12. out only in LOCK/OFF. . To check the parking brake's holding ability: With the engine Notice: Allowing the wiper arm to Contact your dealer if service is touch the windshield when no required. running and the transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove foot wiper blade is installed could pressure from the regular brake damage the windshield. Any pedal. Do this until the vehicle is damage that occurs would not be held by the parking brake only. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Vehicle Care 10-25

covered by your warranty. Do not Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement allow the wiper arm to touch the windshield. Headlamp aim has been preset at For the proper type of replacement the factory and should need no bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on To replace the wiper blade: further adjustment. page 10‑30. 1. Pull the windshield wiper arm However, if the vehicle is damaged For any bulb changing procedure connector away from the ‐ in a crash, the headlamp aim may not listed in this section, contact windshield. be affected. Aim adjustment to the your dealer. low-beam headlamps may be necessary if oncoming drivers flash Halogen Bulbs their high-beam headlamps at you (for vertical aim). { WARNING If the headlamps need to be re-aimed, it is recommended that Halogen bulbs have pressurized the vehicle be taken to a dealer for gas inside and can burst if you service. drop or scratch the bulb. You or others could be injured. Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package.

2. Press the button in the middle of the wiper arm connector, and pull the wiper blade away from the arm connector. 3. Remove the wiper blade. 4. Reverse steps 1 through 3 for wiper blade replacement. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

10-26 Vehicle Care

Taillamps, Turn Signal, and Stoplamps (LS and LT)

2. Remove the two rear 3. Remove the three wing nuts (A), convenience net hooks holding which hold the taillamp the trunk trim and move the trim assembly, from inside the trunk. aside. 4. Remove the taillamp assembly. A. Back‐up Lamp B. Stoplamp, Taillamp and Turn Signal Lamp 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on page 2‑9 for more information. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Vehicle Care 10-27

Taillamps, Turn Signal, and Stoplamps (LTZ)

5. Turn the bulb socket (B) 2. Remove the two rear counterclockwise to remove it convenience net hooks holding from the lamp assembly (A). the trunk trim and move the trim aside. 6. Pull the bulb from the socket (B). A. Back‐up Lamp 7. Install a new bulb. B. Stoplamp, Taillamp and Turn Signal Lamp 8. Reverse Steps 2 through 5 to reinstall the taillamp 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on assembly (A). page 2‑9 for more information. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

10-28 Vehicle Care

Back-Up Lamps

3. Remove the three wing nuts (A), 5. Disconnect the wiring harness which hold the taillamp connector (C) from the LED (B). assembly, from inside the trunk. 6. Turn the LED (B) 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on 4. Remove the taillamp assembly. counterclockwise to remove it. page 2‑9 for more information. 7. Install a new LED (B). 8. Reverse Steps 2 through 6 to reinstall the taillamp assembly (A). Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Vehicle Care 10-29

License Plate Lamp To replace the license plate lamp bulb:

2. Remove the push pins holding 4. Turn the bulb socket (B) the trunk trim (B). counterclockwise to remove it 3. Move the trim aside far enough from the lamp assembly. to gain access to the bulb 5. Pull the bulb (A) from the assembly (A). socket (B). 1. Remove the license plate bezel 6. Install the new bulb. assembly by turning the two screws counterclockwise. 7. Reverse Steps 1 through 4 to reinstall. 2. Turn and pull the license plate lamp assembly forward through the fascia opening. 3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and pull the bulb straight out of the socket. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

10-30 Vehicle Care

4. Push the new bulb in and turn it Electrical System Headlamp Wiring clockwise to install. An electrical overload may cause 5. Reverse Steps 1 through 3 to Electrical System the lamps to go on and off, or in reinstall. Overload some cases to remain off. Have the headlamp wiring checked right away Replacement Bulbs The vehicle has fuses and circuit if the lamps go on and off or breakers to protect against an remain off. Bulb Exterior Lamp electrical system overload. Number Windshield Wipers When the current electrical load is Back-up Lamp 921 too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to License Plate Lamp 168 and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools Rear Turn Signal normal or the problem is fixed. This and will then restart. Lamp/Taillamp 3157K LL greatly reduces the chance of circuit (LS and LT) Although the circuit is protected overload and fire caused by from electrical overload, overload Rear LED Turn electrical problems. GM P/N due to heavy snow or ice may Signal Lamp/ 25874489 Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage. Taillamp (LTZ) power devices in the vehicle. Always clear ice and heavy snow from the windshield before using the For replacement bulbs not listed Replace a bad fuse with a new one windshield wipers. here, contact the dealer. of the identical size and rating. If the overload is caused by an If there is a problem on the road and electrical problem and not snow or a fuse needs to be replaced, the ice, be sure to get it fixed. same amperage fuse can be borrowed. Choose some feature of the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (31,1)

Vehicle Care 10-31

Fuses Fuses of the same amperage can Engine Compartment be temporarily borrowed from The wiring circuits in the vehicle are another fuse location, if a fuse goes Fuse Block protected from short circuits by out. Replace the fuse as soon as The engine compartment fuse block fuses. This greatly reduces the possible. is located on the driver side of the chance of damage caused by engine compartment, near the electrical problems. To identify and check fuses, circuit breakers, and relays, see Engine battery. To check a fuse, look at the Compartment Fuse Block on Notice: Spilling liquid on any silver-colored band inside the fuse. page 10‑31, Instrument Panel Fuse electrical component on the If the band is broken or melted, Block on page 10‑34, and Rear vehicle may damage it. Always replace the fuse. Be sure to replace Compartment Fuse Block on keep the covers on any electrical a bad fuse with a new one of the page 10‑36. component. identical size and rating. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (32,1)

10-32 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Left Headlamp 7 Low-Beam 8 Horn Right Headlamp 9 Low-Beam 10 Front Fog Lamps Left Headlamp 11 High-Beam Right Headlamp 12 High-Beam Engine Control 13 Module BATT 14 Windshield Wiper The vehicle may not be equipped Antilock Brake Fuses Usage 15 with all of the fuses, relays, and System (IGN 1) features shown. Transmission Control 4 Engine Control Module Ignition 1 16 Fuses Usage Module IGN 1 Mass Airflow 1 Air Conditioner Clutch 5 Sensor (LY7) 17 Cooling Fan 1 Electronic Throttle 2 6 Emission 18 Cooling Fan 2 Control 3 Not Used Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (33,1)

Vehicle Care 10-33

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Relays Usage Run Relay, Heating, Ignition Module 28 Cooling Fan 1 19 Ventilation, Air (LE9 & LE5); 43 Cooling Fan Series/ Conditioning Blower Injectors, Ignition 29 Parallel Coils Odd (LY7) Body Control 20 30 Cooling Fan 2 Module 1 Injectors (LE9 & LE5); 44 Injectors, Ignition 31 Starter Body Control Module 21 Coils Even (LY7) Run/Crank 32 Run/Crank, Ignition Post Cat 02 Sensor Rear Electrical 45 33 Powertrain 22 Heaters (LY7) Center 1 Air Conditioning Daytime Running 34 Rear Electrical 46 Clutch 23 Lamps Center 2 35 High Beam Center High-Mounted Antilock Brake 47 24 Stoplamp 36 Front Fog Lamps System 50 Driver Power Window 37 Horn Body Control 25 Module 2 51 Not Used 38 Low-Beam Headlamp 26 Starter 52 AIR Solenoid 39 Windshield Wiper 1 Electric Power Regulated Voltage 40 Windshield Wiper 2 41 54 Steering Control Daytime Running 48 Transmission Control 55 DC/AC Inverter Lamps 42 Module Battery Antilock Brake 49 Stoplamps 56 System BATT 53 AIR Solenoid Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (34,1)

10-34 Vehicle Care

Diodes Usage 27 Wiper Instrument Panel Fuse Block

The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage with all of the fuses, relays and The instrument panel fuse block is features shown. Cruise Control located on the instrument panel RUN/ Switch, Passenger Fuses Usage near the floor on the passenger side CRANK Airbag Status of the vehicle. POWER Indicator Power Mirrors Remove the panel cover to access MIRRORS the fuse block, then remove the fuse Electronic Power EPS block cover to access the fuses. Steering Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (35,1)

Vehicle Care 10-35

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Heating Ventilation STRG WHL Steering Wheel NOT HVAC Not Used Air Conditioning ILLUM Illumination INSTALLED BLOWER Blower - High Speed HIGH NOT NOT Relay Not Used Not Used INSTALLED INSTALLED Instrument Panel CLUSTER / RADIO Audio System AIRBAG Cluster, Theft Airbag (Battery) THEFT (BATT) Deterrent System INTERIOR Interior Lamps LIGHTS SPARE OnStar® ONSTAR FUSE Spare Fuse Holder (If Equipped) NOT Not Used HOLDER INSTALLED NOT Not Used SPARE INSTALLED POWER Power Windows FUSE Spare Fuse Holder WINDOWS AIRBAG HOLDER Airbag (Ignition) (IGN) Heating Ventilation HVAC SPARE Air Conditioning Heating Ventilation CTRL (IGN) FUSE Spare Fuse Holder Control (Ignition) HVAC Air Conditioning HOLDER CTRL Control Diagnostic Heating Ventilation HVAC SPARE (BATT) Link Connector Air Conditioning BLOWER FUSE Spare Fuse Holder (Battery) Blower Switch HOLDER PEDAL Not Used DOOR Door Locks FUSE LOCK Fuse Puller Windshield Wiper/ PULLER WIPER SW Washer Switch ROOF/ Sunroof, HEAT SEAT Heated Seat IGN Ignition Switch SENSOR Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (36,1)

10-36 Vehicle Care

Rear Compartment Fuse Block

The rear compartment fuse block is located in the trunk of the vehicle. Access the fuse block through the The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage trunk panel on the driver side of the with all of the fuses, relays, and rear cargo area. features shown. 4 Not Used Fuses Usage Emission 2, Canister 5 Vent Solenoid Passenger Seat 1 Controls Park Lamps, 6 Instrument Panel 2 Driver Seat Controls Dimming 3 Not Used Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (37,1)

Vehicle Care 10-37

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Relays Usage 7 Not Used 19 Not Used 31 Not Used 8 Not Used Auxiliary Power 32 Not Used 20 Outlets 9 Not Used 33 Back-up Lamps 21 Not Used 10 Sunroof Controls 34 Not Used 22 Trunk Release 11 Not Used 35 Not Used 23 Rear Defog 12 Not Used 36 Trunk Release 24 Heated Mirrors 13 Audio Amplifier 37 Fuel Pump 25 Fuel Pump 14 Heated Seat Controls 38 (Diode) Cargo Lamp

15 Not Used Relays Usage Remote Keyless Entry Rear Window (RKE) System, XM 26 16 ™ Defogger Satellite Radio (If Equipped) 27 Park Lamps 17 Back-up Lamps 28 Not Used 18 Not Used 29 Not Used 30 Not Used Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (38,1)

10-38 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Tires . Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded . Replace any tires that have Every new GM vehicle has tires. The resulting crash been damaged by impacts high-quality tires made by a could cause serious injury. with potholes, curbs, etc. leading tire manufacturer. See Check all tires frequently to . Improperly repaired tires can the warranty manual for maintain the recommended cause a crash. Only the information regarding the tire pressure. Tire pressure dealer or an authorized tire warranty and where to get should be checked when the service center should repair, service. For additional tires are cold. replace, dismount, and mount information refer to the tire . Overinflated tires are more the tires. manufacturer. likely to be cut, punctured, . Do not spin the tires in or broken by a sudden excess of 55 km/h (35 mph) { WARNING impact— such as when on slippery surfaces such as hitting a pothole. Keep tires at snow, mud, ice, etc. . Poorly maintained and the recommended pressure. Excessive spinning may improperly used tires are . Worn or old tires can cause a cause the tires to explode. dangerous. crash. If the tread is badly . Overloading the tires can worn, replace them. See Tire Pressure for cause overheating as a result (Continued) High-Speed Operation on of too much flexing. There could be a blowout and a page 10‑46 for inflation pressure serious crash. See Vehicle adjustment for high-speed Load Limits on page 9‑10. driving. (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (39,1)

Vehicle Care 10-39

Winter Tires If using snow tires: Notice: Low‐profile tires are . more susceptible to damage Consider installing winter tires on Use tires of the same brand and the vehicle if frequent driving on tread type on all four wheel from road hazards or curb snow or ice covered roads is positions. impact than standard profile expected. All season tires provide . Use only radial ply tires of the tires. Tire and/or wheel good overall performance on most same size, load range, and assembly damage can occur surfaces, but they may not offer speed rating as the original when coming into contact the traction or the same level of equipment tires. with road hazards like, performance as winter tires on snow Winter tires with the same speed potholes, or sharp edged or ice covered roads. rating as the original equipment tires objects, or when sliding into a Winter tires, in general, are may not be available for H, V, W, Y, curb. The warranty does not designed for increased traction on and ZR speed rated tires. If winter cover this type of damage. snow and ice covered roads. With tires with a lower speed rating are Keep tires set to the correct winter tires, there may be decreased chosen, never exceed the tire's inflation pressure and, when dry road traction, increased road maximum speed capability. possible, avoid contact with noise, and shorter tread life. After curbs, potholes, and other changing to winter tires, be alert for Low-Profile Tires road hazards. changes in vehicle handling and braking. If the vehicle has P225/50R18 or P225/50R17 size tires, they Tire Sidewall Labeling See your dealer for details regarding winter tire availability and are classified as low‐profile Useful information about a tire proper tire selection. Also, see performance tires. These tires is molded into its sidewall. The Buying New Tires on page 10‑53. are designed for very responsive examples show a typical driving on wet or dry pavement, passenger vehicle tire and a however, may produce more compact spare tire sidewall. road noise and tend to wear faster. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (40,1)

10-40 Vehicle Care

criteria have a TPC specification (E) Tire Ply Material: The type code molded onto the sidewall. of cord and number of plies in GM's TPC specifications meet or the sidewall and under the tread. exceed all federal safety (F) Uniform Tire Quality guidelines. Grading (UTQG): Tire (C) DOT (Department of manufacturers are required to Transportation): The grade tires based on three Department of Transportation performance factors: treadwear, (DOT) code indicates that traction, and temperature the tire is in compliance resistance. For more information with the U.S. Department of see Uniform Tire Quality Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire Example Transportation Motor Vehicle Grading on page 10‑55. (A) Tire Size: The tire size is a Safety Standards. (G) Maximum Cold Inflation combination of letters and (D) Tire Identification Number Load Limit: Maximum load numbers used to define a (TIN): The letters and numbers that can be carried and the particular tire's width, height, following the DOT (Department maximum pressure needed to aspect ratio, construction type, of Transportation) code are the support that load. and service description. See the Tire Identification Number “Tire Size” illustration later in this (TIN). The TIN shows the section for more detail. manufacturer and plant code, (B) TPC Spec (Tire tire size, and date the tire was Performance Criteria manufactured. The TIN is Specification): Original molded onto both sides of the equipment tires designed to tire, although only one side may GM's specific tire performance have the date of manufacture. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (41,1)

Vehicle Care 10-41

regular road tire has lost air and (E) Tire Inflation: The gone flat. If the vehicle has a temporary use tire or compact compact spare tire, see spare tire should be inflated to Compact Spare Tire on 420 kPa (60 psi). For more page 10‑75 and If a Tire Goes information on tire pressure and Flat on page 10‑58. inflation see Tire Pressure on (C) Tire Identification Number page 10‑45. (TIN): The letters and numbers (F) Tire Size: A combination of following the DOT (Department letters and numbers define a of Transportation) code are tire's width, height, aspect ratio, the Tire Identification Number construction type, and service Compact Spare Tire Example (TIN). The TIN shows the description. The letter T as the (A) Tire Ply Material: The type manufacturer and plant code, first character in the tire size of cord and number of plies in tire size, and date the tire was means the tire is for temporary the sidewall and under the tread. manufactured. The TIN is use only. molded onto both sides of the (B) Temporary Use Only: The (G) TPC Spec (Tire tire, although only one side may Performance Criteria compact spare tire or temporary have the date of manufacture. use tire has a tread life of Specification): Original approximately 5 000 km (D) Maximum Cold Inflation equipment tires designed to (3,000 mi) and should not be Load Limit: Maximum load GM's specific tire performance driven at speeds over 105 km/h that can be carried and the criteria have a TPC specification (65 mph). The compact spare maximum pressure needed to code molded onto the sidewall. tire is for emergency use when a support that load. GM's TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (42,1)

10-42 Vehicle Care

Tire Designations (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit is certified to carry. The speed number that indicates the tire rating is the maximum speed a Tire Size height‐to‐width measurements. tire is certified to carry a load. The following is an example of a For example, if the tire size typical passenger vehicle aspect ratio is 60, as shown in Tire Terminology and tire size. item C of the illustration, it would Definitions mean that the tire's sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide. Air Pressure: The amount of air inside the tire pressing (D) Construction Code: A outward on each square letter code is used to indicate inch of the tire. Air pressure is the type of ply construction in expressed in kPa (kilopascal) the tire. The letter R means or psi (pounds per square inch). radial ply construction; the (A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire: Accessory Weight: The The United States version of a letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the letter B combined weight of optional metric tire sizing system. The accessories. Some examples of letter P as the first character in means belted‐bias ply construction. optional accessories are the tire size means a passenger automatic transmission, power vehicle tire engineered to (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of steering, power brakes, power standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches. windows, power seats, and air and Rim Association. (F) Service Description: These conditioning. (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit characters represent the load Aspect Ratio: The relationship number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the of a tire's height to its width. width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (43,1)

Vehicle Care 10-43

Belt: A rubber coated layer of maximum capacity of fuel, oil, GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight cords that is located between and coolant, but without Rating for the rear axle. See the plies and the tread. Cords passengers and cargo. Vehicle Load Limits on may be made from steel or other DOT Markings: A code molded page 9‑10. reinforcing materials. into the sidewall of a tire Intended Outboard Sidewall: Bead: The tire bead contains signifying that the tire is in The side of an asymmetrical tire, steel wires wrapped by steel compliance with the U.S. that must always face outward cords that hold the tire onto Department of Transportation when mounted on a vehicle. the rim. (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety Kilopascal (kPa): The metric Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire Standards. The DOT code unit for air pressure. in which the plies are laid at includes the Tire Identification Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire: A alternate angles less than Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also tire used on light duty trucks and 90 degrees to the centerline of some multipurpose passenger the tread. identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand, and vehicles. Cold Tire Pressure: The date of production. Load Index: An assigned amount of air pressure in a tire, number ranging from 1 to 279 measured in kPa (kilopascal) GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits that corresponds to the load or psi (pounds per square inch) carrying capacity of a tire. before a tire has built up heat on page 9‑10. from driving. See Tire Pressure GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Maximum Inflation Pressure: on page 10‑45. Rating for the front axle. See The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated. Curb Weight: The weight of a Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10. The maximum air pressure is motor vehicle with standard and molded onto the sidewall. optional equipment including the Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (44,1)

10-44 Vehicle Care

Maximum Load Rating: The model name molding that is Sidewall: The portion of a tire load rating for a tire at the higher or deeper than the same between the tread and the bead. maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall Speed Rating: An pressure for that tire. of the tire. alphanumeric code assigned to Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A a tire indicating the maximum Weight: The sum of curb tire used on passenger cars and speed at which a tire can weight, accessory weight, some light duty trucks and operate. vehicle capacity weight, and multipurpose vehicles. Traction: The friction between production options weight. Recommended Inflation the tire and the road surface. Normal Occupant Weight: The Pressure: Vehicle The amount of grip provided. number of occupants a vehicle manufacturer's recommended Tread: The portion of a tire that is designed to seat multiplied by tire inflation pressure as shown comes into contact with 68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire the road. Load Limits on page 9‑10. Pressure on page 10‑45 and Treadwear Indicators: Narrow Occupant Distribution: Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑10. bands, sometimes called wear Designated seating positions. bars, that show across the tread Outward Facing Sidewall: The Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic of a tire when only 1.6 mm side of an asymmetrical tire that tire in which the ply cords that (1/16 in) of tread remains. See has a particular side that faces extend to the beads are laid at When It Is Time for New Tires 90 degrees to the centerline of outward when mounted on a on page 10‑52. the tread. vehicle. The side of the tire that UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality contains a whitewall, bears Rim: A metal support for a tire Grading Standards): A tire white lettering, or bears and upon which the tire beads information system that provides manufacturer, brand, and/or are seated. consumers with ratings for a Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (45,1)

Vehicle Care 10-45

tire's traction, temperature, recommended inflation Overinflated tires, or tires that and treadwear. Ratings pressure. See “Tire and Loading have too much air, can are determined by tire Information Label” under Vehicle result in: manufacturers using Load Limits on page 9 10. ‑ . Unusual wear. government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into the Tire Pressure . Poor handling. sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tires need the correct amount . Rough ride. Tire Quality Grading on of air pressure to operate . Needless damage from page 10‑55. effectively. road hazards. Vehicle Capacity Weight: The Notice: Neither tire The Tire and Loading number of designated seating underinflation nor positions multiplied by Information label on the vehicle overinflation is good. indicates the original equipment 68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated Underinflated tires, or tires cargo load. See Vehicle Load tires and the correct cold that do not have enough air, tire inflation pressures. The Limits on page 9‑10. can result in: recommended pressure is the Vehicle Maximum Load on the . Tire overloading and minimum air pressure needed to Tire: Load on an individual tire overheating which could support the vehicle's maximum due to curb weight, accessory lead to a blowout. load carrying capacity. weight, occupant weight, and cargo weight. . Premature or For additional information irregular wear. regarding how much weight Vehicle Placard: A label the vehicle can carry, and an permanently attached to a . Poor handling. example of the Tire and Loading vehicle showing the vehicle . Reduced fuel economy. capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (46,1)

10-46 Vehicle Care

Information label, see Vehicle the vehicle has not been driven Tire Pressure for Load Limits on page 9‑10. How for at least three hours or no High-Speed Operation the vehicle is loaded affects more than 1.6 km (1 mi). vehicle handling and ride Remove the valve cap from the { WARNING comfort. Never load the vehicle tire valve stem. Press the tire with more weight than it was gauge firmly onto the valve to Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h designed to carry. get a pressure measurement. (100 mph) or higher, puts an When to Check If the cold tire inflation pressure additional strain on tires. matches the recommended Sustained high-speed driving Check the tires once a month or pressure on the Tire and causes excessive heat buildup more. Do not forget the compact and can cause sudden tire failure. Loading Information label, no spare tire, if the vehicle has one. You could have a crash and you further adjustment is necessary. The cold compact spare should or others could be killed. Some If the inflation pressure is low, be at 420 kPa (60 psi). For high-speed rated tires require add air until the recommended additional information regarding inflation pressure adjustment for pressure is reached. If the the compact spare tire, see high-speed operation. When inflation pressure is high, press Compact Spare Tire on speed limits and road conditions on the metal stem in the center page 10‑75. are such that a vehicle can be of the tire valve to release air. driven at high speeds, make sure How to Check Recheck the tire pressure with the tires are rated for high-speed Use a good quality pocket-type the tire gauge. operation, in excellent condition, and set to the correct cold tire gauge to check tire pressure. Return the valve caps on the Proper tire inflation cannot be inflation pressure for the valve stems to prevent leaks vehicle load. determined by looking at the tire. and keep out dirt and moisture. Check the tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold, meaning Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (47,1)

Vehicle Care 10-47

Set the cold tire inflation pressure to indicated on the vehicle placard or pressure, even if under‐inflation has 241 kPa (35 psi) for the front and tire inflation pressure label, you not reached the level to trigger rear tires, when operating the should determine the proper tire illumination of the TPMS low tire vehicle at high-speeds. Return the inflation pressure for those tires.) pressure telltale. tires to the recommended cold tire As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been inflation pressure when high-speed vehicle has been equipped with a equipped with a TPMS malfunction driving has ended. See Vehicle tire pressure monitoring system indicator to indicate when the Load Limits on page 9‑10 and Tire (TPMS) that illuminates a low system is not operating properly. Pressure on page 10‑45. tire pressure telltale when one or The TPMS malfunction indicator is more of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitor under‐inflated. telltale. When the system detects a System Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then The Tire Pressure Monitor System pressure telltale illuminates, you remain continuously illuminated. (TPMS) uses radio and sensor should stop and check your tires as This sequence will continue upon technology to check tire pressure soon as possible, and inflate them subsequent vehicle start ups as levels. The TPMS sensors monitor to the proper pressure. Driving on a ‐ long as the malfunction exists. the air pressure in your tires and significantly under‐inflated tire transmit tire pressure readings to a causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is receiver located in the vehicle. lead to tire failure. Under‐inflation illuminated, the system may not be also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire Each tire, including the spare tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS (if provided), should be checked vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety monthly when cold and inflated to ability. of reasons, including the installation the inflation pressure recommended of replacement or alternate tires or by the vehicle manufacturer on the Please note that the TPMS is wheels on the vehicle that prevent vehicle placard or tire inflation not a substitute for proper tire the TPMS from functioning properly. pressure label. (If your vehicle has maintenance, and it is the driver's Always check the TPMS malfunction tires of a different size than the size responsibility to maintain correct tire telltale after replacing one or more Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (48,1)

10-48 Vehicle Care

tires or wheels on your vehicle to mounted onto each tire and wheel DIC warning message come on at ensure that the replacement or assembly, excluding the spare tire each ignition cycle until the tires are alternate tires and wheels allow the and wheel assembly. The TPMS inflated to the correct inflation TPMS to continue to function sensors monitor the air pressure in pressure. Using the DIC, tire properly. the tires and transmits the tire pressure levels can be viewed. For See Tire Pressure Monitor pressure readings to a receiver additional information and details located in the vehicle. about the DIC operation and Operation on page 10‑48 for additional information. displays see Tire Messages on page 5‑28. Federal Communications The low tire pressure warning light Commission (FCC) Rules and may come on in cool weather when with Industry Canada the vehicle is first started, and then Standards turn off as the vehicle is driven. This See Radio Frequency Statement on could be an early indicator that the When a low tire pressure condition page 13 20 for information air pressure is getting low and ‑ is detected, the TPMS turns on the regarding Part 15 of the Federal needs to be inflated to the proper low tire pressure warning light Communications Commission (FCC) pressure. located on the instrument cluster. Rules and with Industry Canada A Tire and Loading Information label If the warning light comes on, stop Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. shows the size of the original as soon as possible and inflate the equipment tires and the correct tires to the recommended pressure inflation pressure for the tires when Tire Pressure Monitor shown on the tire loading they are cold. See Vehicle Load Operation information label. See Vehicle Load Limits on page 9 10, for an example Limits on page 9 10. ‑ This vehicle may have a Tire ‑ of the Tire and Loading Information Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). A message to check the pressure in label and its location. Also see Tire The TPMS is designed to warn the a specific tire displays in the Driver Pressure on page 10‑45. driver when a low tire pressure Information Center (DIC). The low condition exists. TPMS sensors are tire pressure warning light and the Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (49,1)

Vehicle Care 10-49

The TPMS system can warn about TPMS Malfunction Light and . The TPMS sensor matching a low tire pressure condition but it Message process was not done or not does not replace normal tire completed successfully after maintenance. See Tire Inspection The TPMS will not function properly rotating the tires. The if one or more of the TPMS sensors on page 10‑51, Tire Rotation on malfunction light and the DIC are missing or inoperable. When the page 10‑51 and Tires on message should go off after system detects a malfunction, the page 10‑38. successfully completing the low tire pressure warning light sensor matching process. See Notice: Tire sealant materials are flashes for about one minute and "TPMS Sensor Matching not all the same. A non-approved then stays on for the remainder of Process" later in this section. tire sealant could damage the the ignition cycle. A DIC warning . TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor message also displays. The One or more TPMS sensors are damage caused by using an malfunction light and DIC warning missing or damaged. The incorrect tire sealant is not message come on at each ignition malfunction light and the DIC covered by the vehicle warranty. cycle until the problem is corrected. message should go off when the Always use only the Some of the conditions that can TPMS sensors are installed and GM-approved tire sealant cause these to come on are: the sensor matching process is available through your dealer or performed successfully. See included in the vehicle. . One of the road tires has been your dealer for service. replaced with the spare tire. The . Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits spare tire does not have a Replacement tires or wheels do use a GM approved liquid tire TPMS sensor. The malfunction not match the original equipment sealant. Using non-approved tire light and the DIC message tires or wheels. Tires and wheels sealants could damage the TPMS should go off after the road tire other than those recommended sensors. See Tire Sealant and is replaced and the sensor could prevent the TPMS from Compressor Kit on page 10‑60 for matching process is performed functioning properly. See Buying information regarding the inflator kit successfully. See "TPMS Sensor New Tires on page 10‑53. materials and instructions. Matching Process" later in this section. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (50,1)

10-50 Vehicle Care

. Operating electronic devices or using a TPMS relearn tool, in the 4. Start with the driver side front being near facilities using radio following order: driver side front tire, tire. The driver side front turn wave frequencies similar to the passenger side front tire, passenger signal also comes on to indicate TPMS could cause the TPMS side rear tire, and driver side rear. that corner's sensor is ready to sensors to malfunction. See your dealer for service or to be learned. If the TPMS is not functioning purchase a relearn tool. 5. Place the relearn tool against properly, it cannot detect or signal a There are two minutes to match the the tire sidewall, near the valve low tire condition. See your dealer first tire/wheel position, and stem. Then press the button to for service if the TPMS malfunction five minutes overall to match all four activate the TPMS sensor. light and DIC message come on tire/wheel positions. If it takes A horn chirp confirms that the and stay on. longer, the matching process stops sensor identification code has TPMS Sensor Matching and must be restarted. been matched to this tire and Process The TPMS matching process is: wheel position. 6. The passenger side front turn Each TPMS sensor has a unique 1. Set the parking brake. signal comes on to indicate that identification code. The identification 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with corner sensor is ready to be code needs to be matched to a new the engine off. learned. Proceed to the tire/wheel position after rotating the passenger side front tire and vehicle s tires or replacing one or 3. Press and hold the Remote ’ repeat the procedure in Step 5. more of the TPMS sensors. The Keyless Entry (RKE) TPMS sensor matching process transmitter's LOCK and 7. The passenger side rear turn should also be performed after UNLOCK buttons, at the same signal comes on to indicate that replacing a spare tire with a road time, for about five seconds to corner sensor is ready to be tire containing the TPMS sensor. start the TPMS learn mode. The learned. Proceed to the The malfunction light and the DIC horn sounds twice indicating the passenger side rear tire and message should go off at the next TPMS receiver is ready and in repeat the procedure in Step 5. ignition cycle. The sensors are learn mode. matched to the tire/wheel positions, Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (51,1)

Vehicle Care 10-51

8. The driver side rear turn signal Tire Inspection . The tire has a puncture, cut, comes on to indicate that corner or other damage that cannot sensor is ready to be learned. We recommend that the tires, be repaired well because of Proceed to the driver side rear including the spare tire, if the the size or location of the tire, and repeat the procedure in vehicle has one, be inspected damage. Step 5. for signs of wear or damage at 9. After hearing the single horn least once a month. Tire Rotation chirp for the driver side rear tire, Replace the tire if: two additional horn chirps sound Tires should be rotated every to indicate the tire learning . The indicators at three or 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See process is done. Turn the more places around the tire Maintenance Schedule on ignition switch to LOCK/OFF. can be seen. page 11‑3. If no tires are learned after . There is cord or fabric Tires are rotated to achieve a entering the TPMS learn mode, showing through the tire's uniform wear for all tires. The or if communication with the rubber. first rotation is the most receiver stops, or if the time limit important. has expired, turn the ignition . The tread or sidewall is switch to LOCK/OFF and start cracked, cut, or snagged Any time unusual wear is over beginning with Step 2. deep enough to show cord or noticed, rotate the tires as soon 10. Set all four tires to the fabric. as possible and check the wheel recommended air pressure alignment. Also check for . The tire has a bump, bulge, damaged tires or wheels. See level as indicated on the Tire or split. and Loading Information label. When It Is Time for New Tires on page 10‑52 and Wheel Replacement on page 10‑57. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (52,1)

10-52 Vehicle Care

Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor Lightly coat the center of the System. See Tire Pressure wheel hub with wheel bearing Monitor Operation on grease after a wheel change or page 10‑48. tire rotation to prevent corrosion Check that all wheel nuts are or rust build-up. Do not get grease on the flat wheel properly tightened. See “Wheel mounting surface or on the Nut Torque” under Capacities and Specifications on wheel nuts or bolts. page 12‑2. When It Is Time for New { WARNING Tires Use this rotation pattern when Factors such as maintenance, rotating the tires. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the temperatures, driving speeds, parts to which it is fastened, can vehicle loading, and road conditions Do not include the compact make wheel nuts become loose affect the wear rate of the tires. spare tire in the tire rotation. after time. The wheel could come Adjust the front and rear tires to off and cause an accident. When the recommended inflation changing a wheel, remove any pressure on the Tire and rust or dirt from places where the Loading Information label after wheel attaches to the vehicle. In the tires have been rotated. See an emergency, a cloth or a paper towel can be used; however, use Tire Pressure on page 10 45 ‑ a scraper or wire brush later to and Vehicle Load Limits on remove all rust or dirt. page 9‑10. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (53,1)

Vehicle Care 10-53

maintenance affect how fast aging Buying New Tires takes place. Tires will typically need to be replaced due to wear before GM has developed and matched they may need to be replaced specific tires for the vehicle. The due to age. Consult the tire original equipment tires installed manufacturer for more information were designed to meet General on when tires should be replaced. Motors Tire Performance Vehicle Storage Criteria Specification (TPC Spec) system rating. When Tires age when stored normally replacement tires are needed, mounted on a parked vehicle. Park GM strongly recommends a vehicle that will be stored for at least a month in a cool, dry, clean buying tires with the same Treadwear indicators are one way to area away from direct sunlight to TPC Spec rating. tell when it is time for new tires. slow aging. This area should be free Treadwear indicators appear when GM's exclusive TPC Spec of grease, gasoline, or other the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) system considers over a substances that can deteriorate or less of tread remaining. See Tire dozen critical specifications that rubber. Inspection on page 10‑51 and Tire impact the overall performance Rotation on page 10‑51 for more Parking for an extended period can of the vehicle, including brake information. cause flat spots on the tires that system performance, ride and may result in vibrations while The rubber in tires ages over time. handling, traction control, driving. When storing a vehicle for This also applies for the spare tire, and tire pressure monitoring at least a month, remove the tires or if the vehicle has one, even if it is raise the vehicle to reduce the performance. GM's TPC Spec never used. Multiple conditions weight from the tires. number is molded onto the tire's including temperatures, loading sidewall near the tire size. If the conditions, and inflation pressure tires have an all‐season tread design, the TPC Spec number Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (54,1)

10-54 Vehicle Care

will be followed by MS for mud and snow. See Tire Sidewall WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Labeling on page 10‑39 for Only your dealer or authorized A tire and/or wheel could fail additional information. tire service center should suddenly and cause a crash. GM recommends replacing all mount or dismount the tires. Use only radial-ply tires with the tires at the same time. the wheels on the vehicle. Uniform tread depth on all tires will help to maintain the { WARNING If the vehicle tires must be performance of the vehicle. replaced with a tire that does not Braking and handling Mixing tires of different sizes, have a TPC Spec number, make performance may be adversely brands, or types may cause sure they are the same size, affected if all the tires are not loss of control of the vehicle, load range, speed rating, and replaced at the same time. See resulting in a crash or other construction (radial) as the Tire Inspection on page 10‑51 vehicle damage. Use the original tires. and Tire Rotation on page 10‑51 correct size, brand, and type for information on proper tire of tires on all wheels. Vehicles that have a tire rotation. pressure monitoring system could give an inaccurate { WARNING low‐pressure warning if non‐TPC { WARNING Spec rated tires are installed. See Tire Pressure Monitor Tires could explode during Using bias-ply tires on the System on page 10 47. improper service. Attempting vehicle may cause the wheel ‑ to mount or dismount a tire rim flanges to develop cracks could cause injury or death. after many miles of driving. (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (55,1)

Vehicle Care 10-55

The Tire and Loading Uniform Tire Quality { WARNING Information label indicates the Grading original equipment tires on the If different sized wheels are used, Quality grades can be found vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits there may not be an acceptable where applicable on the tire on page 9‑10 for the label level of performance and safety if location and more information tires not recommended for those sidewall between tread shoulder about the Tire and Loading wheels are selected. This and maximum section width. Information label. increases the chance of a crash For example: and serious injury. Only use GM Treadwear 200 Traction AA Different Size Tires and specific wheel and tire systems Temperature A Wheels developed for the vehicle, and have them properly installed by a The following information relates If wheels or tires are installed that GM certified technician. to the system developed by the are a different size than the original United States National Highway equipment wheels and tires, vehicle Traffic Safety Administration See Buying New Tires on performance, including its braking, (NHTSA), which grades tires ride and handling characteristics, page 10‑53 and Accessories and stability, and resistance to rollover Modifications on page 10‑3 for by treadwear, traction, and may be affected. If the vehicle has additional information. temperature performance. This electronic systems such as antilock applies only to vehicles sold in brakes, rollover airbags, traction the United States. The grades control, and electronic stability are molded on the sidewalls of control, the performance of these most passenger car tires. The systems can also be affected. Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) system does not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires, space-saver, or temporary Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (56,1)

10-56 Vehicle Care

use spare tires, tires with course. For example, a tire assigned to this tire is based on nominal rim diameters of graded 150 would wear one and straight-ahead braking traction 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), a half (1½) times as well on the tests, and does not include or to some limited-production government course as a tire acceleration, cornering, tires. graded 100. The relative hydroplaning, or peak traction While the tires available on performance of tires depends characteristics. upon the actual conditions of General Motors passenger cars Temperature – A, B, C and light trucks may vary with their use, however, and may The temperature grades are A respect to these grades, they depart significantly from the (the highest), B, and C, must also conform to federal norm due to variations in driving representing the tire's resistance safety requirements and habits, service practices and to the generation of heat and its additional General Motors Tire differences in road ability to dissipate heat when Performance Criteria (TPC) characteristics and climate. tested under controlled standards. Traction – AA, A, B, C conditions on a specified indoor All Passenger Car Tires Must The traction grades, from laboratory test wheel. Sustained Conform to Federal Safety highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, high temperature can cause the Requirements In Addition To and C. Those grades represent material of the tire to degenerate These Grades. the tire's ability to stop on wet and reduce tire life, and Treadwear pavement as measured under excessive temperature can lead controlled conditions on to sudden tire failure. The grade The treadwear grade is a specified government test C corresponds to a level of comparative rating based on the surfaces of asphalt and performance which all wear rate of the tire when tested concrete. A tire marked C may passenger car tires must meet under controlled conditions on a have poor traction performance. under the Federal Motor Safety specified government test Warning: The traction grade Standard No. 109. Grades B and Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (57,1)

Vehicle Care 10-57

A represent higher levels of road, the tires and wheels might performance on the laboratory need to be rebalanced. See your { WARNING dealer for proper diagnosis. test wheel than the minimum Using the wrong replacement required by law. Warning: The Wheel Replacement wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel temperature grade for this tire is nuts can be dangerous. It could established for a tire that is Replace any wheel that is bent, affect the braking and handling of properly inflated and not cracked, or badly rusted or the vehicle. Tires can lose air, overloaded. Excessive speed, corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming and cause loss of control, causing underinflation, or excessive loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and a crash. Always use the correct loading, either separately or in wheel nuts should be replaced. wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel combination, can cause heat If the wheel leaks air, replace it. nuts for replacement. Some aluminum wheels can be buildup and possible tire failure. repaired. See your dealer if any of these conditions exist. Notice: The wrong wheel can Wheel Alignment and Tire also cause problems with bearing Balance Your dealer will know the kind of life, brake cooling, speedometer wheel that is needed. or odometer calibration, The tires and wheels were aligned Each new wheel should have the headlamp aim, bumper height, and balanced at the factory to same load-carrying capacity, vehicle ground clearance, and tire provide the longest tire life and best diameter, width, offset, and be or tire chain clearance to the overall performance. Adjustments to mounted the same way as the one it body and chassis. wheel alignment and tire balancing replaces. will not be necessary on a regular See If a Tire Goes Flat on basis. However, check the Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel page 10‑58 for more information. alignment if there is unusual tire nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor wear or if the vehicle is pulling to System (TPMS) sensors with new one side or the other. If the vehicle GM original equipment parts. vibrates when driving on a smooth Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (58,1)

10-58 Vehicle Care

Used Replacement Wheels If a Tire Goes Flat WARNING (Continued) It is unusual for a tire to blow out { WARNING suspension, or other vehicle while driving, especially if the tires are maintained properly. See Tires Replacing a wheel with a used parts. The area damaged by the on page 10 38. If air goes out of a one is dangerous. How it has tire chains could cause loss of ‑ control and a crash. tire, it is much more likely to leak been used or how far it has been out slowly. But if there is ever a driven may be unknown. It could Use another type of traction blowout, here are a few tips about fail suddenly and cause a crash. device only if its manufacturer what to expect and what to do: When replacing wheels, use a recommends it for the vehicle's If a front tire fails, the flat tire new GM original equipment tire size combination and wheel. creates a drag that pulls the vehicle road conditions. Follow that toward that side. Take your foot off manufacturer's instructions. To the accelerator pedal and grip the Tire Chains avoid vehicle damage, drive slow steering wheel firmly. Steer to and readjust or remove the maintain lane position, and then traction device if it contacts the { WARNING gently brake to a stop, well off the vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. road, if possible. If traction devices are used, install Do not use tire chains. There is A rear blowout, particularly on a them on the front tires. not enough clearance. Tire chains curve, acts much like a skid and used on a vehicle without the may require the same correction as proper amount of clearance can used in a skid. Stop pressing the cause damage to the brakes, accelerator pedal and steer to (Continued) straighten the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (59,1)

Vehicle Care 10-59

{ WARNING { WARNING { WARNING

Driving on a flat tire will cause Lifting a vehicle and getting Changing a tire can be permanent damage to the tire. under it to do maintenance or dangerous. The vehicle can slip Re-inflating a tire after it has repairs is dangerous without the off the jack and roll over or fall been driven on while severely appropriate safety equipment and causing injury or death. Find a underinflated or flat may cause a training. If a jack is provided with level place to change the tire. To blowout and a serious crash. the vehicle, it is designed only for help prevent the vehicle from Never attempt to re-inflate a tire changing a flat tire. If it is used for moving: that has been driven on while anything else, you or others could 1. Set the parking brake firmly. severely underinflated or flat. be badly injured or killed if the Have your dealer or an authorized vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 2. Put an automatic tire service center repair or is provided with the vehicle, only transmission in P (Park) or a replace the flat tire as soon as use it for changing a flat tire. manual transmission in possible. 1 (First) or R (Reverse). 3. Turn off the engine and do If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire not restart while the vehicle and wheel damage by driving slowly is raised. to a level place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on the hazard 4. Do not allow passengers to warning flashers. See Hazard remain in the vehicle. Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. 5. Place wheel blocks on both sides of the tire at the opposite corner of the tire being changed. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (60,1)

10-60 Vehicle Care

This vehicle may come with a jack The following information explains and spare tire or a tire sealant and how to repair or change a tire. { WARNING compressor kit. To use the jacking equipment to change a spare tire Tire Sealant and Overinflating a tire could cause the tire to rupture and you or safely, follow the instructions below. Compressor Kit Then see Tire Changing on others could be injured. Be sure page 10‑66. To use the tire sealant to read and follow the tire sealant and compressor kit, see Tire { WARNING and compressor kit instructions Sealant and Compressor Kit on and inflate the tire to its Idling a vehicle in an enclosed page 10‑60. recommended pressure. Do not area with poor ventilation is exceed the recommended When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), dangerous. Engine exhaust may pressure. use the following example as a enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust guide to assist you in the placement contains carbon monoxide (CO) of wheel blocks (A). which cannot be seen or smelled. It can cause unconsciousness { WARNING and even death. Never run the engine in an enclosed area that Storing the tire sealant and has no fresh air ventilation. For compressor kit or other more information, see Engine equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could Exhaust on page 9‑21. cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store the tire A. Wheel Block sealant and compressor kit in its original location. B. Flat Tire Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (61,1)

Vehicle Care 10-61

If this vehicle has a tire sealant and The kit includes: Tire Sealant compressor kit, there may not be a Read and follow the safe handling spare tire, tire changing equipment, instructions on the label adhered to and on some vehicles there may not the compressor. be a place to store a tire. Check the tire sealant expiration The tire sealant and compressor date on the sealant canister. The can be used to temporarily seal sealant canister should be replaced punctures up to 6 mm (¼ in) in the before its expiration date. tread area of the tire. It can also be Replacement sealant canisters are used to inflate an under inflated tire. available at your local dealer. See If the tire has been separated from “Removal and Installation of the the wheel, has damaged sidewalls, Sealant Canister” following. or has a large puncture, the tire is There is only enough sealant to seal too severely damaged for the tire A. On/Off Button one tire. After usage, the sealant sealant and compressor kit to be canister and sealant/air hose effective. See Roadside Assistance B. Selector Switch (Sealant/Air or assembly must be replaced. See Program (U.S. and Canada) on Air Only) “Removal and Installation of the page 13‑7 or Roadside Assistance C. Pressure Relief Button Sealant Canister” following. Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. D. Pressure Gauge Read and follow all of the tire Using the Tire Sealant and sealant and compressor kit E. Air Only Hose (Black) Compressor Kit to Temporarily instructions. F. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) Seal and Inflate a Punctured Tire G. Power Plug Follow the directions closely for correct sealant usage. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (62,1)

10-62 Vehicle Care

Do not remove any objects that If the vehicle has an accessory have penetrated the tire. power outlet, do not use the 1. Remove the tire sealant and cigarette lighter. compressor kit from its storage If the vehicle only has a cigarette location. See Storing the Tire lighter, use the cigarette lighter. Sealant and Compressor Kit on Do not pinch the power plug page 10‑66. cord in the door or window. 2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (F) 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle and the power plug (G). must be running while using the 3. Place the kit on the ground. air compressor. Make sure the tire valve stem is 8. Turn the selector switch (B) When using the tire sealant and positioned close to the ground clockwise to the Sealant + Air compressor kit during cold so the hose will reach it. position. temperatures, warm the kit in a 4. Remove the valve stem cap from 9. Press the on/off (A) button to heated environment for five minutes. the flat tire by turning it turn the tire sealant and This will help to inflate the tire counterclockwise. compressor kit on. faster. 5. Attach the sealant/air hose (F) The compressor will inject If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire onto the tire valve stem. Turn it sealant and air into the tire. and wheel damage by driving slowly clockwise until it is tight. to a level place. Turn on the hazard The pressure gauge (D) will warning flashers. See Hazard 6. Plug the power plug (G) into the initially show a high pressure Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. accessory power outlet in the while the compressor pushes the vehicle. Unplug all items from sealant into the tire. Once the See If a Tire Goes Flat on other accessory power outlets. sealant is completely dispersed page 10 58 for other important ‑ See Power Outlets on page 5 7. into the tire, the pressure will safety warnings. ‑ Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (63,1)

Vehicle Care 10-63

quickly drop and start to rise the accessory power outlet and 13. Turn the sealant/air hose (F) again as the tire inflates with unscrew the inflating hose from counterclockwise to remove it air only. the tire valve. See Roadside from the tire valve stem. 10. Inflate the tire to the Assistance Program (U.S. and 14. Replace the tire valve recommended inflation Canada) on page 13‑7 or stem cap. pressure using the pressure Roadside Assistance Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. 15. Return the sealant/air hose (F) gauge (D). The recommended and the power plug (G) back in inflation pressure can be found 11. Press the on/off button (A) to their original locations. on the Tire and Loading turn the tire sealant and Information label. See Tire compressor kit off. Pressure on page 10‑45. The tire is not sealed and will The pressure gauge (D) may continue to leak air until the read higher than the actual tire vehicle is driven and the pressure while the compressor sealant is distributed in the tire; is on. Turn the compressor off therefore, Steps 12 through to get an accurate pressure 18 must be done immediately 16. If the flat tire was able to inflate reading. The compressor may after Step 11. to the recommended inflation be turned on/off until the Be careful while handling the pressure, remove the correct pressure is reached. tire sealant and compressor kit maximum speed label from the Notice: If the recommended as it could be warm after sealant canister and place it in pressure cannot be reached after usage. a highly visible location. Do not exceed the speed on this label approximately 25 minutes, the 12. Unplug the power plug (G) from until the damaged tire is vehicle should not be driven the accessory power outlet in repaired or replaced. farther. The tire is too severely the vehicle. damaged and the tire sealant and 17. Return the equipment to its compressor kit cannot inflate the original storage location in the tire. Remove the power plug from vehicle. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (64,1)

10-64 Vehicle Care

18. Immediately drive the vehicle If the tire pressure has not Using the Tire Sealant and 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the dropped more than 68 kPa Compressor Kit without sealant in the tire. (10 psi) from the recommended Sealant to Inflate a Tire 19. Stop at a safe location and inflation pressure, use the (Not Punctured) compressor kit to inflate the tire check the tire pressure. Refer To use the air compressor to inflate to Steps 1 through 11 under to the recommended inflation pressure. a tire with air only and not sealant: “Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit without 20. Wipe off any sealant from the Sealant to Inflate a Tire wheel, tire, and vehicle. (Not Punctured).” 21. Dispose of the used sealant If the tire pressure has fallen canister and sealant/air more than 68 kPa (10 psi) hose (F) assembly at a local below the recommended dealer or in accordance with inflation pressure, stop driving local state codes and practices. the vehicle. The tire is too 22. Replace it with a new canister severely damaged and the tire available from your dealer. sealant cannot seal the tire. See Roadside Assistance 23. After temporarily sealing a tire Program (U.S. and Canada) on using the tire sealant and page 13‑7 or Roadside compressor kit, take the Assistance Program (Mexico) vehicle to an authorized dealer If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly on page 13‑9. within 161 km (100 mi) of driving to have the tire repaired to a level place. Turn on the hazard or replaced. warning flashers. See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 6‑4. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑58 for other important safety warnings. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (65,1)

Vehicle Care 10-65

1. Remove the tire sealant and If the vehicle only has a cigarette to get an accurate reading. The compressor kit from its storage lighter, use the cigarette lighter. compressor may be turned on/ location. See Storing the Tire Do not pinch the power plug off until the correct pressure is Sealant and Compressor Kit on cord in the door or window. reached. If the tire is inflated page 10‑66. higher than the recommended 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle pressure, press the pressure 2. Unwrap the air only hose (E) must be running while using the and the power plug (G). relief button (C), if equipped, air compressor. until the proper pressure 3. Place the kit on the ground. 8. Turn the selector switch (B) reading is reached. This option Make sure the tire valve stem is counterclockwise to the Air Only is only functional when using positioned close to the ground position. the air only hose (E). so the hose will reach it. 9. Press the on/off (A) button to 11. Press the on/off button (A) to 4. Remove the tire valve stem cap turn the compressor on. turn the tire sealant and compressor kit off. from the flat tire by turning it The compressor will inflate the counterclockwise. tire with air only. Be careful while handling the tire sealant and compressor kit 5. Attach the air only hose (E) onto 10. Inflate the tire to the the tire valve stem by turning it as it could be warm after recommended inflation usage. clockwise until it is tight. pressure using the pressure 6. Plug the power plug (G) into the gauge (D). The recommended 12. Unplug the power plug (G) from accessory power outlet in the inflation pressure can be found the accessory power outlet in vehicle. Unplug all items from on the Tire and Loading the vehicle. other accessory power outlets. Information label. See Tire 13. Disconnect the air only See Power Outlets on page 5‑7. Pressure on page 10‑45. hose (E) from the tire If the vehicle has an accessory The pressure gauge (D) may valve stem, by turning it power outlet, do not use the read higher than the actual tire counterclockwise, and replace cigarette lighter. pressure while the compressor the tire valve stem cap. is on. Turn the compressor off Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (66,1)

10-66 Vehicle Care

14. Return the air only hose (E) 3. Pull up on the canister (A) to and the power plug (G) back to remove it. their original locations. 4. Replace with a new canister 15. Return the equipment to its which is available from your original storage location in the dealer. vehicle. 5. Push the new canister into Removal and Installation of the place. Sealant Canister 6. Screw the connector (B) to the To remove the sealant canister: canister (A). 7. Slide the plastic cover back on. Storing the Tire Sealant 3. Turn the retainer clockwise and remove the tire sealant and and Compressor Kit compressor kit. The tire sealant and compressor kit To store the tire sealant and is located in the trunk. compressor kit, reverse the steps. 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on page 2‑9. Tire Changing 2. Lift the cover. Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The equipment you will need is in 1. Remove the plastic cover. the trunk. 2. Unscrew the connector (B) from 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on the canister (A). page 2‑9 for more information. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (67,1)

Vehicle Care 10-67

2. Remove the spare tire cover. Tire Changing Tools

1. Turn the wing nut counterclockwise to loosen 3. Turn the wing nut A. Wheel Wrench wheel wrench. counterclockwise and remove it. B. Jack 2. Unhook the wheel wrench from Then remove the compact spare the jack. tire. See Compact Spare Tire on The tools you will be using include page 10‑75 for more information. the wheel wrench (A) and jack (B). 4. Remove the wing nut holding the jack in place. 5. Remove the jack and wheel wrench from the trunk. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (68,1)

10-68 Vehicle Care

Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑58. 2. If the vehicle has a wheel cover or hubcap that has plastic wheel nut caps, loosen the plastic nut caps. You might need to use the wheel wrench to loosen them. Do not pry off wheel covers or center caps that have plastic 3. Extend the handle on the wheel 4. Use the wrench to loosen all the wheel nut caps. wrench by pressing the button wheel nuts. Do not remove and pulling on the end of the 3. Remove the wheel cover or them yet. wrench. You must do this before center cap from the wheel to using the wheel wrench. locate the wheel nuts. If the vehicle has a wheel cover or hubcap without plastic wheel nut caps, gently pry on the edge of the plastic wheel trim to remove it from the wheel to locate the wheel nuts. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (69,1)

Vehicle Care 10-69

{ WARNING

Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

5. Position the lift head at the jack { WARNING 7. Raise the vehicle by turning the location nearest the flat tire. wrench clockwise. Raise the Make sure all of the jack lift Raising the vehicle with the jack vehicle far enough off the head is touching the jacking improperly positioned can ground so there is enough room flange under the body. Do not damage the vehicle and even for the compact spare tire to fit. place the jack under a body make the vehicle fall. To help panel. avoid personal injury and vehicle 6. Put the compact spare tire near damage, be sure to fit the jack lift the flat tire. head into the proper location before raising the vehicle. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (70,1)

10-70 Vehicle Care

{ WARNING

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can make wheel nuts become loose after time. The wheel could come off and cause an accident. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or a paper towel can be used; however, use 8. Remove all of the wheel nuts. 10. Remove any rust or dirt from a scraper or wire brush later to 9. Remove the flat tire. the wheel bolts, mounting remove all rust or dirt. surfaces and spare wheel. 11. Install the compact spare tire.

{ WARNING

Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come loose. The vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a crash. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (71,1)

Vehicle Care 10-71

12. Put the wheel nuts back on with the rounded end toward { WARNING the wheel. Tighten each nut by hand or with the wrench until Wheel nuts that are improperly or the wheel is held against incorrectly tightened can cause the hub. the wheels to become loose or come off. The wheel nuts should be tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification after replacing. Follow the torque specification supplied by the aftermarket manufacturer when using accessory locking wheel 14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in nuts. See Capacities and a crisscross sequence, as Specifications on page 12‑2 for shown, with the wheel wrench. original equipment wheel nut torque specifications. Notice: Wheel covers will not fit on the vehicle's compact spare. If you try to put a wheel cover on Notice: Improperly tightened the compact spare, the cover or 13. Lower the vehicle by turning wheel nuts can lead to brake the spare could be damaged. the wrench counterclockwise. pulsation and rotor damage. To Lower the jack completely. avoid expensive brake repairs, Do not try to put a wheel cover on evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the compact spare tire. It will not fit. the proper sequence and to the Store the wheel cover and wheel proper torque specification. See nut caps in the trunk until you have Capacities and Specifications on the flat tire repaired or replaced. page 12‑2 for the wheel nut torque specification. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (72,1)

10-72 Vehicle Care

Storing a Flat Tire and Tools

{ WARNING

To store the flat tire and jack in the 3. Collapse the wrench using the 5. Raise the jack to the height compact spare tire compartment: same button used to extend it. shown and lock the wrench onto the jack. 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on 4. Attach the wrench to the jack by placing the tab on the wrench page 2‑9. into the hole on the side of the 2. Remove the bolt extension (in jack. Then place the wrench the yellow sleeve) from the jack handle over the tab on the side and remove the center cap from of the jack. the wheel. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (73,1)

Vehicle Care 10-73

7. With the valve stem up, place the tire on the compartment floor with the rear of the tire under the trim panel. The tire may not lay completely flat. 8. Line up the bolt with the wheel center. 9. With the yellow cap in place to prevent the wheel from being scratched, screw the bolt extension onto the bolt through the wheel center hole. 6. Place the jack over the bolt (A) A. Cover 10. Remove the yellow cap from on the floor, making sure it B. Wing Nut contacts the bolt. Thread the the bolt extension. C. Extension jack retainer nut until it contacts 11. Secure the tire and wheel with the jack. the larger wing nut. D. Flat Tire (valve stem up) E. Nut F. Jack G. Bolt The compact spare is for temporary use only. Replace the compact spare tire with a full-size tire as soon as you can. See Compact Spare Tire on page 10‑75. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (74,1)

10-74 Vehicle Care

Storing the Spare Tire and Tools

{ WARNING

Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all these in the proper place. 2. Collapse the wrench using the 4. Raise the jack to the height same button used to extend it. shown and lock the wrench onto 1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on the jack. page 2‑9. 3. Attach the wrench to the jack by placing the tab on the wrench 5. Place the jack in the spare tire into the hole on the side of the well. Make sure the stow bolt jack. Then place the wrench goes through the hole in the handle over the tab on the side center of the wrench on the jack, of the jack. with the base of the jack towards the front of the vehicle. Turn the jack retainer nut until it firmly contacts the wrench. Do not over tighten. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (75,1)

Vehicle Care 10-75

6. Place the compact spare into the After installing the compact spare Notice: When the compact spare tire compartment with the stow on the vehicle, stop as soon as is installed, do not take the bolt going through the center possible and make sure the spare vehicle through an automatic car hole of the wheel. tire is correctly inflated. The wash with guide rails. The 7. Turn the spare tire retainer nut compact spare is made to perform compact spare can get caught on until it firmly contacts the wheel. well at speeds up to 65 mph the rails which can damage the Do not over tighten. (105 km/h) for distances up to tire, wheel, and other parts of the 3,000 miles (5 000 km), so you can vehicle. Compact Spare Tire finish your trip and have the full-size Do not use the compact spare on tire repaired or replaced at your other vehicles. convenience. Of course, it is best to { WARNING replace the spare with a full-size tire Do not mix the compact spare tire or as soon as possible. The spare tire wheel with other wheels or tires. Driving with more than one will last longer and be in good They will not fit. Keep the spare tire compact spare tire at a time could shape in case it is needed again. and its wheel together. result in loss of braking and Notice: Tire chains will not fit the handling. This could lead to a compact spare. Using them can crash and you or others could be damage the vehicle and can injured. Use only one compact damage the chains too. Do not spare tire at a time. use tire chains on the compact spare. If this vehicle has a compact spare tire it was fully inflated when the vehicle was new, however, it can lose air after a time. Check the inflation pressure regularly. It should be 60 psi (420 kPa). Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (76,1)

10-76 Vehicle Care

Jump Starting Notice: Ignoring these steps You would not be able to start could result in costly damage to your vehicle, and the bad For more information about the the vehicle that would not be grounding could damage the vehicle battery, see Battery on covered by the warranty. electrical systems. page 10 22. ‑ Trying to start the vehicle by To avoid the possibility of the If the battery has run down, you pushing or pulling it will not vehicles rolling, set the parking may want to use another vehicle work, and it could damage the brake firmly on both vehicles and some jumper cables to start vehicle. involved in the jump start your vehicle. Be sure to use the 1. Check the other vehicle. It must procedure. Put an automatic following steps to do it safely. have a 12-volt battery with a transmission in P (Park) or a negative ground system. manual transmission in { WARNING N (Neutral) before setting the Notice: Only use a vehicle that parking brake. has a 12-volt system with a Batteries can hurt you. They can Notice: If any accessories are left be dangerous because: negative ground for jump starting. If the other vehicle does on or plugged in during the jump . They contain acid that can not have a 12-volt system with a starting procedure, they could be burn you. negative ground, both vehicles damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle . They contain gas that can can be damaged. warranty. Whenever possible, explode or ignite. 2. Get the vehicles close enough turn off or unplug all accessories . They contain enough so the jumper cables can reach, on either vehicle when jump electricity to burn you. but be sure the vehicles are not starting the vehicle. touching each other. If they are, If you do not follow these steps it could cause a ground 3. Turn off the ignition on both exactly, some or all of these connection you do not want. vehicles. Unplug unnecessary things can hurt you. accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlet. Turn off the radio Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (77,1)

Vehicle Care 10-77

and all lamps that are not needed. This will avoid sparks { WARNING { WARNING and help save both batteries. And it could save the radio! Using a match near a battery can Fans or other moving engine cause battery gas to explode. parts can injure you badly. Keep 4. Open the hoods and locate the People have been hurt doing this, your hands away from moving batteries. Find the positive (+) and some have been blinded. parts once the engine is running. and negative (−) terminal Use a flashlight if you need more locations on each vehicle. Your light. vehicle's positive (+) terminal 5. Check that the jumper cables do and negative (–) terminal are Be sure the battery has enough not have loose or missing located under a black cover on water. You do not need to add insulation. If they do, you could the battery. See Engine water to the battery installed in get a shock. The vehicles could Compartment Overview on your new vehicle. But if a battery be damaged too. page 10‑5 for more information has filler caps, be sure the right Before you connect the cables, on location. Remove the cover amount of fluid is there. If it is low, here are some things you should to access the positive (+) and add water to take care of that know. Positive (+) will go to negative (–) terminals. first. If you do not, explosive gas positive (+) or to a remote could be present. positive (+) terminal if the vehicle { WARNING has one. Negative (−) will go to a Battery fluid contains acid that heavy, unpainted metal engine An electric fan can start up even can burn you. Do not get it on part or to a remote negative (−) when the engine is not running you. If you accidentally get it in terminal if the vehicle has one. and can injure you. Keep hands, your eyes or on your skin, flush clothing and tools away from any the place with water and get underhood electric fan. medical help immediately. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (78,1)

10-78 Vehicle Care

Do not connect positive (+) to 7. Do not let the other end touch The electrical connection is just negative (−) or you will get a metal. Connect it to the as good there, and the chance short that would damage the positive (+) terminal of the of sparks getting back to the battery and maybe other parts good battery. Use a remote battery is much less. too. And do not connect the positive (+) terminal if the vehicle 10. Now start the vehicle with the negative (−) cable to the has one. good battery and run the negative (−) terminal on the dead 8. Now connect the black engine for a while. battery because this can cause negative (−) cable to the sparks. 11. Try to start the vehicle that had negative (−) terminal of the the dead battery. If it will not good battery. Use a remote start after a few tries, it negative (−) terminal if the probably needs service. vehicle has one. Notice: If the jumper cables are Do not let the other end touch connected or removed in the anything until the next step. The wrong order, electrical shorting other end of the negative (−) may occur and damage the cable does not go to the dead vehicle. The repairs would not be battery. It goes to a heavy, covered by the vehicle warranty. unpainted metal engine part or Always connect and remove the to a remote negative (−) terminal jumper cables in the correct on the vehicle with the dead order, making sure that the battery. cables do not touch each other or 6. Connect the red positive (+) 9. Connect the other end of the other metal. cable to the positive (+) terminal negative (−) cable at least of the dead battery. Use a 18 inches (45 cm) away from the remote positive (+) terminal if dead battery, but not near the vehicle has one. engine parts that move. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (79,1)

Vehicle Care 10-79

To disconnect the jumper cables Towing from both vehicles, do the following: 1. Disconnect the black Towing the Vehicle negative (−) cable from the vehicle that had the dead Notice: To avoid damage, the battery. disabled vehicle should be towed with all four wheels off the 2. Disconnect the black ground. Care must be taken with negative (−) cable from the vehicles that have low ground vehicle with the good battery. clearance and/or special 3. Disconnect the red positive (+) equipment. Always flatbed on a cable from the vehicle with the car carrier. Jumper Cable Removal good battery. Consult your dealer or a A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine 4. Disconnect the red positive (+) professional towing service if the Part or Remote Negative (–) cable from the other vehicle. disabled vehicle must be towed. See Roadside Assistance Program Terminal 5. Return the caps over the (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or B. Good Battery or Remote positive (+) and negative (−) Roadside Assistance Program Positive (+) and Remote terminals to their original (Mexico) on page 13‑9. Negative (–) Terminals positions. To tow the vehicle behind another C. Dead Battery or Remote vehicle for recreational purposes, Positive (+) Terminal such as behind a motor home, see “Recreational Vehicle Towing” in this section. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (80,1)

10-80 Vehicle Care

Recreational Vehicle . How far will the vehicle be towed? Some vehicles have Towing restrictions on how far and how Recreational vehicle towing means long they can tow. towing the vehicle behind another . Does the vehicle have the vehicle – such as behind a motor proper towing equipment? home. The two most common types See your dealer or trailering of recreational vehicle towing are professional for additional known as dinghy towing and dolly advice and equipment towing. Dinghy towing is towing the recommendations. vehicle with all four wheels on the . ground. Dolly towing is towing the Is the vehicle ready to be vehicle with two wheels on the towed? Just as preparing the To dinghy tow the vehicle from the ground and two wheels up on a vehicle for a long trip, make sure front with all four wheels on the device known as a dolly. the vehicle is prepared to be towed. ground: Here are some important things to 1. Position the vehicle to tow and consider before recreational vehicle Dinghy Towing then secure it to the towing towing: When dinghy towing, the vehicle vehicle. . What's the towing capacity of the should be run at the beginning of 2. Shift the transmission to P (Park) towing vehicle? Be sure to read each day and at each RV fuel stop and turn the ignition to the tow vehicle manufacturer's for about five minutes. This will LOCK/OFF. recommendations. ensure proper lubrication of transmission components. 3. Set the parking brake. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (81,1)

Vehicle Care 10-81

4. To prevent the battery from Dolly Towing draining while the vehicle is being towed, remove the following fuse from the instrument panel fuse block: (IGN SENSOR). See Instrument Panel Fuse Block on page 10‑34 for more information. 5. Turn the ignition to ACC/ ACCESSORY. 6. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). Notice: Towing the vehicle from 7. Release the parking brake. the rear could damage it. Also, Remember to reinstall the IGN repairs would not be covered by Tow the vehicle with the two rear SENSOR fuse once the destination the vehicle warranty. Never have wheels on the ground and the front has been reached. the vehicle towed from the rear. wheels on a dolly: Notice: If 105 km/h (65 mph) is To tow the vehicle with two wheels exceeded while towing the on the ground and a dolly: vehicle, it could be damaged. 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly. Never exceed 105 km/h (65 mph) while towing the vehicle. 2. Put the gear shift lever in P (Park). Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (82,1)

10-82 Vehicle Care

3. Set the parking brake. Appearance Care exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) 4. Remove the key from the can result in damage or removal ignition. Exterior Care of paint and decals. 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. Rinse the vehicle well, before Washing the Vehicle washing and after, to remove all 6. Release the parking brake. To preserve the vehicle's finish, cleaning agents completely. If they wash it often and out of direct are allowed to dry on the surface, sunlight. they could stain. Notice: Do not use petroleum Dry the finish with a soft, clean based, acidic, or abrasive chamois or an all-cotton towel to cleaning agents as they can avoid surface scratches and water damage the vehicle's paint, metal, spotting. or plastic parts. If damage Finish Care occurs, it would not be covered by the vehicle's warranty. Application of aftermarket clearcoat Approved cleaning products can sealant/wax materials is not be obtained from your dealer. recommended. If painted surfaces Follow all manufacturer are damaged, see your dealer to directions regarding correct have the damage assessed and Notice: Towing the vehicle from repaired. Foreign materials such as the rear could damage it. Also, product usage, necessary safety precautions, and appropriate calcium chloride and other salts, ice repairs would not be covered by melting agents, road oil and tar, tree the vehicle warranty. Never have disposal of any vehicle care product. sap, bird droppings, chemicals from the vehicle towed from the rear. industrial chimneys, etc., can Notice: Avoid using high damage the vehicle's finish if they pressure washes closer than remain on painted surfaces. Wash 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the the vehicle as soon as possible. vehicle. Use of power washers Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (83,1)

Vehicle Care 10-83

If necessary, use non-abrasive For aluminum, never use auto or Replace the wiper blades if they cleaners that are marked safe for chrome polish, steam, or caustic are worn or damaged. Damage painted surfaces to remove foreign soap to clean. A coating of wax, can be caused by extreme dusty matter. rubbed to a high polish, is conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, Occasional hand waxing or mild recommended for all bright metal snow, and ice. parts. polishing should be done to remove Weatherstrips residue from the paint finish. See Cleaning Exterior Apply silicone grease on your dealer for approved cleaning Lamps/Lenses and Emblems products. weatherstrips to make them last Use only lukewarm or cold water, a longer, seal better, and not stick or Notice: Machine compounding or soft cloth, and a car washing soap squeak. See Recommended Fluids aggressive polishing on a to clean exterior lamps and lenses. and Lubricants on page 11‑11. basecoat/clearcoat paint finish Follow instructions under "Washing may damage it. Use only the Vehicle" later in this section. Tires non-abrasive waxes and polishes Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to that are made for a basecoat/ Windshield and Wiper Blades clean the tires. clearcoat paint finish on the Clean the outside of the windshield vehicle. Notice: Using petroleum-based with glass cleaner. tire dressing products on the To keep the paint finish looking new, Clean rubber blades using a lint-free vehicle may damage the paint keep the vehicle garaged or cloth or paper towel soaked with finish and/or tires. When applying covered whenever possible. windshield washer fluid or a mild a tire dressing, always wipe off Protecting Exterior Bright Metal detergent. Wash the windshield any overspray from all painted Parts thoroughly when cleaning the surfaces on the vehicle. blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and Regularly clean bright metal parts a buildup of vehicle wash/wax with water or chrome polish on treatments may cause wiper chrome or stainless steel trim, streaking. if necessary. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (84,1)

10-84 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Trim — Aluminum cleaners, brushes, or cleaners components are plastic. Applying or Chrome that contain acid on aluminum or silicone grease on weatherstrips chrome-plated wheels. Use only with a clean cloth will make them Use a soft, clean cloth with mild approved cleaners. Also, never last longer, seal better, and not stick soap and water to clean the wheels. drive a vehicle with aluminum or or squeak. After rinsing thoroughly with clean chrome-plated wheels through an water, dry with a soft, clean towel. automatic car wash that uses Underbody Maintenance A wax may then be applied. silicone carbide tire cleaning Use plain water to flush dirt and Keep the wheels clean using a soft, brushes. Damage could occur debris from the vehicle's underbody. clean cloth with mild soap and and the repairs would not be Your dealer or an underbody car water. Rinse with clean water. After covered by the vehicle warranty. washing system can do this. If not rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft, removed, rust and corrosion can clean towel. A wax may then be Steering, Suspension, and develop. applied. Chassis Components Sheet Metal Damage Notice: Chrome wheels and other Visually inspect front and rear chrome trim may be damaged if suspension and steering system for If the vehicle is damaged and the vehicle is not washed after damaged, loose, or missing parts or requires sheet metal repair or driving on roads that have been signs of wear. Inspect the power replacement, make sure the body sprayed with magnesium, steering for proper hook-up, binding, repair shop applies anti-corrosion calcium, or sodium chloride. leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Visually material to parts repaired or These chlorides are used on check constant velocity joints, replaced to restore corrosion roads for conditions such as ice rubber boots, and axle seals for protection. and dust. Always wash the leaks. Original manufacturer replacement chrome with soap and water after Body Component Lubrication parts will provide the corrosion exposure. protection while maintaining the Lubricate all key lock cylinders, vehicle warranty. Notice: To avoid surface damage, hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the do not use strong soaps, steel fuel door hinge unless the chemicals, abrasive polishes, Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (85,1)

Vehicle Care 10-85

Finish Damage Use a soft bristle brush to remove To prevent damage, do not clean dust from knobs and crevices on the the interior using the following Quickly repair minor chips and instrument cluster. Using a mild cleaners or techniques: scratches with touch-up materials soap solution, immediately remove available from your dealer to avoid . Never use a razor or any other hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect corrosion. Larger areas of finish sharp object to remove a soil repellant from all interior surfaces or damage can be corrected in your from any interior surface. permanent damage may result. dealer's body and paint shop. . Never use a brush with stiff Your dealer may have products for bristles. Chemical Paint Spotting cleaning the interior. Use cleaners Airborne pollutants can fall upon specifically designed for the . Never rub any surface and attack painted vehicle surfaces surfaces being cleaned to prevent aggressively or with excessive causing blotchy, ring-shaped permanent damage. To prevent pressure. discolorations, and small, irregular overspray, apply all cleaners directly . Do not use laundry detergents or dark spots etched into the paint to the cleaning cloth. Cleaners dishwashing soaps with surface. should be removed quickly. Never degreasers. For liquid cleaners, allow cleaners to remain on the use approximately 20 drops per Interior Care surface being cleaned for extended 3.78 L (1 gal) of water. periods of time. A concentrated soap solution will To prevent dirt particle abrasions, Cleaners may contain solvents that leave a residue that creates regularly clean the vehicle's interior. streaks and attracts dirt. Do not Immediately remove any soils. Note can become concentrated in the interior. Before using cleaners, read use solutions that contain strong that newspapers or dark garments or caustic soap. that can transfer color to home and adhere to all safety instructions furnishings can also permanently on the label. While cleaning the . Do not heavily saturate the transfer color to the vehicle's interior, maintain adequate upholstery when cleaning. interior. ventilation by opening the doors and windows. . Do not use solvents or cleaners containing solvents. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (86,1)

10-86 Vehicle Care

Interior Glass . For solid soils, remove as much If the soil is not completely as possible prior to vacuuming. removed, it may be necessary to To clean, use a terry cloth fabric use a commercial upholstery dampened with water. Wipe droplets To clean: cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small left behind with a clean dry cloth. 1. Saturate a clean lint-free hidden area for colorfastness before Commercial glass cleaners may be colorfast cloth with water or club using a commercial upholstery used, if necessary, after cleaning soda. Microfiber cloth is cleaner or spot lifter. If ring the interior glass with plain water. recommended to prevent lint formation occurs, clean the entire Notice: To prevent scratching, transfer to the fabric or carpet. fabric or carpet. never use abrasive cleaners on 2. Remove excess moisture by Following the cleaning process, a automotive glass. Abrasive gently wringing until water does paper towel can be used to blot cleaners or aggressive cleaning not drip from the cleaning cloth. excess moisture. may damage the rear window 3. Start on the outside edge of the defogger. soil and gently rub toward the Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and Fabric/Carpet center. Fold the cleaning cloth to Other Plastic Surfaces a clean area frequently to Start by vacuuming the surface Use a soft microfiber cloth prevent forcing the soil in to the dampened with water to remove using a soft brush attachment. If a fabric. rotating brush attachment is being dust and loose dirt. For a more used during vacuuming, only use it 4. Continue gently rubbing the thorough cleaning, use a soft on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, soiled area until there is no microfiber cloth dampened with a gently remove as much of the soil longer any color transfer from mild soap solution. as possible using one of the the soil to the cleaning cloth. Notice: Soaking or saturating following techniques: 5. If the soil is not completely leather, especially perforated leather, as well as other interior . Gently blot liquids with a paper removed, use a mild soap towel. Continue blotting until no solution followed only by club surfaces, may cause permanent more soil can be removed. soda or plain water. damage. Wipe excess moisture from these surfaces after Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (87,1)

Vehicle Care 10-87

cleaning and allow them to dry Floor Mats Use the following guidelines for naturally. Never use heat, steam, proper floor mat usage. spot lifters or spot removers. Do { WARNING . The original equipment floor not use cleaners that contain mats were designed for your silicone or wax-based products. If a floor mat is the wrong size or vehicle. If the floor mats need Cleaners containing these is not properly installed, it can replacing, it is recommended solvents can permanently change interfere with the pedals. that GM certified floor mats be the appearance and feel of leather Interference with the pedals can purchased. Non-GM floor mats or soft trim and are not may not fit properly and may recommended. cause unintended acceleration and/or increased stopping interfere with the accelerator or Do not use cleaners that increase distance which can cause a crash brake pedal. Always check that gloss, especially on the instrument and injury. Make sure the floor the floor mats do not interfere panel. Reflected glare can decrease mat does not interfere with the with the pedals. visibility through the windshield pedals. . Use the floor mat with the under certain conditions. correct side up. Do not turn Notice: Use of air fresheners may it over. cause permanent damage to . Do not place anything on top of plastics and painted surfaces. the driver side floor mat. If an air freshener comes in contact with any plastic or painted surface in the vehicle, blot immediately and clean with a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution. Damage caused by air fresheners would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (88,1)

10-88 Vehicle Care

. Use only a single floor mat on Removing and Replacing the the driver side. Floor Mat . Do not place one floor mat on 1. Pull up on the rear of the mat to top of another. remove it from the hooks. 2. Reinstall the floor mat by lining up the openings in the floor mat over the hooks and push it down into position. 3. Make sure the floor mat is properly secured and verify that it does not interfere with the pedals.

The driver side floor mat is held in place by two hooks. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-1

General Information Your dealer recognizes the Service and importance of providing Maintenance Your vehicle is an important competitively priced maintenance investment. This section describes and repair services. With trained the required maintenance for the technicians, the dealer is the place General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to for routine maintenance such as oil General Information ...... 11-1 help protect against major repair changes and tire rotations and expenses resulting from neglect or additional maintenance items like Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-3 also help to maintain the value of blades. the vehicle if it is sold. It is the Notice: Damage caused by Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have improper maintenance can lead to Special Application all required maintenance performed. Services ...... 11-8 costly repairs and may not be Your dealer has trained technicians covered by the vehicle warranty. Additional Maintenance who can perform required Maintenance intervals, checks, and Care maintenance using genuine inspections, recommended fluids, Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have and lubricants are important to and Care ...... 11-8 up‐to‐date tools and equipment keep the vehicle in good working for fast and accurate diagnostics. condition. Recommended Fluids, Many dealers have extended The Tire Rotation and Required Lubricants, and Parts evening and Saturday hours, Services are the responsibility of the Recommended Fluids and courtesy transportation, and online vehicle owner. It is recommended to Lubricants ...... 11-11 scheduling to assist with service have your dealer perform these Maintenance Replacement needs. Parts ...... 11-12 services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to Maintenance Records keep the vehicle in good working Maintenance Records ...... 11-13 condition, improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle emissions. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

11-2 Service and Maintenance

Because of the way people use The Additional Required Services ‐ vehicles, maintenance needs vary. Severe are for vehicles that are: { WARNING There may need to be more . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic Performing maintenance work can frequent checks and services. The in hot weather. Additional Required Services ‐ be dangerous and can cause Normal are for vehicles that: . Mainly driven in hilly or serious injury. Perform mountainous terrain. maintenance work only if the . Carry passengers and cargo required information, proper tools, . Frequently towing a trailer. within recommended limits on and equipment are available. the Tire and Loading Information . Used for high speed or If they are not, see your dealer to label. See Vehicle Load Limits competitive driving. have a trained technician do the on page 9‑10. . Used for taxi, police, or delivery work. See Doing Your Own . Are driven on reasonable road service. Service Work on page 10‑4. surfaces within legal driving limits. Refer to the information in the Maintenance Schedule Additional . Use the recommended fuel. See Required Services ‐ Severe chart. Recommended Fuel on page 9‑34. Refer to the information in the Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services ‐ Normal chart. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-3

Maintenance Engine Oil Change Tire Rotation and Required Schedule When the CHANGE OIL SOON Services Every message displays, have the 12 000 km/7,500 mi Owner Checks and Services engine oil and filter changed within Rotate the tires, if recommended for the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven the vehicle, and perform the At Each Fuel Stop under the best conditions, the following services. See Tire . Check the engine oil level. See engine oil life system might not Rotation on page 10‑51. Engine Oil on page 10‑8. indicate the need for vehicle service for more than a year. The engine oil . Check engine oil level and oil Once a Month and filter must be changed at least life percentage. If needed, change engine oil and filter, and . Check the tire inflation once a year and the oil life system reset oil life system. See Engine pressures. See Tire Pressure on must be reset. Your trained dealer Oil on page 10‑8 and Engine Oil page 10‑45. technician can perform this work. If the engine oil life system is reset Life System on page 10‑11. . Inspect the tires for wear. See accidentally, service the vehicle . Check engine coolant level. See Tire Inspection on page 10‑51. within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the Engine Coolant on page 10‑14. . Check the windshield washer last service. Reset the oil life . Check windshield washer fluid fluid level. See Washer Fluid on system when the oil is changed. level. See Washer Fluid on page 10‑19. See Engine Oil Life System on page 10‑19. page 10‑11. . Visually inspect windshield wiper blades for wear, cracking, or contamination. See Exterior Care on page 10‑82. Replace worn or damaged wiper blades. See Wiper Blade Replacement on page 10‑24. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

11-4 Service and Maintenance

. Check tire inflation pressures. . Visually inspect fuel system for . Check parking brake and See Tire Pressure on damage or leaks. automatic transmission park page 10 45. mechanism. See Park Brake and ‑ . Visually inspect exhaust system P (Park) Mechanism Check on . Inspect tire wear. See Tire and nearby heat shields for page 10 24. Inspection on page 10‑51. loose or damaged parts. ‑ . Check accelerator pedal for . Visually check for fluid leaks. . Lubricate body components. See damage, high effort, or binding. Exterior Care on page 10‑82. . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. Replace if needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on . Check starter switch. See Starter . Visually inspect gas strut for page 10‑12. Switch Check on page 10‑23. signs of wear, cracks, or other . Inspect brake system. . Check automatic transmission damage. Check the hold open shift lock control function. See . Visually inspect steering, ability of the strut. See your suspension, and chassis Automatic Transmission Shift dealer if service is required. Lock Control Function Check on components for damaged, loose, . Check tire sealant expiration page 10‑23. or missing parts or signs of date, if equipped. See Tire wear. See Exterior Care on . Check ignition transmission lock. Sealant and Compressor Kit on page 10‑82. See Ignition Transmission Lock page 10‑60. Check on page 10‑24. . Check restraint system . Inspect sunroof track and seal, components. See Safety System if equipped. See Sunroof on Check on page 3‑16. page 2‑18. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-5 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

11-6 Service and Maintenance

Footnotes — Maintenance b) Or every four years, whichever Schedule Additional Required comes first. Services — Normal c) Or every five years, whichever a) Check all fuel and vapor lines comes first. See Cooling System on and hoses for proper hook‐up, page 10‑13. routing, and condition. Check that d) Or every 10 years, whichever the purge valve, if the vehicle has comes first. Inspect for fraying, one, works properly. Replace as excessive cracking, or damage; needed. replace, if needed. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-7 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

11-8 Service and Maintenance

Footnotes — Maintenance Special Application Additional Schedule Additional Required Services — Severe Services Maintenance and Care a) Check all fuel and vapor lines . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important and hoses for proper hook‐up, Vehicles Only: Lubricate investment and caring for it properly routing, and condition. Check that chassis components every may help to avoid future costly the purge valve, if the vehicle has 5 000 km/3,000 mi. repairs. To maintain vehicle one, works properly. Replace as performance, additional . Have underbody flushing service needed. performed once a year. maintenance services may be b) Or every four years, whichever required. It is recommended comes first. that your dealer perform these services — their trained dealer c) Or every five years, whichever technicians know your vehicle best. comes first. See Cooling System on Your dealer can also perform a page 10‑13. thorough assessment with a d) Or every 10 years, whichever multi‐point inspection to recommend comes first. Inspect for fraying, when your vehicle may need excessive cracking, or damage; attention. The following list is replace, if needed. intended to explain the services and conditions to look for that may indicate services are required. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-9

Battery . Signs of brake wear may include With a multi‐point inspection, your chirping, grinding, or squealing dealer can inspect the hoses and The battery supplies power to start noises, or difficulty stopping. the engine and operate any advise if replacement is needed. additional electrical accessories. . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps access to tools and equipment . To avoid break‐down or failure to to inspect the brakes and Properly working headlamps, start the vehicle, maintain a recommend quality parts taillamps, and brake lamps are battery with full cranking power. engineered for the vehicle. important to see and be seen on . Trained dealer technicians have the road. Fluids the diagnostic equipment to test . Signs that the headlamps need the battery and ensure that the Proper fluid levels and approved attention include dimming, failure connections and cables are fluids protect the vehicle’s systems to light, cracking, or damage. corrosion‐free. and components. See The brake lamps need to be Recommended Fluids and Belts checked periodically to ensure Lubricants on page 11‑11 for GM that they light when braking. . Belts may need replacing if they approved fluids. . With a multi‐point inspection, squeak or show signs of . Engine oil and windshield cracking or splitting. your dealer can check the lamps washer fluid levels should be and note any concerns. . Trained dealer technicians can checked at every fuel fill. Shocks and Struts inspect the belts and . Instrument cluster lights may recommend replacement when come on to indicate that fluids Shocks and struts help aid in control necessary. may be low and need to be for a smoother ride. Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include Brakes stop the vehicle and are Hoses steering wheel vibration, bounce/ crucial to safe driving. sway while braking, longer Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven be regularly inspected to ensure tire wear. that there are no cracks or leaks. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

11-10 Service and Maintenance

. As part of the multi‐point Vehicle Care Windshield inspection, trained dealer technicians can visually inspect To help keep the vehicle looking like For safety, appearance, and the the shocks and struts for signs new, vehicle care products are best viewing, keep the windshield of leaking, blown seals, available from your dealer. For clean and clear. information on how to clean and or damage, and can advise . Signs of damage include when service is needed. protect the vehicle’s interior and scratches, cracks, and chips. exterior, see Interior Care on Tires page 10‑85 and Exterior Care on . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the windshield and Tires need to be properly inflated, page 10‑82. recommend proper replacement rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel Alignment if needed. the tires can save money, fuel, and can reduce the risk of tire failure. Wheel alignment is critical for Wiper Blades ensuring that the tires deliver . Signs that the tires need to be optimal wear and performance. Wiper blades need to be cleaned replaced include three or more and kept in good condition to . visible treadwear indicators; cord Signs that the alignment may provide a clear view. or fabric showing through the need to be adjusted include . Signs of wear include streaking, rubber; cracks or cuts in the pulling, improper vehicle skipping across the windshield, tread or sidewall; or a bulge or handling, or unusual tire wear. and worn or split rubber. split in the tire. . Your dealer has the required . Trained dealer technicians can . Trained dealer technicians can equipment to ensure proper check the wiper blades and inspect and recommend the right wheel alignment. replace them when needed. tires. Your dealer can also provide tire/wheel balancing services to ensure smooth vehicle operation at all speeds. Your dealer sells and services name brand tires. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-11

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Usage Fluid/Lubricant Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent, of Engine Oil the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑8. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. Engine Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 10‑14. DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88862806, in Hydraulic Brake System Canada 88862807). Windshield Washer Optikleen® Washer Solvent. Hydraulic Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 89021184, in Canada 89021186). (if equipped) Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Key Lock Cylinders Canada 10953474). Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 12346293, in Canada 992723) Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Release Pawl Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

11-12 Service and Maintenance

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Hood and Door Hinges Canada 10953474). Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Weatherstrip Conditioning Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887).

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 22676970 A1627C Engine Oil Filter 2.4L L4 Engine 12605566 PF457G 3.6L V6 Engine 12600224 PF48 Spark Plugs 2.4L L4 Engine 12625058 41-103 3.6L V6 Engine 12622561 41-109 Wiper Blades Driver Side – 60.0 cm (23.6 in) 25800624 — Passenger Side – 53.0 cm (21.0 in) 25800623 — Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-13

Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

11-14 Service and Maintenance

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-15

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

11-16 Service and Maintenance

Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN Vehicle Identification is the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-4 Identification Label This label, on the inside of the glove box, has the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). . Model designation. This legal identifier is in the front . Paint information. corner of the instrument panel, on . the left side of the vehicle. It can be Production options and special seen through the windshield from equipment. outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle. Parts labels and certificates of title and registration. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications Capacities Application Metric English For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a amount, see the refrigerant label located under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System 2.4L L4 Engine 7.1 L 7.5 qt 3.6L V6 Engines 9.4 L 9.9 qt Engine Oil with Filter 2.4L L4 Engine 4.7 L 5.0 qt 3.6L V6 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt Fuel Tank 61.7 L 16.3 gal Transmission Fluid* 2.4L L4 Engine with 6 Speed Automatic Transmission — 5.0 L 5.3 qt (RPO MH8)— (Drain and Refill) 3.6L V6 Engine with 6 Speed Automatic Transmission — 6.0 L 6.3 qt (RPO MH2)— (Drain and Refill) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Technical Data 12-3

Capacities Application Metric English Wheel Nut Torque 140 Y 100 ft lb *See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 10‑12 for information on checking fluid level. All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 2.4L L4 Engine U Automatic 1.01 mm (0.040 in) 2.4L L4 Engine 0 Automatic 1.01 mm (0.040 in) 3.6L V6 Engine 7 Automatic 1.10 mm (0.044 in) Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

12-4 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

3.6L V6 Engine 2.4L L4 Engine Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Customer Information 13-1

Courtesy Transportation Customer Information Customer Program (U.S. and Information Canada) ...... 13-13 Collision Damage Repair Customer Satisfaction (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-14 Procedure (U.S. and Customer Information Service Publications Canada) Customer Satisfaction Ordering Information ...... 13-16 Your satisfaction and goodwill are Procedure (U.S. and Reporting Safety Defects important to your dealer and to Canada) ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns Customer Satisfaction the United States Procedure (Mexico) ...... 13-3 with the sales transaction or the Government ...... 13-17 operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance Offices Reporting Safety Defects to (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-4 resolved by your dealer's sales or the Canadian service departments. Sometimes, Customer Assistance Offices Government ...... 13-18 (Mexico) ...... 13-5 however, despite the best intentions Reporting Safety Defects to of all concerned, misunderstandings Customer Assistance for Text General Motors ...... 13-18 Telephone (TTY) Users (U.S. can occur. If your concern has not and Canada) ...... 13-6 Vehicle Data Recording and been resolved to your satisfaction, Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 Privacy the following steps should be taken: GM Mobility Reimbursement Vehicle Data Recording and STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Program (U.S. and Privacy ...... 13-19 with a member of dealership Canada) ...... 13-7 Vehicle Data Recording . . . . 13-19 management. Normally, concerns Roadside Assistance Program OnStar® ...... 13-20 can be quickly resolved at that level. (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-7 Radio Frequency If the matter has already been Roadside Assistance Program Identification (RFID) ...... 13-20 reviewed with the sales, service, (Mexico) ...... 13-9 Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner Scheduling Service Statement ...... 13-20 of your dealership or the general Appointments (U.S. and manager. Canada) ...... 13-12 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

13-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, case will generally be heard within member of dealership management, remember that your concern will 40 days. If you do not agree with the it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's decision given in your case, you resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest may reject it and proceed with any further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. other venue for relief available Chevrolet Customer Assistance to you. STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Both General Motors and your You may contact the BBB Auto Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making Line Program using the toll-free Canada Customer Care Centre at sure you are completely satisfied telephone number or write them at 1-800-263-3777 (English), with your new vehicle. However, the following address: or 1-800-263-7854 (French). if you continue to remain unsatisfied BBB Auto Line Program We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Council of Better Business toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you Bureaus, Inc. inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business ® 4200 Wilson Boulevard following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Suite 800 give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights. Arlington, VA 22203-1838 representative: The BBB Auto Line Program is an Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 . Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered www.dr.bbb.org/goauto Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive This program is available in all title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or 50 states and the District of the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle Columbia. Eligibility is limited by through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may vehicle age, mileage, and other be required to resort to this informal factors. General Motors reserves . Dealership name and location. dispute resolution program prior to the right to change eligibility . Vehicle delivery date and filing a court action, use of the limitations and/or discontinue its present mileage. program is free of charge and your participation in this program. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Customer Information 13-3

STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Satisfaction Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Procedure (Mexico) addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), Limited wants you to be aware of 1-800-263-7854 (French), its participation in a no-charge or write to: Mediation/Arbitration Program. The Mediation/Arbitration Program General Motors of Canada Limited c/o Customer Care Centre has committed to binding arbitration General Motors of Canada Limited Did you get the Warranty Extension of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Plan? This plan is recommended by factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive General Motors to supplement the claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 warranty included with the new the review of the facts involved by vehicle purchase. an impartial third party arbiter, and Your inquiry should be accompanied may include an informal hearing by the Vehicle Identification See your dealer for details. before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN). Customer Assistance designed so that the entire dispute Procedure settlement process, from the time you file your complaint to the final Owner satisfaction and goodwill are decision, should be completed in very important to your dealer and about 70 days. We believe our General Motors. impartial program offers advantages Normally, any problem with the over courts in most jurisdictions transaction, sale, or usage of the because it is informal, quick, and vehicle must be handled by your free of charge. dealer sales or service departments. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

13-4 Customer Information

However, we recognize that despite STEP THREE Customer Assistance the good intentions of all parties If your case is not resolved in a Offices (U.S. and Canada) involved, sometimes a reasonable amount of time by your misunderstanding may occur. dealer, please call the General Chevrolet encourages customers If you have a problem that has not Motors Customer Assistance to call the toll-free number for been satisfactorily handled through Center (CAC) and provide the assistance. However, if a customer the normal means, we suggest the following information: wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, following steps: the letter should be addressed to: . Name United States STEP ONE . Address Chevrolet Motor Division Explain your case to your dealer . Phone number service agent, service manager, Chevrolet Customer dealer sales agent, or sales . Model year Assistance Center P.O. Box 33170 manager, depending on your case. . Brand Detroit, MI 48232-5170 Make sure that they have all . Vehicle Identification www.Chevrolet.com necessary information. They are Number (VIN) interested in your continual 1-800-222-1020 . satisfaction. Mileage 1-800-833-2438 (For Text . Delivery date Telephone Devices (TTYs)) STEP TWO Roadside Assistance: . Description of the problem If you are not satisfied, please 1-800-243-8872 contact the general manager or your . Dealership name From Puerto Rico: dealership owner to ask for their . Dealership address help. If they are not able to resolve 1-800-496-9992 (English) your case, ask them to contact the See Customer Assistance Offices 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) right people at General Motors for (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑4 or From U.S. Virgin Islands: support, if needed. Customer Assistance Offices (Mexico) on page 13‑5. 1-800-496-9994 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Customer Information 13-5

Canada Mexico, Central America, and Mexico Caribbean Islands/Countries General Motors of Canada Limited From Mexico City Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: (Except Puerto Rico and U.S. CA1-163-005 Virgin Islands) 5329-0811 1908 Colonel Sam Drive General Motors de Mexico, From Other Mexico Locations Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 S. de R.L. de C.V. 01-800-466-0811 www.gm.ca Customer Assistance Center 1-800-263-3777 (English) Av. Ejercito Nacional #843 United States and Canada 1-800-263-7854 (French) Col. Granada 1-866-466-8190 1-800-263-3830 (For Text C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F. Telephone devices (TTYs)) 01-800-466-0800 Costa Rica Roadside Assistance: Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0800 00-800-052-1005 1-800-268-6800 Guatemala Overseas Customer Assistance 1-800-999-5252 Please contact the local General Offices (Mexico) Motors Business Unit. To contact the Customer Assistance Panama Center (CAC), use the phone 00-800-052-0001 numbers listed in this section. Customer assistance is available Dominican Republic Monday through Friday, 08:00 to 1-888-751-5301 20:00 hours, and Saturdays from 08:00 to 15:00 hours. El Salvador All e-mail inquiries to the Customer 800-6273 Assistance Center (CAC) should be sent to: [email protected]. Honduras 800-0122-6101 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

13-6 Customer Information

Customer Assistance for . Storage for online service and Chevrolet Owner Centre maintenance records. Text Telephone (TTY) (Canada) chevroletowner.ca . Users (U.S. and Canada) Chevrolet dealer locator for Take a trip to the Chevrolet Owner service nationwide. Centre: To assist customers who are deaf, . Exclusive privileges and offers. hard of hearing, or speech-impaired . Chat live with online help and who use Text Telephones . Recall notices for your specific representatives. vehicle. (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY . Use the Vehicle Tools section. equipment available at its Customer . OnStar and GM Cardmember . Access third party enthusiast Assistance Center. Any TTY user in Services Earnings summaries. sites and social media networks. the U.S. can communicate with Chevrolet by dialing: Other Helpful Links . Locate owner resources such as 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in Chevrolet — www.chevrolet.com lease-end, financing, and Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. warranty information. Chevrolet Merchandise — www.chevymall.com . Retrieve your favorite articles, Online Owner Center quizzes, tips and multimedia Help Center — www.chevrolet.com/ Manage your vehicle (U.S.) at galleries organized into the pages/mds/helpcenter/faq.do Features and Auto Care chevrolet.com. Click on . FAQ Sections. “Owners,” then “Manage My . Contact Us . Chevrolet/Owners Login.” Download the owner manual for your vehicle, quickly and easily. Information and services customized for your specific . Find the Chevrolet - recommended maintenance vehicle — all in one convenient place. services for your vehicle. . Digital owner manual, warranty information, and more. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Customer Information 13-7

GM Mobility General Motors of Canada also . Location of the vehicle. Reimbursement Program has a Mobility Program. Call . Model, year, color, and license 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for plate number of the vehicle. (U.S. and Canada) details. TTY users call . 1-800-263-3830. Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), and Roadside Assistance delivery date of the vehicle. Program (U.S. and . Description of the problem. Canada) Coverage For U.S.‐purchased vehicles, call Services are provided up to 5 years/ 160 000 km (100,000 mi), whichever This program is available to 1‐800‐243‐8872; (Text Telephone comes first. qualified applicants for cost (TTY): 1‐888‐889‐2438). reimbursement of eligible For Canadian‐purchased vehicles, In the U.S., anyone driving the aftermarket adaptive equipment call 1-800-268-6800. vehicle is covered. In Canada, a required for the vehicle, such as person driving the vehicle without Service is available 24 hours a day, hand controls or a wheelchair/ permission from the owner is not 365 days a year. scooter lift for the vehicle. covered. For more information on the limited Calling for Assistance Roadside Assistance is not a part of offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or When calling Roadside Assistance, the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. call the GM Mobility Assistance have the following information Chevrolet and General Motors of Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text ready: Canada Limited reserve the right to Telephone (TTY) users, call make any changes or discontinue 1-800-833-9935. . Your name, home address, and the Roadside Assistance program at home telephone number. any time without notification. . Telephone number of your location. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

13-8 Customer Information

Chevrolet and General Motors of . Flat Tire Change: Service to Services Specific to Canadian Canada Limited reserve the right to change a flat tire with the spare Purchased Vehicles limit services or payment to an tire. The spare tire, if equipped, owner or driver if they decide the must be in good condition and . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement claims are made too often, or the properly inflated. It is the owner's is approximately $5 Canadian. same type of claim is made many responsibility for the repair or Diesel fuel delivery may be times. replacement of the tire if it is not restricted. Propane and other covered by the warranty. fuels are not provided through Services Provided this service. . Battery Jump Start: Service to . Emergency Fuel Delivery: jump start a dead battery. . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle Delivery of enough fuel for the registration is required. vehicle to get to the nearest Services Not Included in Roadside Assistance . Trip Routing Service: Detailed service station. maps of North America are . Lock‐Out Service: Service to . Impound towing caused by provided when requested either unlock the vehicle if you are violation of any laws. with the most direct route or the locked out. A remote unlock may . Legal fines. most scenic route. There is a be available if you have OnStar. limit of six requests per year. For security reasons, the driver . Mounting, dismounting, Additional travel information is must present identification or changing of snow tires, also available. Allow three before this service is given. chains, or other traction devices. weeks for delivery. . Emergency Tow from a Public . Towing or services for vehicles Road or Highway: Tow to the driven on a non-public road or nearest Chevrolet dealer for highway. warranty service, or if the vehicle was in a crash and cannot be driven. Assistance is also given when the vehicle is stuck in the sand, mud, or snow. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Customer Information 13-9

. Trip Interruption Benefits and Roadside Assistance This program expires two years Assistance: Must be over from the date of the invoice for the 250 kilometers from where your Program (Mexico) vehicle, regardless of vehicle trip was started to qualify. As a new owner, your vehicle is mileage and changes in vehicle General Motors of automatically enrolled in the ownership. Canada Limited requires Roadside Assistance program. The For more information about the pre-authorization, original services are available at no cost detailed receipts, and a copy renewal of this program at the end under the terms and conditions of of its term, contact the Chevrolet of the repair orders. Once the program. The Roadside authorization has been received, Customer Assistance Center at Assistance program is not part of, 01-800-466-0800. the Roadside Assistance advisor or included, in the coverage will help to make arrangements provided by the New Vehicle Services Provided and explain how to receive Limited Warranty. payment. . Flat Tire Change: If unable to Roadside Assistance provides change a flat tire, Roadside . Alternative Service: If assistance to the driver and Assistance will provide towing assistance cannot be provided passengers while driving the vehicle service to the nearest authorized right away, the Roadside within your city of residence or on Chevrolet dealership. It is the Assistance advisor may give any passable road in Mexico, the owner's responsibility for the permission to get local United States, and Canada. repair or replacement of the tire. emergency road service. You will Services are subject to the This service is limited to the receive payment, up to $100, limitations described in the transfer of the vehicle to the after sending the original receipt following pages. Program repair facility. to Roadside Assistance. coverage varies by country. Mechanical failures may be . Emergency Fuel Delivery: covered, however any cost for Roadside Assistance is available Delivery of enough fuel for the parts and labor for repairs not 24 hours a day, 365 days of vehicle to get to the nearest covered by the warranty are the the year. service station. owner responsibility. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

13-10 Customer Information

. Lock-Out Service: Service to service. When the vehicle is not . *Trip Interruption: This service unlock the vehicle if you are accessible to be towed, all is provided if you are prevented locked out. maneuvers required to access it from further usage of your vehicle while traveling and it is . Battery Jump Start: Service to will be at the owner's expense. jump start a dead battery. not possible for the nearest If the vehicle is in another city Chevrolet dealership to repair . *Emergency Messages: outside of your residence, the vehicle the same day, Transmission of urgent phone Roadside Assistance is limited requiring the vehicle to stay at messages. to moving the vehicle to the the dealership for a night or nearest dealer. If you would like . more. If this happens, in addition *Emergency Calls: Call for the vehicle moved to a different emergency services. to the previously listed services dealer, you will be asked to and prior to confirmation by the . *Dealership Location cover the difference in cost at dealership, you are entitled to Assistance: Information the time of the move. choose one of the following regarding addresses and If the vehicle cannot be received alternatives, within the limits of telephone numbers for Chevrolet by the nearest Chevrolet dealer existing Roadside Assistance dealers. due to scheduling conflicts, the program guidelines. If the costs . Emergency Towing: Tow to the vehicle will be taken to a safe exceed the amount authorized nearest dealer for warranty place where it will remain for up for these services, you must pay service if the vehicle cannot be to 48 hours until it can be taken the difference at the time of driven. to the dealer. If the storage costs service. exceed the amount authorized, If the vehicle is involved in an Roadside Assistance the owner is responsible to pay accident during the commission will coordinate hotel the difference at the time of of a crime, administrative accommodations for all vehicle service. Contact Roadside violation, or breach of traffic travelers for up to two nights. Assistance for more information regulations, Roadside on authorized amounts. Assistance will not provide Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Customer Information 13-11

A rental car will be provided for . *Complimentary Services Not Included in Roadside up to two days and the vehicle Transportation for Vehicle Pick Assistance Up: Transportation to pick up must be returned to its original Roadside Assistance does not destination, excluding vehicles your vehicle after repairs are complete. Once the dealer has cover or reimburse services for the with a carrying capacity greater following: than 3.5 tons. reported that the vehicle has been repaired, Roadside . Events caused by fraud or bad Complimentary Transportation: If Assistance will provide bus or faith by the driver. you prefer to continue your trip commercial airline one-way . Vehicle immobilization situations to the intended destination service (subject to availability) due to a major force or or return to your place of for the person designated by you unforeseen circumstances, such residence, and the trip requires to collect your vehicle at the as natural phenomena of an more than eight hours driving on dealership's location if you or the extraordinary nature, the road, transportation for the designated person are not in the earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, driver and passengers by first same town or city as the and other cyclonic storms. class bus or coach commercial dealership. airline will be provided to a . Vehicle immobilization situations *These services are not provided for location chosen by Roadside arising from car accidents U.S. or Canada residents. All Assistance, depending on caused by the driver of the services provided in the U.S. and availability at the chosen vehicle or third parties. This Canada are at the owner's expense destination. Restrictions apply means any occurrence that and will be reimbursed by Roadside based on vehicle specifications. causes physical injury to the Assistance. If you are on the road, taxi occupants and/or the vehicle service to the nearest bus caused by external forces. station or airport will be . Acts of terrorism, riot or uproar, provided. armed forces or police actions which prevent timely delivery of assistance services. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

13-12 Customer Information

. Food service, beverages, Contacting Roadside Assistance Scheduling Service telephone calls, or other extra costs. Accommodation costs Roadside Assistance services Appointments apply only to Mexico per the are of no cost to you and available (U.S. and Canada) terms and conditions of the 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Roadside Assistance program. Costs are only incurred in situations When the vehicle requires warranty that exceed the limits of the service, contact your dealer and . Any damage to the vehicle program, some of which are request an appointment. By without intent, derived from the listed previously in this section. scheduling a service appointment services provided. and advising the service consultant To contact Roadside Assistance by of your transportation needs, your . Cost of towing a trailer when phone, use the following numbers: choosing a Chevrolet dealer that dealer can help minimize your is nearest to the temporary Mexico inconvenience. storage facility for the disabled 01-800-466-0800 If the vehicle cannot be scheduled vehicle. into the service department United States . Cost of all maneuvers required immediately, keep driving it until it to access the vehicle when it is 1-866-466-8901 can be scheduled for service, not available to be towed. unless, of course, the problem is Canada safety related. If it is, please call . Cost of fuel provided. 1-800-268-6800 your dealership, let them know this, Routine vehicle repair costs are not and ask for instructions. E-mail covered by the Roadside If your dealer requests you to bring Assistance program. For more [email protected] the vehicle for service, you are information, see your new vehicle Chevrolet reserves the right to make urged to do so as early in the work warranty. any changes or discontinue the day as possible to allow for Roadside Assistance program at same-day repair. any time without notification. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Customer Information 13-13

Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options original receipts and can only be up to the maximum amount allowed by Warranty service can generally be Program (U.S. and GM for shuttle service. In addition, completed while you wait. However, Canada) for U.S. customers, should you if you are unable to wait, GM helps arrange transportation through a To enhance your ownership to minimize inconvenience by friend or relative, limited experience, we and our participating providing several transportation reimbursement for reasonable fuel dealers are proud to offer Courtesy options. Depending on the expenses may be available. Claim Transportation, a customer support circumstances, your dealer can amounts should reflect actual costs program for vehicles with the offer one of the following: Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty and be supported by original Coverage period in Canada), Shuttle Service receipts. See your dealer for information regarding the allowance extended powertrain, and/or Shuttle service is the preferred amounts for reimbursement of fuel hybrid-specific warranties in both means of offering Courtesy or other transportation costs. the U.S. and Canada. Transportation. Dealers may provide Several Courtesy Transportation shuttle service to get you to your Courtesy Rental Vehicle destination with minimal interruption options are available to assist in Your dealer may arrange to provide of your daily schedule. This includes reducing inconvenience when you with a courtesy rental vehicle or one-way or round-trip shuttle service warranty repairs are required. reimburse you for a rental vehicle within reasonable time and distance that you obtain if the vehicle is kept Courtesy Transportation is not a parameters of your dealer's area. part of the New Vehicle Limited for an overnight warranty repair. Warranty. A separate booklet Public Transportation or Fuel Rental reimbursement will be limited entitled “Limited Warranty and Reimbursement and must be supported by original receipts. This requires that you sign Owner Assistance Information” If the vehicle requires overnight and complete a rental agreement furnished with each new vehicle warranty repairs, and public and meet state/provincial, local, and provides detailed warranty coverage transportation is used instead of rental vehicle provider requirements. information. your dealer's shuttle service, the Requirements vary and may include expense must be supported by minimum age requirements, Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

13-14 Customer Information

insurance coverage, credit card, Collision Damage Repair Recycled original equipment parts etc. You are responsible for fuel may also be used for repair. These usage charges and may also be (U.S. and Canada) parts are typically removed from responsible for taxes, levies, usage If the vehicle is involved in a vehicles that were total losses in fees, excessive mileage, or rental collision and it is damaged, have the prior crashes. In most cases, the usage beyond the completion of the damage repaired by a qualified parts being recycled are from repair. technician using the proper undamaged sections of the vehicle. It may not be possible to provide a equipment and quality replacement A recycled original equipment GM like vehicle as a courtesy rental. parts. Poorly performed collision part may be an acceptable choice to repairs diminish the vehicle resale maintain the vehicle's originally Additional Program value, and safety performance can designed appearance and safety Information be compromised in subsequent performance; however, the history of collisions. these parts is not known. Such parts All program options, such as shuttle are not covered by the GM New service, may not be available at Collision Parts Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any every dealer. Please contact your Genuine GM Collision parts are new related failures are not covered by dealer for specific information about parts made with the same materials that warranty. availability. All Courtesy and construction methods as the Transportation arrangements will be Aftermarket collision parts are also parts with which the vehicle was administered by appropriate dealer available. These are made by originally built. Genuine GM personnel. companies other than GM and may Collision parts are the best choice to not have been tested for the vehicle. General Motors reserves the ensure that the vehicle's designed As a result, these parts may fit right to unilaterally modify, appearance, durability, and safety poorly, exhibit premature durability/ change, or discontinue Courtesy are preserved. The use of Genuine corrosion problems, and may not Transportation at any time and to GM parts can help maintain the GM perform properly in subsequent resolve all questions of claim New Vehicle Limited Warranty. collisions. Aftermarket parts are not eligibility pursuant to the terms and covered by the GM New Vehicle conditions described herein at its sole discretion. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Customer Information 13-15

Limited Warranty, and any vehicle damage repairs through the use of Move the vehicle only if its position failure related to such parts is not aftermarket collision parts. Some puts you in danger, or you are covered by that warranty. insurance companies will not instructed to move it by a police specify aftermarket collision parts. officer. Repair Facility When purchasing insurance, we Give only the necessary information GM also recommends that you recommend that you ensure that the to police and other parties involved choose a collision repair facility that vehicle will be repaired with GM in the crash. meets your needs before you ever original equipment collision parts. need collision repairs. Your dealer If such insurance coverage is not For emergency towing see may have a collision repair center available from your current Roadside Assistance Program (U.S. with GM-trained technicians and insurance carrier, consider switching and Canada) on page 13‑7 or state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be to another insurance carrier. Roadside Assistance Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. able to recommend a collision repair If the vehicle is leased, the leasing center that has GM-trained company may require you to have Gather the following information: technicians and comparable insurance that ensures repairs with . equipment. Driver name, address, and Genuine GM Original Equipment telephone number. Insuring the Vehicle Manufacturer (OEM) parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Driver license number. Protect your investment in the GM parts. Read the lease carefully, as . Owner name, address, and vehicle with comprehensive and you may be charged at the end of telephone number. collision insurance coverage. There the lease for poor quality repairs. are significant differences in the . Vehicle license plate number. quality of coverage afforded by If a Crash Occurs . Vehicle make, model, and various insurance policy terms. If there has been an injury, call model year. Many insurance policies provide emergency services for help. Do not reduced protection to the GM . Vehicle Identification leave the scene of a crash until all Number (VIN). vehicle by limiting compensation for matters have been taken care of. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

13-16 Customer Information

. Insurance company and policy Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Publications number. but you must live with the repair. Ordering Information . General description of the Depending on your policy limits, damage to the other vehicle. your insurance company may Service Manuals initially value the repair using Choose a reputable repair facility aftermarket parts. Discuss this with Service Manuals have the diagnosis that uses quality replacement parts. the repair professional, and insist on and repair information on the See “Collision Parts” earlier in this Genuine GM parts. Remember, engines, transmission, axle, section. if the vehicle is leased, you may be suspension, brakes, electrical, If the airbag has inflated, see What obligated to have the vehicle steering, body, etc. Will You See after an Airbag repaired with Genuine GM parts, Service Bulletins Inflates? on page 3‑22. even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost. Service Bulletins give additional Managing the Vehicle Damage technical service information Repair Process If another party's insurance needed to knowledgeably service company is paying for the repairs, In the event that the vehicle requires General Motors cars and trucks. you are not obligated to accept a Each bulletin contains instructions damage repairs, GM recommends repair valuation based on that that you take an active role in its to assist in the diagnosis and insurance company's collision policy service of the vehicle. repair. If you have a pre-determined repair limits, as you have no repair facility of choice, take the contractual limits with that company. Owner Information vehicle there, or have it towed there. In such cases, you can have control Owner publications are written Specify to the facility that any of the repair and parts choices as specifically for owners and intended required replacement collision parts long as the cost stays within to provide basic operational be original equipment parts, either reasonable limits. new Genuine GM parts or recycled information about the vehicle. The original GM parts. Remember, Owner Manual includes the recycled parts will not be covered by Maintenance Schedule for all the GM vehicle warranty. models. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Customer Information 13-17

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Or write to: Reporting Safety Owner Manual, and Warranty Helm, Incorporated Booklet. Attention: Customer Service Defects RETAIL SELL PRICE: 47911 Halyard Drive $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and Plymouth, MI 48170 Reporting Safety Defects shipping fees. Prices are subject to change without to the United States Without Portfolio: Owner notice and without incurring Government Manual only. obligation. Allow ample time for delivery. If you believe that your vehicle RETAIL SELL PRICE: has a defect which could cause $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and All listed prices are quoted in U.S. a crash or could cause injury or shipping fees. funds. Make checks payable in U.S. death, you should immediately funds. Current and Past Models inform the National Highway Technical Service Bulletins and Traffic Safety Administration Manuals are available for current (NHTSA) in addition to notifying and past model GM vehicles. General Motors. ORDER TOLL FREE: If NHTSA receives similar 1-800-551-4123 Monday – Friday complaints, it may open an 8:00 AM – 6:00 PM Eastern Time investigation, and if it finds that For Credit Card Orders Only a safety defect exists in a group (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit of vehicles, it may order a recall Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

13-18 Customer Information

To contact NHTSA, you may call Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects the Vehicle Safety Hotline to the Canadian to General Motors toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Government In addition to notifying NHTSA (or http://www.safercar.gov; or If you live in Canada, and you Transport Canada) in a situation like write to: believe that the vehicle has a safety this, notify General Motors. defect, notify Transport Canada Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: Administrator, NHTSA immediately, and notify General Chevrolet Motor Division 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Motors of Canada Limited. Chevrolet Customer Washington, D.C. 20590 Call Transport Canada at Assistance Center 1-800-333-0510 or write to: You can also obtain other P.O. Box 33170 information about motor Transport Canada Detroit, MI 48232-5170 Road Safety Branch vehicle safety from In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 80 rue Noel http://www.safercar.gov. (English) or 1-800-263-7854 Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 (French), or write: General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Customer Information 13-19

Vehicle Data Vehicle Data Recording This data could provide an understanding of the circumstances Recording and This vehicle may be equipped with a in which crashes and injuries occur. module that records data in certain Data could be recorded by the Privacy crash or near crash-like situations, vehicle only if a non-trivial crash The vehicle has a number of such as when an air bag deploys or situation occurs; no data are computers that record information the vehicle hits a road obstacle. recorded under normal driving about the vehicle’s performance and This data could help provide a conditions and no personal data are how it is driven. For example, the better understanding of the recorded. However, other parties, vehicle uses computer modules to circumstances in which crashes and such as law enforcement, could monitor and control engine and injuries occur. Some data may be combine recorded data with the type transmission performance, to related to the vehicle dynamics and of personally identifying data monitor the conditions for airbag safety systems operation. The data routinely acquired during a crash deployment and deploy them in a may show: investigation. crash, and, if equipped, to provide . How various systems in the To read recorded data, special antilock braking to help the driver vehicle were operating. equipment is required, and access control the vehicle. These modules . Whether or not the driver and to the vehicle or the module is may store data to help the dealer needed. In addition to the vehicle technician service the vehicle. passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened. manufacturer, other parties, such as Some modules may also store data law enforcement, that have the . about how the vehicle is operated, If and how far the driver was special equipment, can read the such as rate of fuel consumption or pressing the accelerator and/or information if they have access to average speed. These modules may brake pedal. the vehicle or the module. retain personal preferences, such as . How fast the vehicle was radio presets, seat positions, and traveling. temperature settings. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

13-20 Customer Information

GM will not access this data or Radio Frequency Radio Frequency share it with others except: with the consent of the vehicle owner or, Identification (RFID) Statement if the vehicle is leased, with the RFID technology is used in some This vehicle has systems that consent of the lessee; in response vehicles for functions such as tire operate on a radio frequency that to an official request by police or pressure monitoring and ignition comply with Part 15 of the Federal similar government office; as part of system security, as well as in Communications Commission (FCC) GM's defense of litigation through connection with conveniences such rules and with Industry Canada the discovery process; or, as as Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310. required by law. Data that GM transmitters for remote door locking/ Operation is subject to the following collects or receives may also be unlocking and starting, and two conditions: used for GM research needs or may in-vehicle transmitters for garage be made available to others for door openers. RFID technology in 1. The device may not cause research purposes, where a need is GM vehicles does not use or record harmful interference. shown and the data is not tied to a personal information or link with any 2. The device must accept any specific vehicle or vehicle owner. other GM system containing interference received, including personal information. ® interference that may cause OnStar undesired operation of the If the vehicle has OnStar® and an device. active subscription to the OnStar® Changes or modifications to any of services, refer to the OnStar® these systems by other than an Terms and Conditions for authorized service facility could void information on data collection and authorization to use this equipment. use. See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

OnStar 14-1

OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is OnStar next to the OnStar buttons. If the status light is: OnStar Overview . Solid Green: System is ready. OnStar Overview ...... 14-1 . Flashing Green: On a call. OnStar Services . Red: Indicates a problem. Emergency ...... 14-2 Security ...... 14-2 Push Q or call 1‐888‐4‐ONSTAR Navigation ...... 14-2 If equipped, this vehicle has a (1‐888‐466‐7827) to speak to an Connections ...... 14-3 comprehensive, in-vehicle system Advisor. Diagnostics ...... 14-5 that can connect to a live Advisor Push X to: for Emergency, Security, Navigation, OnStar Additional Information Connection, and Diagnostic . Make a call, end a call, OnStar Additional Services. or answer an incoming call. Information ...... 14-5 . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling voice commands. . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice commands. Requires the available Directions and Connections service plan. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

14-2 OnStar

Push Q to connect to a live OnStar Services Navigation Advisor to: OnStar navigation requires the . Verify account information or Emergency Directions and Connections update contact information. With Automatic Crash Response, service plan. . Get driving directions. Requires the built-in system can automatically Push Q to receive directions or the available Directions and connect to help in a crash even if have them sent to the vehicle Connections service plan. you cannot ask for it. navigation screen. Destinations can . Receive On-Demand Push ] to connect to an also be forwarded to the vehicle Diagnostics for a check on the Emergency Advisor. GPS from Google Maps™ or vehicle’s key operating systems. technology is used to identify the MapQuest.com. The OnStar mapping database is continuously . Receive Roadside Assistance. vehicle location and can provide critical information to emergency updated. Visit www.onstar.com for Push ] to get a priority connection personnel. The Advisor is also coverage maps. to an Emergency Advisor available trained to offer critical assistance in Turn-by-Turn Navigation 24/7 to: emergency situations. Q . Get help for an emergency. 1. Push to connect to a live Security Advisor. . Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an AMBER Alert. OnStar provides services like Stolen 2. Request directions. Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition . Get crisis assistance and 3. Directions are downloaded to the Block, and Roadside Assistance, evacuation routes. vehicle. if the vehicle is equipped with these services. OnStar can unlock the 4. Follow the voice-guided vehicle doors remotely, if it is commands. equipped with automatic door locks, and can help police locate the vehicle if it is stolen. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

OnStar 14-3

Using Voice Commands Repeat Turn-by-Turn Navigation or During a Planned Route X screen-based navigation system. 1. Push . System responds: When ready, the directions will be Cancel Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. downloaded to the vehicle. 2. Say Repeat. System responds 1. Push X. System responds: “ ” Destination Download: Push Q, with the last direction given, then “OnStar ready,” then a tone. then request the Advisor to Say “Cancel route.” System responds with “OnStar ready,” then a tone. download directions to the responds: “Would you like to navigation system in the vehicle. cancel route directions to your 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice After the call ends, push the “Go” destination?” commands. button on the navigation screen to 2. Say “Yes.” System responds: Get My Destination begin driving directions. “OK, route canceled.” Destinations can also be 1. Push X. System responds: 3. Say Goodbye. Exits voice downloaded on the go. For “ ” OnStar ready, then a tone. commands. “ ” information about eNav, Destination 2. Say “Get my destination.” Download, and coverage maps visit Route Preview System responds with miles to www.onstar.com. 1. Push X. System responds: the destination, then responds “OnStar ready,” then a tone. with “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Connections 2. Say “Route Preview.” System 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice OnStar Hands-Free Calling allows responds with the next three commands. calls to be made and received from maneuvers. the vehicle. The vehicle can also be Other Navigation Services controlled from a cell phone through 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice Available from OnStar the OnStar mobile app. See commands. OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers www.onstar.com for coverage maps. to send destinations from Google Maps™ and MapQuest.com to their Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

14-4 OnStar

Hands-Free Calling Store a Name Tag for Speed Verify Minutes and Expiration Dialing 1. Push X. System responds: Push X and say “minutes” then “OnStar ready.” 1. Push X. System responds: “verify” to check how many minutes remain and their expiration date. 2. Say “Dial.” System responds: “OnStar ready.” “Please say the name or number 2. Say “Store.” System responds: OnStar Mobile App to call.” “Please say the number you With an iPhone® or would like to store.” 3. Say the entire number without Android™-based mobile device, pausing, including a “1” and the 3. Say the entire number without an OnStar mobile app can be area code. System responds: pausing. System responds: downloaded. The vehicle can be “OK calling.” “Please say the name tag.” remote started, if equipped, or the Retrieve My Number 4. Pick a name tag. “System doors can be unlocked from anywhere there is cell phone X responds: ”About to store . Does that sound OK?” service. It can also check the fuel “OnStar ready.” level, tire pressure, and oil life. 5. Say “Yes” or “No” to try again. It can connect to an OnStar Advisor 2. Say “My Number.” System System responds: “OK, storing anytime. For OnStar mobile app responds: “Your OnStar .” compatibility or further information, Hands-Free Calling number is.” Place a Call Using a Stored see www.onstar.com. End a Call Number Push X. System responds: “Call 1. Push X. System responds: ended.” “OnStar ready.” 2. Say “Call .” System responds: “OK, calling .” Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

OnStar 14-5

Diagnostics OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will Information Automatic Crash Response, perform a vehicle check every Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, month. It will check the engine, Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle transmission, antilock brakes, and Q Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, major vehicle systems. It also Push to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn checks the tire pressures, if the eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling vehicle is equipped with the Tire can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. Not Pressure Monitoring System. If a account information. If OnStar all OnStar services are available diagnostics check is needed receives information that vehicle everywhere or on all vehicles. For ownership has changed, OnStar between e-mails, push Q, and an more information, a full description may send a voice message to the of OnStar services, system Advisor can run a check. vehicle, requesting updated account limitations, and OnStar terms and information. conditions, see www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca Reactivation for Subsequent (Canada); contact OnStar at Owners 1-888-4-ONSTAR (1‐888‐466‐7827) Push Q and follow the prompts to or TTY 1‐877‐248‐2080; or speak to an Advisor as soon as push Q to speak with an Advisor. possible after acquiring the vehicle. The Advisor will update vehicle records and will explain the OnStar service offers and options available. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

14-6 OnStar

OnStar services require a vehicle work if the OnStar equipment is not Services for People with electrical system, wireless service, properly installed or it has not been Disabilities and GPS satellite technologies to be properly maintained. If equipment or available and operating for features software is added, connected, Advisors provide services to help to function properly. These systems or modified, OnStar service may not subscribers with physical disabilities may not operate if the battery is work. Other problems beyond and medical conditions. discharged or disconnected. OnStar’s control may prevent Push Q for help with: OnStar service cannot work unless service such as hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system . Locating a gas station with an your vehicle is in a place where attendant to pump gas. OnStar has an agreement with a design and architecture of the wireless service provider for service vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a . Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., in that area, and the wireless crash, or wireless phone network that meets accessibility needs. congestion or jamming. service provider has coverage, . Providing directions to the network capacity, reception, and See Radio Frequency Statement on closest hospital or pharmacy in technology compatible with OnStar’s page 13‑20 for information urgent situations. service. Service involving location regarding Part 15 of the Federal information about the vehicle cannot Communications Commission (FCC) TTY Users work unless GPS signals are rules and Industry Canada OnStar has the ability to available, unobstructed, and Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. communicate to the deaf, compatible with the OnStar hard‐of‐hearing, or speech‐impaired hardware. OnStar service may not customers while in the vehicle. The available dealer‐installed TTY system can provide in-vehicle access to all of the OnStar services, except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Turn‐by‐Turn Navigation. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

OnStar 14-7

Onstar.com Warranty Global Positioning The website provides access to OnStar equipment may be System (GPS) account information, manages the warranted as part of the new-vehicle . Obstruction of the GPS can OnStar subscription, and allows limited warranty. The manufacturer occur in a large city with tall viewing of videos of each service. of the vehicle furnishes detailed buildings; in parking garages; Get subscription plan pricing and warranty information. around airports; in tunnels, sign up for OnStar Vehicle underpasses, or parking Diagnostics. Click on the “My Languages garages; or in an area with very Account” tab on the home page. The vehicle can be programmed dense trees. If GPS signals are to respond in French or Spanish. not available, the OnStar system OnStar Personal Identification Q should still operate to call Number (PIN) Push and ask an Advisor. Advisors can speak French or OnStar. However, OnStar could A PIN is needed to access some of Spanish. have difficulty identifying the the OnStar services, like Remote exact location. Potential Issues Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle . In emergency situations, OnStar Assistance. You will be prompted to Some OnStar services are disabled can use the last stored GPS change the PIN the first time when after five days. OnStar cannot location to send to emergency speaking with an Advisor. To perform Remote Door Unlock or responders. change the OnStar PIN, call OnStar Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the . A temporary loss of GPS can and provide the Advisor with the vehicle has been off continuously cause loss of the ability to send current number. for five days. After five days, OnStar a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. can contact Roadside Assistance The Advisor may give a verbal and a locksmith to help gain access route or may ask for a call back to the vehicle. after the vehicle is driven into an open area. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

14-8 OnStar

Cellular and GPS Antennas Vehicle and Power Issues Privacy Avoid placing items over or near the OnStar services require a vehicle The complete OnStar Privacy antenna to prevent blocking cellular electrical system, wireless service, Statement may be found at and GPS signal reception. Cellular and GPS satellite technologies to be www.onstar.com. Privacy-sensitive reception is required for OnStar to available and operating for features users of wireless communications send remote signals to the vehicle. to function properly. These systems are cautioned that the privacy of any may not operate if the battery is information sent via wireless cellular Unable to Connect to OnStar discharged or disconnected. communications cannot be assured. Message Third parties may unlawfully Add-on Electrical Equipment If there is limited cellular coverage intercept or access transmissions or the cellular network has reached The OnStar system is integrated and private communications without maximum capacity, this message into the electrical architecture of the consent. may come on. Push Q to try the vehicle. Do not add any electrical call again or try again after driving a equipment. See Add-On Electrical few miles into another cellular area. Equipment on page 9‑45. Added electrical equipment may interfere with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not operate. Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

INDEX i-1

A Airbag System (cont'd) Appearance Care When Should an Airbag Exterior ...... 10-82 Accessories and Inflate? ...... 3-21 Interior ...... 10-85 Modifications ...... 10-3 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-19 Assistance Program, Accessory Power ...... 9-18 Airbags Roadside ...... 13-7, 13-9 Add-On Electrical Adding Equipment to the Audio Players ...... 7-13 Equipment ...... 9-45 Vehicle ...... 3-28 CD ...... 7-13 Additional Information, Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-13 Audio System OnStar® ...... 14-5 Readiness Light ...... 5-12 Backglass Antenna ...... 7-12 Adjustments Servicing Airbag-Equipped Radio Reception ...... 7-12 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 3-4 Vehicles ...... 3-28 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-12 System Check ...... 3-17 Automatic Air Conditioning ...... 8-5 Alarm System Climate Control System ...... 8-5 Air Vents ...... 8-9 Anti-theft ...... 2-11 Door Locks ...... 2-8 Airbag System AM-FM Radio ...... 7-6 Headlamp System ...... 6-3 Check ...... 3-29 Antenna Transmission ...... 9-22 How Does an Airbag Satellite Radio ...... 7-13 Transmission Fluid ...... 10-12 Restrain? ...... 3-22 Anti-theft Automatic Transmission Passenger Sensing Alarm System ...... 2-11 Manual Mode ...... 9-23 System ...... 3-24 Antilock Brake Shift Lock Control What Makes an Airbag System (ABS) ...... 9-25 Function Check ...... 10-23 Inflate? ...... 3-22 Warning Light ...... 5-17 Auxiliary What Will You See after an Devices ...... 7-18 Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-22 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

i-2 INDEX

B Bulb Replacement (cont'd) Cautions, Danger, and Headlamps ...... 10-25 Warnings ...... iv Battery ...... 10-22 License Plate Lamps ...... 10-29 CD Player ...... 7-13 Jump Starting ...... 10-76 Taillamps, Turn Center Console Storage ...... 4-3 Load Management ...... 6-6 Signal, and Chains, Tire ...... 10-58 Power Protection ...... 6-7 Stoplamps ...... 10-26, 10-27 Charging System Light ...... 5-14 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-24 Buying New Tires ...... 10-53 Check Bluetooth ...... 7-23 Engine Light ...... 5-14 Brake Ignition System Warning Light ...... 5-17 C Transmission Lock ...... 10-24 Brakes ...... 10-20 Calibration ...... 5-4 Child Restraints Antilock ...... 9-25 California Infants and Young Assist ...... 9-26 Fuel Requirements ...... 9-34 Children ...... 3-32 Fluid ...... 10-21 Perchlorate Materials Lower Anchors and Parking ...... 9-26 Requirements ...... 10-3 Tethers for Children ...... 3-38 System Messages ...... 5-25 Warning ...... 10-3 Older Children ...... 3-30 Braking ...... 9-3 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iii Securing ...... 3-45, 3-47 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-14 Capacities and Systems ...... 3-34 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-30 Specifications ...... 12-2 Cleaning Back-up Lamps ...... 10-28 Carbon Monoxide Exterior Care ...... 10-82 Fog Lamps ...... 6-5 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-21 Interior Care ...... 10-85 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-25 Trunk ...... 2-9 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-25 Winter Driving ...... 9-8 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

INDEX i-3

Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Cruise Control ...... 9-31 Devices, Auxiliary ...... 7-18 Air Conditioning ...... 8-1 Light ...... 5-21 Diagnostics, OnStar® ...... 14-5 Automatic ...... 8-5 Messages ...... 5-25 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Heating ...... 8-1 Cupholders ...... 4-1 Dome Lamps ...... 6-6 Clock ...... 5-5 Customer Assistance ...... 13-6 Door Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-9 Offices ...... 13-4, 13-5 Ajar Messages ...... 5-25 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-14 Text Telephone (TTY) Ajar Reminder ...... 2-8 Compact Spare Tire ...... 10-75 Users ...... 13-6 Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Compass ...... 5-4 Customer Information Locks ...... 2-7 Compressor Kit, Tire Service Publications Power Locks ...... 2-7 Sealant ...... 10-60 Ordering Information ...... 13-16 Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-4 Connections, OnStar® ...... 14-3 Customer Satisfaction Driver Information Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Procedure ...... 13-1, 13-3 Center (DIC) ...... 5-22 Convenience Net ...... 4-4 Driving Convex Mirrors ...... 2-13 D Characteristics and Coolant Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-14 Towing Tips ...... 9-39 Engine ...... 10-14 Danger, Warnings, and Defensive ...... 9-2 Engine Temperature Cautions ...... iv Drunk ...... 9-3 Gauge ...... 5-11 Data Recording For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-21 Engine Temperature Vehicle ...... 13-19 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-7 Warning Light ...... 5-19 Daytime Running Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-7 Cooling System ...... 10-13 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-9 Courtesy Transportation Defensive Driving ...... 9-2 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Program ...... 13-13 Delayed Headlamps ...... 6-4 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

i-4 INDEX

Driving (cont'd) Electronic Stability Control Engine (cont'd) Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-10 (ESC)/Traction Control Overheating ...... 10-17 Wet Roads ...... 9-6 System (TCS) Indicator Power Messages ...... 5-26 Winter ...... 9-8 Warning Light ...... 5-19 Pressure Light ...... 5-20 Emergency, OnStar® ...... 14-2 Running While Parked ...... 9-21 E Engine Starting ...... 9-17 E85 Fuel ...... 9-36 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-12 Entry/Exit Lighting ...... 6-6 Electrical Equipment, Check and Service Engine Equipment, Towing ...... 9-44 Add-On ...... 9-45 Soon Light ...... 5-14 Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-16 Electrical System Compartment Overview ...... 10-5 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Engine Compartment Coolant ...... 10-14 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-2 Fuse Block ...... 10-31 Coolant Temperature Fuses ...... 10-31 Gauge ...... 5-11 F Instrument Panel Fuse Coolant Temperature Filter, Block ...... 10-34 Warning Light ...... 5-19 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-12 Overload ...... 10-30 Cooling System ...... 10-13 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Rear Compartment Fuse Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-4 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-4 Block ...... 10-36 Exhaust ...... 9-21 Flat Tire ...... 10-58 Electronic Stability Control . . . . . 9-29 Heater ...... 9-18 Changing ...... 10-66 Electronic Stability Control Oil Life System ...... 10-11 Floor Mats ...... 10-87 (ESC) Off Light ...... 5-18 Oil Messages ...... 5-25 Overheated Protection Operating Mode ...... 10-18 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

INDEX i-5

Fluid Fuses ...... 10-31 General Information Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-12 Engine Compartment Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 Brakes ...... 10-21 Fuse Block ...... 10-31 Towing ...... 9-39 Power Steering ...... 10-19 Instrument Panel Fuse Vehicle Care ...... 10-2 Washer ...... 10-19 Block ...... 10-34 Glove Box ...... 4-1 Fog Lamps Rear Compartment Fuse GM Mobility Reimbursement Bulb Replacement ...... 6-5 Block ...... 10-36 Program ...... 13-7 Front Seats Adjustment ...... 3-3 G H Heated ...... 3-6 Gasoline Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-25 Front Storage ...... 4-2 Specifications ...... 9-34 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-4 Fuel ...... 9-33 Gauges Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Additives ...... 9-35 Engine Coolant Headlamps E85 (85% Ethanol) ...... 9-36 Temperature ...... 5-11 Aiming ...... 10-25 Economy Driving ...... 1-21 Fuel ...... 5-10 Automatic ...... 6-3 Filling a Portable Fuel Odometer ...... 5-10 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-25 Container ...... 9-38 Speedometer ...... 5-10 Daytime Running Filling the Tank ...... 9-37 Tachometer ...... 5-10 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-2 Foreign Countries ...... 9-35 Trip Odometer ...... 5-10 Delayed ...... 6-4 Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-34 Warning Lights and Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Gauge ...... 5-10 Indicators ...... 5-8 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-21 Recommended ...... 9-34 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Requirements, California . . . . .9-34 System Messages ...... 5-26 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

i-6 INDEX

Heated Front Seats ...... 3-6 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Lamps (cont'd) Heated Mirrors ...... 2-14 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-9 Exterior Lamps Off Heater Instrument Panel Reminder ...... 6-2 Engine ...... 9-18 Storage Area ...... 4-1 License Plate ...... 10-29 Heating and Air Introduction ...... iii Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-14 Conditioning ...... 8-1, 8-5 Messages ...... 5-26 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-21 J Reading ...... 6-6 High-Speed Operation ...... 10-46 Jump Starting ...... 10-76 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-11 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-7 LATCH System Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-7 Replacing Parts after a Hood ...... 10-4 K Crash ...... 3-45 Horn ...... 5-3 Key and Lock Messages ...... 5-26 LATCH, Lower Anchors and How to Wear Safety Belts Keyless Entry Tethers for Children ...... 3-38 Properly ...... 3-10 Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-3 Light Keys ...... 2-2 Electronic Stability Control I (ESC), Off ...... 5-18 Ignition Positions ...... 9-15 L Electronic Stability Control Ignition Transmission Lock Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-39 (ESC)/Traction Control Check ...... 10-24 Lamps System (TCS) Indicator Immobilizer ...... 2-12 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 6-2 Warning ...... 5-19 Infants and Young Children, Dome ...... 6-6 Lighting Restraints ...... 3-32 Exterior Controls ...... 6-1 Entry/Exit ...... 6-6 Illumination Control ...... 6-5 Parade Dimming ...... 6-6 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

INDEX i-7

Lights Locks (cont'd) Messages Airbag Readiness ...... 5-12 Lockout Protection ...... 2-8 Airbag System ...... 5-28 Antilock Brake System Power Door ...... 2-7 Brake System ...... 5-25 (ABS) Warning ...... 5-17 Safety ...... 2-8 Door Ajar ...... 5-25 Brake System Warning ...... 5-17 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Engine Oil ...... 5-25 Charging System ...... 5-14 Low-Profile Tires ...... 10-39 Engine Power ...... 5-26 Cruise Control ...... 5-21 Lower Anchors and Tethers Fuel System ...... 5-26 Engine Coolant for Children (LATCH Key and Lock ...... 5-26 Temperature Warning ...... 5-19 System) ...... 3-38 Lamp ...... 5-26 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-20 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-4 Ride Control System ...... 5-26 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Front Seats ...... 3-4 Service Vehicle ...... 5-28 High-Beam On ...... 5-21 Tire ...... 5-28 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 M Vehicle ...... 5-25 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-12 Maintenance Vehicle Reminder ...... 5-29 Security ...... 5-21 Records ...... 11-13 Washer Fluid ...... 5-29 Tire Pressure ...... 5-20 Maintenance Schedule Mirrors Traction Off ...... 5-18 Recommended Fluids Automatic Dimming Locks and Lubricants ...... 11-11 Rearview ...... 2-14 Automatic Door ...... 2-8 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-14 Convex ...... 2-13 Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Manual Mode ...... 9-23 Heated ...... 2-14 Door ...... 2-7 Manual Rearview ...... 2-14 Power ...... 2-14 Monitor System, Tire Pressure ...... 10-47 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

i-8 INDEX

N OnStar® (cont'd) Parking Emergency ...... 14-2 Brake ...... 9-26 Navigation ® Navigation ...... 14-2 Brake and P (Park) OnStar ...... 14-2 Overview ...... 14-1 Mechanism Check ...... 10-24 Net, Convenience ...... 4-4 Security ...... 14-2 Over Things That Burn ...... 9-20 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-14 System, In Brief ...... 1-22 Passenger Airbag Status Operation, Infotainment Indicator ...... 5-13 O System ...... 7-2 Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-24 Odometer ...... 5-10 Ordering Perchlorate Materials Trip ...... 5-10 Service Publications ...... 13-16 Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 Off-Road Outlets Personalization Recovery ...... 9-5 Power ...... 5-7 Vehicle ...... 5-29 Oil Overheated Engine Phone Engine ...... 10-8 Protection Bluetooth ...... 7-23 Engine Oil Life System ...... 10-11 Operating Mode ...... 10-18 Power Messages ...... 5-25 Overheating, Engine ...... 10-17 Door Locks ...... 2-7 Pressure Light ...... 5-20 Overview, OnStar® ...... 14-1 Mirrors ...... 2-14 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-30 Outlets ...... 5-7 Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 Protection, Battery ...... 6-7 OnStar® P Parade Dimming ...... 6-6 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-18 Additional Information ...... 14-5 Park Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 Connections ...... 14-3 Shifting Into ...... 9-19 Steering Fluid ...... 10-19 Diagnostics ...... 14-5 Shifting Out of ...... 9-20 Windows ...... 2-16 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

INDEX i-9

Pregnancy, Using Safety Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-4 Reporting Safety Defects Belts ...... 3-15 Recommended Canadian Government ...... 13-18 Privacy Fuel ...... 9-34 General Motors ...... 13-18 Radio Frequency Recommended Fluids and U.S. Government ...... 13-17 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-20 Lubricants ...... 11-11 Restraints Program Records Where to Put ...... 3-36 Courtesy Transportation . . . . 13-13 Maintenance ...... 11-13 Retained Accessory Proposition 65 Warning, Recreational Vehicle Power (RAP) ...... 9-18 California ...... 10-3 Towing ...... 10-80 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-29 Reimbursement Program, Electronic Stability (ESC) . . . . .9-29 R GM Mobility ...... 13-7 Messages ...... 5-26 Radio Frequency Remote Keyless Entry Roads Identification (RFID) ...... 13-20 (RKE) System ...... 2-2, 2-3 Driving, Wet ...... 9-6 Statement ...... 13-20 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-5 Roadside Assistance Radios Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-30 Program ...... 13-7, 13-9 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-6 Replacement Parts Roof Reception ...... 7-12 Airbags ...... 3-29 Sunroof ...... 2-18 Satellite ...... 7-8 Maintenance ...... 11-12 Rotation, Tires ...... 10-51 Reading Lamps ...... 6-6 Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-29 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-4 Rear Seats ...... 3-7 Replacing LATCH System Running the Vehicle While Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-14 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-45 Parked ...... 9-21 Automatic Dimming ...... 2-14 Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-16 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

i-10 INDEX

S Seats (cont'd) Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-28 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 3-4 Shift Lock Control Function Safety Belts ...... 3-8 Rear ...... 3-7 Check, Automatic Care ...... 3-16 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-4 Transmission ...... 10-23 Extender ...... 3-16 Securing Child Shifting How to Wear Safety Belts Restraints ...... 3-45, 3-47 Into Park ...... 9-19 Properly ...... 3-10 Security Out of Park ...... 9-20 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-11 Light ...... 5-21 Signals, Turn and Reminders ...... 5-12 OnStar® ...... 14-2 Lane-Change ...... 6-4 Replacing after a Crash ...... 3-16 Vehicle ...... 2-11 Spare Tire Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-15 Service Compact ...... 10-75 Safety Defects Reporting Accessories and Specifications and Canadian Government ...... 13-18 Modifications ...... 10-3 Capacities ...... 12-2 General Motors ...... 13-18 Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-4 Speedometer ...... 5-10 U.S. Government ...... 13-17 Engine Soon Light ...... 5-14 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 2-5 Safety Locks ...... 2-8 Maintenance Records ...... 11-13 Starter Switch Check ...... 10-23 Safety System Check ...... 3-16 Maintenance, General Starting the Engine ...... 9-17 Satellite Radio ...... 7-8 Information ...... 11-1 Steering ...... 9-3 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 13-12 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Fluid, Power ...... 10-19 Sealant Kit, Tire ...... 10-60 Publications Ordering Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 Seats Information ...... 13-16 Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Adjustment, Front ...... 3-3 Scheduling Appointments . . . 13-12 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-28 Heated Front ...... 3-6 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-4 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

INDEX i-11

Storage Areas Time ...... 5-5 Tires (cont'd) Center Console ...... 4-3 Tires Terminology and Convenience Net ...... 4-4 Buying New Tires ...... 10-53 Definitions ...... 10-42 Front ...... 4-2 Chains ...... 10-58 Uniform Tire Quality Glove Box ...... 4-1 Changing ...... 10-66 Grading ...... 10-55 Instrument Panel ...... 4-1 Compact Spare ...... 10-75 Wheel Alignment and Tire Storing the Tire Sealant Designations ...... 10-42 Balance ...... 10-57 and Compressor Kit ...... 10-66 Different Size ...... 10-55 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-57 Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-9 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-58 When It Is Time for New Sun Visors ...... 2-17 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-48 Tires ...... 10-52 Sunroof ...... 2-18 Inspection ...... 10-51 Winter ...... 10-39 Symbols ...... iv Low Profile ...... 10-39 Towing System Messages ...... 5-28 Driving Characteristics ...... 9-39 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Pressure ...... 10-46 Equipment ...... 9-44 Pressure Light ...... 5-20 General Information ...... 9-39 T Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-47 Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-80 Tachometer ...... 5-10 Rotation ...... 10-51 Trailer ...... 9-42 Taillamps Sealant and Vehicle ...... 10-79 Turn Signal and Compressor Kit ...... 10-60 Traction Stoplamps ...... 10-26, 10-27 Sealant and Compressor Control System (TCS) ...... 9-27 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-6 Kit, Storing ...... 10-66 Off Light ...... 5-18 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-12 Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-39 Immobilizer ...... 2-12 Chevrolet Malibu Owner Manual - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

i-12 INDEX

Trailer Vehicle (cont'd) Warnings ...... iv Towing ...... 9-42 Load Limits ...... 9-10 Cautions and Danger ...... iv Transmission Messages ...... 5-25 Hazard Flashers ...... 6-4 Automatic ...... 9-22 Personalization ...... 5-29 Washer Fluid ...... 10-19 Fluid, Automatic ...... 10-12 Reminder Messages ...... 5-29 Messages ...... 5-29 Transportation Program, Remote Start ...... 2-5 Wheels Courtesy ...... 13-13 Security ...... 2-11 Alignment and Tire Trip Odometer ...... 5-10 Towing ...... 10-79 Balance ...... 10-57 Trunk ...... 2-9 Vehicle Care Different Size ...... 10-55 Turn and Lane-Change Storing the Tire Sealant Replacement ...... 10-57 Signals ...... 6-4 and Compressor Kit ...... 10-66 When It Is Time for New Tire Pressure ...... 10-45 Tires ...... 10-52 U Vehicle Data Recording ...... 13-19 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-36 Uniform Tire Quality Ventilation, Air ...... 8-9 Windows ...... 2-15 Grading ...... 10-55 Visors ...... 2-17 Power ...... 2-16 Using This Manual ...... iv Windshield W Wiper/Washer ...... 5-3 Warning Winter V Driving ...... 9-8 Vehicle Brake System Light ...... 5-17 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Winter Tires ...... 10-39 Canadian Owners ...... iii Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-24 Control ...... 9-3 Indicators ...... 5-8 Identification Number (VIN) ...... 12-1